1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 31, 2000
REGISTRATION NO. 333-94867
333-94867-01
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
---------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------------
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
(Originator of the Trust described herein)
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST
(Issuer of the Notes)
DELAWARE 75-2709748
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
290 EAST CARPENTER FREEWAY
IRVING, TEXAS 75062
(972) 652-4000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant's Principal Executive Office)
CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY
800 BRAZOS, SUITE 750
AUSTIN, TEXAS 78701
(512) 397-1564
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
MICHAEL J. FORDE, ESQ. CAMERON L. COWAN, ESQ.
ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP
250 CARPENTER FREEWAY WASHINGTON HARBOUR
P.O. BOX 660237 3050 K STREET, N.W., SUITE 200
DALLAS, TEXAS 75266 WASHINGTON, DC 20007
(972) 652-4000 (202) 339-8400
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: from time
to time after this registration statement becomes effective as determined by
market conditions.
If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [X]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act Registration Statement number of the earlier
effective Registration Statement for the same offering. [ ]
- ---------------
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
Registration Statement number of the earlier effective Registration Statement
for the same offering. [ ]
- ---------------
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMOUNT TO BE PROPOSED MAXIMUM PROPOSED MAXIMUM
REGISTERED AGGREGATE PRICE AGGREGATE OFFERING AMOUNT OF
TITLE OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED (A)(B) PER NOTE(C) PRICE(C) REGISTRATION FEE(D)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset Backed Notes......................... $4,000,000,000 100% $4,000,000,000 $1,056,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) With respect to any Asset Backed Notes issued with original issue discount,
the amount to be registered is calculated based on the initial public
offering price thereof.
(b) With respect to any Asset Backed Notes denominated in any foreign currency,
the amount to be registered shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof
based on the prevailing exchange rate at the time such Asset Backed Note is
first offered.
(c) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(d) $264 has been previously paid.
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
INTRODUCTORY NOTE
This registration statement relates to asset backed notes which may be
issued from time to time, including an initial series of asset backed notes
which Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust intends to issue shortly after
this registration statement becomes effective. Therefore, this registration
statement includes:
- a preliminary prospectus supplement to the base prospectus containing
information known or reasonably available to the registrants with respect
to the offering by Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust of its Class
A and Class B asset backed notes, Series 2000-1;
- a representative form of prospectus supplement to the base prospectus
relating to the offering by Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust of
subsequent series of asset backed notes; and
- a base prospectus relating to asset backed notes of Associates Credit
Card Master Note Trust.
i
3
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE AMENDED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE
SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE AND WE DELIVER A FINAL PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR ARE THEY SEEKING AN
OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT
PERMITTED.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 30, 2000
Prospectus Supplement to Prospectus dated May 30, 2000
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST
Issuer
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
Transferor
[AIC TRIANGLE LOGO] ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK (DELAWARE)
Servicer
SERIES 2000-1 ASSET BACKED NOTES
CLASS A NOTES CLASS B NOTES
----------------------- -----------------------
Principal amount $760,000,000 $102,500,000
Interest rate One-Month LIBOR One-Month LIBOR
plus % per year plus % per year
Interest payment dates Monthly on the 17th, Monthly on the 17th,
beginning July 17, 2000 beginning July 17, 2000
Expected principal payment date May 19, 2003 May 19, 2003
Final maturity date May 17, 2006 May 17, 2006
Price to public $ (or %) $ (or %)
Underwriting discount $ (or %) $ (or %)
Proceeds to issuer $ (or %) $ (or %)
The Class B notes are subordinated to the Class A notes. The trust is also
issuing Class C notes in the amount of $137,500,000 that are subordinated to the
Class A and the Class B notes.
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relate to the
offering of the Class A and the Class B notes only.
We expect to issue the Class A notes and the Class B notes on or about June ,
2000. We will deliver the Class A notes and the Class B notes in book-entry
form.
YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 IN THE
PROSPECTUS.
A note is not a deposit and neither the notes nor the underlying accounts or
receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or any other governmental agency.
The notes are obligations of Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust only and
are not obligations of Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp., Associates
Credit Card Services, Inc., Associates National Bank (Delaware) or any other
person.
This prospectus supplement may be used to offer and sell the Class A notes and
the Class B notes only if accompanied by the prospectus.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THESE NOTES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
Underwriters of the Class A notes
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
DEUTSCHE BANC ALEX. BROWN
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
Underwriter of the Class B notes
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
June , 2000
4
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS
We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents:
(a) the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some of
which may not apply to your series of notes, and (b) this prospectus supplement,
which describes the specific terms of your series of notes.
If the terms of your series of notes vary between this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus, you should rely on the information
in this prospectus supplement.
You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the information
incorporated by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
different information. We are not offering the notes in any state where the
offer is not permitted.
We include cross references in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find
further related discussions. The following Table of Contents and the Table of
Contents in the accompanying prospectus provide the pages on which these
captions are located.
This prospectus supplement uses defined terms. You can find a listing of
the pages where definitions can be found under the caption "Index of Terms for
Prospectus Supplement" beginning on page S-34 in this prospectus supplement and
under the caption "Index of Terms for Prospectus" beginning on page 66 in the
accompanying prospectus.
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
--------
Transaction Summary................... S-1
Summary of Terms...................... S-2
The Issuer.......................... S-2
Offered Securities.................. S-2
Interest......................... S-2
Principal........................ S-2
Credit Enhancement.................. S-2
Events of Default................... S-3
Other Interests in the Trust........ S-3
Other Series of Notes............ S-3
The Transferor Interest.......... S-3
The Receivables..................... S-3
Allocations of Collections.......... S-4
Application of Collections.......... S-4
Finance Charge Collections....... S-4
Principal Collections............ S-4
Pay Out Events...................... S-5
Optional Redemption................. S-5
Denominations....................... S-5
Registration, Clearance and
Settlement....................... S-5
Tax Status.......................... S-6
ERISA Considerations................ S-6
Exchange Listing.................... S-6
Receivables Performance............... S-7
Delinquency and Loss Experience..... S-7
Revenue Experience.................. S-8
Payment Rates....................... S-10
The Trust Portfolio................... S-10
Maturity Considerations............... S-13
Controlled Accumulation Period...... S-13
Early Amortization Period........... S-14
The Bank, ACCS and the Transferor..... S-14
Associates National Bank
(Delaware)....................... S-14
Associates Credit Card Services,
Inc. ............................ S-15
Associates Credit Card Receivables
Corp............................. S-15
PAGE
--------
Description of Series Provisions...... S-15
General............................. S-15
Interest Payments................... S-16
Principal Payments.................. S-17
Postponement of Controlled
Accumulation Period.............. S-19
Subordination....................... S-19
Allocation Percentages.............. S-19
Reallocated Principal Collections... S-21
Application of Collections.......... S-22
Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections...................... S-24
Shared Principal Collections and
Transferor Principal
Collections...................... S-25
Defaulted Receivables; Investor
Charge-Offs...................... S-25
Principal Funding Account........... S-26
Reserve Account..................... S-26
Paired Series....................... S-27
Pay Out Events...................... S-28
Events of Default................... S-29
Servicing Compensation and Payment
of Expenses...................... S-30
Reports to Noteholders.............. S-30
ERISA Considerations.................. S-30
Underwriting.......................... S-32
Legal Matters......................... S-33
Index of Terms for Prospectus
Supplement.......................... S-34
Annex I: Other Series Issued and
Outstanding......................... I-1
i
6
TRANSACTION SUMMARY
Trust: Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust
Transferor: Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp.
Servicer: Associates National Bank (Delaware)
Indenture Trustee: The Bank of New York
Owner Trustee: Wilmington Trust Company
Closing Date: June , 2000
Servicing Fee Rate: 2% per annum
Clearance and
Settlement: DTC/Clearstream/Euroclear
Primary Trust Assets: Receivables originated in MasterCard(R) and VISA(R)
accounts
CLASS A CLASS B
------- -------
Principal Amount: $760,000,000 $102,500,000
Percentage of Series:* 76.00% 10.25%
Anticipated Ratings:** Aaa/AAA/AAA A2/A/A
(Moody's/Standard & Poor's/Fitch)
Credit Enhancement: subordination of Class subordination of Class
B and Class C C
Interest Rate: One-Month LIBOR plus One-Month LIBOR plus
% per year % per year
Interest Accrual Method: actual/360 actual/360
Interest Payment Dates: monthly (17th) monthly (17th)
Interest Rate Index Reset Date: 2 London business days 2 London business days
before each interest before each interest
payment date payment date
First Interest Payment Date: July 17, 2000 July 17, 2000
Commencement of Accumulation Period:
(subject to adjustment) November 1, 2001 November 1, 2001
Expected Principal Payment Date: May 19, 2003 May 19, 2003
Final Maturity Date: May 17, 2006 May 17, 2006
ERISA eligibility: Yes, subject to important considerations
(investors should consult with their counsel) described under "ERISA Considerations" in this
prospectus supplement and in the accompanying
prospectus.
Debt for United States Federal Income Tax Yes, subject to important considerations
Purposes: described under "Federal Income Tax
(investors should consult with their tax Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus.
counsel)
- ---------------
* The percentage of Series 2000-1 comprised by the Class C notes is 13.75%.
** It is a condition to issuance of the Class A notes and the Class B notes that
one of these ratings be obtained for each such class.
S-1
7
SUMMARY OF TERMS
This summary highlights selected information and does not contain all of
the information that you need to consider in making your investment decision.
You should carefully read this entire document and the accompanying prospectus
before you purchase any notes.
THE ISSUER
The notes will be issued by Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust, a Delaware
statutory business trust, pursuant to an indenture supplement to an indenture,
each between the trust and the indenture trustee.
The indenture trustee is The Bank of New York.
OFFERED SECURITIES
INTEREST
The Class A notes will bear interest at one-month LIBOR as determined each month
plus % per annum.
The Class B notes will bear interest at one-month LIBOR as determined each month
plus % per annum.
For each class of the Series 2000-1 notes, interest will be calculated as
follows:
Principal balance at Number of days in
end of prior X interest period X Interest rate
monthly period ----------------
360
Each interest period begins on and includes a distribution date and ends on but
excludes the next distribution date. However, the first interest period will
begin on and include the closing date.
Interest on the Class A and the Class B notes will be paid on each distribution
date, beginning on July 17, 2000 and the 17th day of each following month if the
17th is a business day and, if not, the following business day.
You may obtain the interest rates for the current interest period and the
immediately preceding interest period by telephoning the indenture trustee at
(212) 815-5738.
See "Description of Series Provisions -- Interest Payments" in this prospectus
supplement for a description of how and when LIBOR will be determined.
PRINCIPAL
Principal of the Class A and the Class B notes is expected to be paid in full on
the May 2003 distribution date, which is the expected principal payment date.
However, no principal will be paid on the Class B notes until the Class A notes
are paid in full.
We are scheduled to begin accumulating collections of principal receivables
starting on November 1, 2001 for payment to the Class A and the Class B
noteholders on the expected principal payment date, but we may begin
accumulating at a later date.
Principal of the Class A and the Class B notes may be paid earlier or later than
the expected principal payment date. If specified adverse events known as pay
out events occur, principal may be paid earlier than expected. If collections of
the credit card receivables are less than expected or are collected more slowly
than expected, then principal payments may be delayed. If the Class A and the
Class B notes are not paid on the expected principal payment date, collections
of principal receivables will continue to be used to pay principal on the Class
A and the Class B notes until the notes are paid or until the final maturity
date of May 17, 2006, whichever occurs first. You will not be entitled to any
premium for early or late payment of principal.
For more information about principal payments, see "Maturity Considerations,"
"Description of Series Provisions -- Principal Payments" and "-- Allocation
Percentages" in this prospectus supplement.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
Credit enhancement for the Class A notes is provided by the subordination of the
Class B notes and the Class C notes.
Credit enhancement for the Class B notes is provided by the subordination of the
Class C notes.
S-2
8
Credit enhancement for your series is for your series' benefit only, and you are
not entitled to the benefits of credit enhancement available to other series.
For more information about credit enhancement, see "Description of Series
Provisions -- Reallocated Principal Collections," "-- Application of
Collections" and "-- Defaulted Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs" in this
prospectus supplement.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The Series 2000-1 notes are subject to specified events of default described
under "The Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default" in the
accompanying prospectus. These include, among other things, the failure to pay
interest for 35 days after it is due or to pay principal when it is due on the
final maturity date.
In the case of an event of default involving certain bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the Series 2000-1
notes automatically will be deemed to be immediately due and payable. If any
other event of default occurs and continues with respect to the Series 2000-1
notes, the indenture trustee or holders of more than 50% of the then-
outstanding principal balance of those notes may declare the principal amount of
the notes to be immediately due and payable. These declarations may, under
certain circumstances, be rescinded by holders of more than 50% of the
then-outstanding principal balance of the Series 2000-1 notes.
After an event of default and the acceleration of the Series 2000-1 notes, funds
on deposit in the collection account, the principal funding account and the
reserve account will be applied to pay principal of and interest on the Series
2000-1 notes to the extent permitted by law. Principal collections and finance
charge collections allocated to Series 2000-1 will be applied to make monthly
principal and interest payments on the Series 2000-1 notes until the earlier of
the date those notes are paid in full or the final maturity date of those notes.
If the Series 2000-1 notes are accelerated or the issuer fails to pay the
principal of the Series 2000-1 notes on the final maturity date, subject to
certain conditions described in the prospectus under "The Indenture -- Events of
Default; Rights upon Event of Default," the indenture trustee may, if legally
permitted, cause the trust to sell principal receivables in an amount generally
equal to the invested amount for Series 2000-1 and the related finance charge
receivables.
OTHER INTERESTS IN THE TRUST
OTHER SERIES OF NOTES
The trust will issue other series of notes secured by the assets of the trust
from time to time in the future. A summary of the outstanding series is in
"Annex I: Other Series Issued and Outstanding" included at the end of this
prospectus supplement. The issuance of future series will occur without prior
review or consent by you or any other noteholder.
THE TRANSFEROR INTEREST
The interest in the trust not securing your series or any other series is the
transferor interest. The transferor interest is owned by the transferor. The
transferor may, however, sell all or a portion of its interest in the transferor
interest. The transferor interest does not provide credit enhancement for your
series or any other series.
THE RECEIVABLES
The primary assets of the trust are receivables in MasterCard(R) and VISA(R)*
revolving credit card accounts. The receivables consist of principal receivables
and finance charge receivables.
The following information is as of April 30, 2000:
- - Receivables in the trust: $6,035,164,789.58
- - Accounts designated to the trust: 7,716,251
For more information, see "Receivables Performance" and "The Trust Portfolio" in
this prospectus supplement.
-----------------------------------------------------------
* MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) are
federally registered
servicemarks of MasterCard
International Inc. and VISA
U.S.A., Inc., respectively.
S-3
9
ALLOCATIONS OF COLLECTIONS
Associates National Bank (Delaware), as servicer, will collect payments on the
receivables and will deposit those collections in an account. It will keep track
of those collections that are finance charge receivables and those that are
principal receivables.
Each month, the servicer will allocate collections received among:
- - your series;
- - other series outstanding; and
- - the transferor interest in the trust.
The amount allocated to your series will be determined based mainly upon the
size of the invested amount of your series compared to the total amount of
principal receivables in the trust. At the time of issuance of the Series 2000-1
notes, the invested amount for Series 2000-1 will be $1,000,000,000.
You are entitled to receive payments of interest and principal only from
collections of receivables and other trust assets allocated to your series. If
the invested amount of your series declines, amounts allocated and available for
payment to your series and to you may be reduced. For a description of the
allocation calculations and the events which may lead to these reductions, see
"Description of Series Provisions -- Allocation Percentages" and "-- Reallocated
Principal Collections" in this prospectus supplement.
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
The trust will apply your series' share of collections of finance charge
receivables each month in the following order of priority:
- - to pay interest on the Class A notes;
- - to pay interest on the Class B notes;
- - to pay the servicing fee;
- - to pay interest on the Class C notes;
- - to cover your series' allocation of defaulted receivables;
- - to cover reductions in your series' invested amount resulting from investor
charge-offs allocated to your series and from reallocated principal
collections, in each case that have not been reimbursed;
- - to fund, in limited circumstances, a reserve account to cover interest payment
shortfalls for Class A and Class B during the accumulation period;
- - to fund any other amounts the trust may be liable for from time to time that
are not otherwise provided for above; and
- - to other series in group one or to the holders of the transferor certificates.
For a more detailed description of these applications, see "Description of
Series Provisions -- Application of Collections" in this prospectus supplement.
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
The trust will apply your series' share of principal collections each month as
follows:
- - During the revolving period, no principal will be paid to you or accumulated
in a trust account. Instead, your series' share of principal collections will
be treated as shared principal collections and may be available to make
principal payments for other series or will be paid to the holders of the
transferor certificates.
- - The accumulation period is scheduled to begin on November 1, 2001, but may
begin at a later date. During the accumulation period, your series' share of
principal collections will be deposited in a trust account, up to a controlled
deposit amount. On the expected principal payment date, amounts on deposit in
that account will be paid first to the Class A noteholders, then to the Class
B noteholders and then to the Class C noteholders.
- - If a pay out event (described below) that applies to Series 2000-1 or to all
series occurs, the early amortization period could begin. During the early
amortization period, your series' share of principal collections will be paid
first to the Class A noteholders, then to the Class B noteholders and then to
the Class C noteholders.
- - During any of the above periods, principal collections allocated to your
series, may be reallocated, if necessary, to make required interest payments
on the Class A notes and the
S-4
10
Class B notes, and required servicing fee payments, not made from available
finance charge collections. However, for any monthly period, these reallocated
principal collections cannot exceed the sum of (i) for the required interest
payments on the Class A notes, 24.00% of the initial invested amount of your
series and (ii) for the required interest payments on the Class B notes and
the required servicing fee payments, 13.75% of the initial invested amount of
your series, in each case reduced by any unreimbursed prior reductions to the
invested amount due to the writing off of receivables or for previously
reallocated principal collections.
- - Any remaining principal collections will first be made available to other
series and then be paid to the holders of the transferor certificates or
deposited in the special funding account.
For a more detailed description of these applications, see "Description of
Series Provisions -- Application of Collections" in this prospectus supplement.
PAY OUT EVENTS
The documents under which the Series 2000-1 notes will be issued include a list
of adverse events known as pay out events. If a pay out event that applies to
Series 2000-1 or to all series occurs, the trust will use collections of
principal receivables allocated to Series 2000-1 each month to pay principal on
the Series 2000-1 notes.
Pay out events may occur if the transferor fails to make required payments or
deposits, violates other covenants and agreements or makes representations and
warranties that are materially incorrect.
The following also are pay out events:
- - The three-month average of the portfolio yield on the trust portfolio,
calculated after subtracting the amount of receivables that are written off as
uncollectible allocated to Series 2000-1, is less than the three-month average
of the weighted average interest rate plus the servicing fee rate for Series
2000-1;
- - The Class A notes, the Class B notes or the Class C notes are not paid in full
on their expected principal payment date;
- - Certain bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the transferor,
Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. or the bank;
- - The transferor is unable to transfer receivables to the trust as required
under the transfer and servicing agreement;
- - The transferor does not transfer receivables in additional accounts to the
trust within 5 business days of when required under the transfer and servicing
agreement;
- - Certain defaults of the servicer;
- - The trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company" under the
Investment Company Act of 1940; or
- - An event of default occurs for the Series 2000-1 notes and their maturity date
is accelerated.
For a more detailed discussion of the pay out events, see "Description of Series
Provisions -- Pay Out Events" in this prospectus supplement and "Description of
the Notes -- Pay Out Events" in the accompanying prospectus.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The servicer has the option to repurchase your notes when the outstanding
principal amount for your series has been reduced to 5% or less of the initial
principal amount. See "Description of the Notes -- Final Payment of Principal;
Termination" in the accompanying prospectus.
DENOMINATIONS
Beneficial interests in the Class A and the Class B notes may be purchased in
minimum denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of that
amount.
REGISTRATION, CLEARANCE AND SETTLEMENT
The Class A and the Class B notes will be delivered in book-entry form and will
be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depository Trust
Company. Except in certain limited circumstances, you will not receive a
definitive instrument representing your notes. See "Description of the
Notes -- Definitive Notes" in the accompanying prospectus.
You may elect to hold your Class A or Class B notes through The Depository Trust
Company, in
S-5
11
the United States, or Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme or the Euroclear
System, in Europe.
Transfers will be made in accordance with the rules and operating procedures of
those clearing systems. See "Description of the Notes -- Book-Entry
Registration" in the accompanying prospectus.
TAX STATUS
Subject to important considerations described under "Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus, Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe
LLP, as special tax counsel to the trust, is of the opinion that under existing
law the Class A and the Class B notes will be characterized as debt for federal
income tax purposes. By your acceptance of a Class A or Class B note, you will
agree to treat your Class A or Class B notes as debt for federal, state and
local income and franchise tax purposes. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences"
in the accompanying prospectus for additional information concerning the
application of federal income tax laws.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Subject to important considerations described under "ERISA Considerations" in
this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus, the Class A and
the Class B notes are eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of
employee benefit plans or individual retirement accounts. A fiduciary or other
person contemplating purchasing the Class A or the Class B notes on behalf of or
with plan assets of any plan or account should consult with its counsel
regarding whether the purchase or holding of the Class A or the Class B notes
could give rise to a transaction prohibited or not otherwise permissible under
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code.
EXCHANGE LISTING
We will apply to list the Class A and the Class B notes on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange. We cannot guarantee that the application for the listing will be
accepted.
S-6
12
RECEIVABLES PERFORMANCE
The tables below contain certain performance information for the
receivables in the trust portfolio and the bank portfolio as of the dates, and
for the time periods, indicated in each table. Because certain statistical
information for segments of the trust portfolio is not available for complete
calendar years ending on or before December 31, 1998, we have included in the
tables, for comparative purposes, related performance information for the bank
portfolio for those dates and time periods.
As of April 30, 2000, the receivables in the accounts represented by the
trust portfolio were equal to approximately 83% of the receivables in the bank
portfolio. As of December 31, 1999, the receivables in the accounts represented
by the trust portfolio were equal to approximately 99% of the receivables in the
bank portfolio. As of December 31, 1998, the receivables in the accounts
represented by the trust portfolio were equal to approximately 92% of the
receivables in the bank portfolio.
Because the trust portfolio is only a portion of the bank portfolio and the
composition of the trust portfolio is expected to change over time, we expect
the actual performance of the receivables in the trust to be different from that
set forth below.
On January 31, 2000, Associates National Bank (Delaware) (the "BANK")
acquired a portfolio of credit card accounts from KeyCorp (the "KEY BANK
PORTFOLIO"). As of the end of the day on April 30, 2000, the Key Bank portfolio
consisted of approximately 989,235 credit card accounts with total receivables
equal to approximately $1,215,131,000. The bank intends to convey receivables
arising in accounts comprising the Key Bank portfolio to the trust within
approximately three to six months. It is a condition to this addition that each
rating agency confirm that the addition will not result in a withdrawal or
reduction of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class. The
purchase terms for the Key Bank portfolio preclude us from disclosing its
specific performance characteristics. However, the bank's management believes
that the credit profile of the Key Bank portfolio is consistent with that of the
trust portfolio. While the bank's management believes that the addition of
receivables from the Key Bank portfolio to the trust will not have a material
adverse effect on the future performance of the trust portfolio, we cannot
assure you of this result.
DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE
The following tables set forth the aggregate delinquency and loss
experience for cardholder payments on the credit card accounts in the trust
portfolio and the bank portfolio as of the dates or for the periods shown. We
cannot assure you that the future delinquency and loss experience for the
receivables in either the bank portfolio or the trust portfolio will be similar
to the historical experience set forth below. The sum of the dollar amounts of
receivables or the percentages of receivables presented in these tables may be
less than or greater than the amount stated due to rounding.
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 31,
APRIL 30, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000 1999 1998 1997
------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Receivables
Outstanding(2) $6,035,165 $6,059,925 $5,904,740 $6,029,990
Receivables
Delinquent:
30 -- 59 Days $ 169,728 2.81% $ 167,603 2.77% $ 161,655 2.74% $ 175,727 2.91%
60 -- 89 Days 105,169 1.74 104,582 1.73 96,920 1.64 101,625 1.69
90 Days or more 225,761 3.74 197,223 3.25 179,995 3.05 188,832 3.13
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total $ 500,659 $ 469,408 $ 438,570 $ 466,184
========== ========== ========== ==========
- ---------------
(1) For April 30, 2000 and December 31, 1999, information is presented for
credit card accounts in the trust portfolio. For December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, this information is presented for credit card accounts in
the bank portfolio.
(2) The receivables outstanding on the accounts consist of all amounts due from
cardholders as posted to the accounts as of the end of the period shown,
including principal and accrued finance charge receivables.
S-7
13
LOSS EXPERIENCE(1)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
FOUR MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED APRIL 30, ----------------------------------------
2000 1999 1998 1997
--------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding(2) $5,641,085 $5,336,877 $5,572,275 $5,557,659
Total Principal Charge-Offs(3) $ 168,546 $ 516,003 $ 619,918 $ 659,270
Total Principal Charge-Offs as a percentage of
Average Receivables Outstanding(4) 9.01% 9.67% 11.13% 11.86%
- ---------------
(1) For the four calendar months ended April 30, 2000, and for the calendar year
ended December 31, 1999, information is presented for credit card accounts
in the trust portfolio. For the calendar years ended December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, information is presented for credit card accounts in the
bank portfolio.
(2) Average principal receivables outstanding is the average of the receivable
balance at the end of each month during the period indicated.
(3) Total principal charge-offs are shown on a cash basis for principal
receivables only, before recoveries, and do not include the amount of any
reductions in average principal receivables outstanding due to fraud,
returned goods, customer disputes or other miscellaneous credit adjustments.
If accrued finance charge receivables that have been written off were
included, total charge-offs would be higher as an absolute number and as a
percentage of the average of principal and finance charge receivables
outstanding during the periods indicated.
(4) The percentage reflected for the four calendar months ended April 30, 2000
is an annualized figure.
REVENUE EXPERIENCE
The following table sets forth the gross revenues from finance charges and
fees billed to accounts in the trust portfolio and the bank portfolio for the
periods shown. The sum of the dollar amounts of receivables or the percentages
of receivables presented in the table below may be less than or greater than the
amount stated due to rounding.
The historical yield figures for accounts in the bank portfolio reflected
in the following table are calculated on an accrual basis. Collections of
receivables included in the trust portfolio are calculated on a cash basis and
may not reflect the historical yield experience for accounts in the bank
portfolio. During periods of increasing delinquencies or periodic payment
deferral programs, accrual yields may exceed cash amounts accrued and billed to
cardholders. Conversely, cash yields may exceed accrual yields as amounts
collected in a current period may include amounts accrued during prior periods.
However, the transferor believes that during the two calendar years in the
period ended December 31, 1998 the yield on an accrual basis closely
approximated the yield on a cash basis. The yield on both an accrual and a cash
basis will be affected by numerous factors, including the monthly periodic
finance charges on the receivables, the amount of the annual membership fees and
other fees, changes in the delinquency rate on the receivables and the
percentage of cardholders who pay their balances in full each month and do not
incur monthly periodic finance charges. See "Risk Factors" in the accompanying
prospectus.
S-8
14
REVENUE EXPERIENCE(1)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
FOUR MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED APRIL 30, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000 1999 1998 1997
------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Average Principal
Receivables(2) $5,641,085 $5,336,877 $5,572,275 $5,557,659
Finance Charges and
Fees(3) $ 458,224 24.50% $1,216,097 22.79% $1,309,841 23.51% $1,202,038 21.63%
Yield from
Interchange(4) $ 25,298 1.35% $ 68,075 1.28% $ 65,111 1.17% $ 62,069 1.12%
Yield from
Recoveries(4) $ 17,395 0.93% $ 28,264 0.53% $ 65,814 1.18% $ 56,644 1.02%
Total Yield from
Finance Charges,
Fees, Interchange
and Recoveries(5) $ 500,917 26.79% $1,312,436 24.59% $1,440,766 25.86% $1,320,751 23.76%
- ---------------
(1) For the four calendar months ended April 30, 2000 and for the calendar year
ended December 31, 1999, information is presented for credit card accounts
in the trust portfolio. For the calendar years ended December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, information is presented for credit card accounts in the
bank portfolio.
(2) Average principal receivables outstanding is the average of the receivable
balance at the end of each month during the period indicated.
(3) Finance charges and fees are comprised of monthly periodic finance charges
and all other credit card fees.
(4) The amount of Interchange and recoveries of charged-off accounts for each of
the periods indicated above has been estimated.
(5) The percentage reflected for the four calendar months ended April 30, 2000
is an annualized figure.
The revenue for the credit card accounts shown in the above table is
comprised of monthly periodic finance charges, credit card fees, Interchange and
recoveries. These revenues vary for each account based on the type and volume of
activity for each account. See "The Bank's Credit Card Activities" in the
accompanying prospectus.
Interchange
Creditors participating in the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) associations
receive certain fees ("INTERCHANGE") as partial compensation for taking credit
risk, absorbing fraud losses and funding receivables for a limited period prior
to initial billing. Under the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) systems, a portion of
Interchange in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services is
collected by banks that issue credit cards by applying a discount to the amount
paid by such banks to the banks that clear the related transactions for
merchants. Interchange will be allocated to the trust on a monthly basis based
on an equivalent percentage that the transferor receives each month for the
aggregate bank portfolio.
Recoveries
Pursuant to the terms of the transfer and servicing agreement, the
transferor will be required to transfer to the trust all of the recoveries that
are reasonably estimated by the servicer on receivables in charged-off accounts
of the trust, including amounts received by the transferor or the servicer from
the purchaser or transferee with respect to the sale or other disposition of
receivables in defaulted accounts ("RECOVERIES"). Collections of recoveries will
be treated as collections of finance charge receivables and included as part of
the Portfolio Yield.
S-9
15
PAYMENT RATES
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly
payment rates on the credit card accounts during any month in the periods shown
and the average cardholder monthly payment rates for all months in the periods
shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of total opening monthly account
balances during the periods shown. We cannot assure you that the future
cardholder monthly payment rates will be similar to the historical experience
set forth below.
CARDHOLDER MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES(1)
FOUR MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED APRIL 30, ------------------------
2000 1999 1998 1997
--------------- ------ ------ ------
Lowest Month........................................ 9.69% 9.13% 9.57% 7.93%
Highest Month....................................... 11.29% 10.43% 11.74% 11.70%
Monthly Average..................................... 10.25% 9.84% 10.29% 10.03%
- ---------------
(1) For the four calendar months ended April 30, 2000, and for the calendar year
ended December 31, 1999, information is presented for credit card accounts
in the trust portfolio. For the calendar years ended December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, information is presented for credit card accounts in the
bank portfolio.
Payment rates shown in the above table are based on amounts which would be
deemed payments of principal receivables and finance charge receivables with
respect to the accounts. In addition, the amount of collections of receivables
may vary from month to month due to seasonal variations, general economic
conditions and payment habits of individual cardholders.
THE TRUST PORTFOLIO
The receivables conveyed to the trust arise in accounts selected from the
bank portfolio at the time the trust was established, and in additional accounts
selected since that time, on the basis of criteria set forth in the transfer and
servicing agreement (the "TRUST PORTFOLIO"). The transferor has the right to
designate additional accounts for the trust portfolio and to transfer to the
trust all receivables of those additional accounts, whether the receivables
already exist or arise after the designation, if certain conditions are
satisfied. For a discussion of these conditions, see "Description of the
Notes -- Addition of Trust Assets" in the accompanying prospectus. In addition,
the transferor will be required to designate additional accounts under the
circumstances and in the amounts described in the accompanying prospectus under
"Description of the Notes -- Addition of Trust Assets."
The transferor also has the right to designate certain removed accounts and
to require the indenture trustee to transfer all receivables in the removed
accounts back to the transferor, whether the receivables already exist or arise
after the designation, if certain conditions are satisfied. For a discussion of
these conditions, as well as circumstances under which certain of these
conditions will not apply, see "Description of the Notes -- Removal of Accounts"
and "Risk Factors -- Transferor's need to remove accounts upon termination of
affinity agreements would reduce principal receivables and may require addition
of new receivables" in the accompanying prospectus.
Throughout the term of the trust, the accounts from which the receivables
arise will be the accounts designated by the transferor at the time the trust is
established plus any additional accounts minus any removed accounts. As a
result, the composition of the trust assets is expected to change over time. For
a general description of the receivables in the trust, see "The Trust Portfolio"
in the accompanying prospectus.
S-10
16
The following is selected information about the receivables as of the end
of the day on April 30, 2000:
- The receivables in the trust portfolio included $5,691,900,681.00 of
principal receivables and $343,264,108.58 of finance charge receivables.
- The accounts designated for the trust portfolio had an average principal
receivable balance of $737 and an average credit limit of $1,632.
- The percentage of the aggregate total receivable balance to the aggregate
total credit limit was 45%. The average age of the accounts was
approximately 42 months.
- Cardholders whose accounts are designated for the trust portfolio had
billing addresses in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.
The following tables summarize the trust portfolio by various criteria as
of the end of the day on April 30, 2000. Because the future composition of the
trust portfolio will change over time, these tables are not indicative of the
composition of the trust portfolio at any subsequent time. In each case where
information in the following tables is presented as a percentage of the total
receivables, the sum of the percentages presented may be less than or greater
than 100% due to rounding.
COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
ACCOUNT BALANCE RANGE OF ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- --------------------- ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
Credit Balance.......................... 77,125 1.00% $ (6,296,038.18) (0.10)%
No Balance.............................. 3,518,909 45.60 -- 0.00
$ 0.01-$500.00....................... 1,558,290 20.19 345,570,498.42 5.73
$ 500.01-$1,000.00...................... 871,223 11.29 632,575,911.93 10.48
$1,000.01-$2,000.00..................... 728,007 9.43 1,037,255,374.96 17.19
$2,000.01-$3,000.00..................... 330,112 4.28 810,427,580.49 13.43
$3,000.01-$4,000.00..................... 211,210 2.74 733,384,431.69 12.15
$4,000.01-$5,000.00..................... 158,661 2.06 713,196,144.24 11.82
$5,000.01-$6,000.00..................... 108,404 1.40 592,565,845.06 9.82
$6,000.01-$7,000.00..................... 66,287 0.86 429,039,426.55 7.11
$7,000.01-$8,000.00..................... 42,324 0.55 314,966,893.33 5.22
$8,000.01-$9,000.00..................... 21,587 0.28 182,649,199.10 3.03
$9,000.01-$10,000.00.................... 13,385 0.17 126,706,490.73 2.10
$10,000.01 or more...................... 10,727 0.14 123,123,031.26 2.04
--------- ------ ----------------- ------
Total......................... 7,716,251 100.00% $6,035,164,789.58 100.00%
========= ====== ================= ======
S-11
17
COMPOSITION BY CREDIT LIMIT
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
CREDIT LIMIT RANGE OF ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ------------------ ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
No Credit Limit......................... 56 0.00% $ 16,249.24 0.00%
Less than or equal to $500.00........... 1,421,181 18.42 431,651,279.41 7.15
$ 500.01-$1,000.00...................... 1,583,175 20.52 363,792,324.15 6.03
$1,000.01-$2,000.00..................... 1,605,434 20.81 698,693,618.38 11.58
$2,000.01-$3,000.00..................... 675,727 8.76 602,214,438.52 9.98
$3,000.01-$4,000.00..................... 448,877 5.82 535,875,921.92 8.88
$4,000.01-$5,000.00..................... 751,836 9.74 753,902,573.50 12.49
$5,000.01-$6,000.00..................... 343,772 4.46 627,821,215.84 10.40
$6,000.01-$7,000.00..................... 245,594 3.18 493,871,280.75 8.18
$7,000.01-$8,000.00..................... 295,133 3.82 571,401,125.73 9.47
$8,000.01-$9,000.00..................... 112,440 1.46 301,354,370.49 4.99
$9,000.01-$10,000.00.................... 131,768 1.71 308,674,534.57 5.11
$10,000.01 or more...................... 101,258 1.31 345,895,857.08 5.73
--------- ------ ----------------- ------
Total......................... 7,716,251 100.00% $6,035,164,789.58 100.00%
========= ====== ================= ======
COMPOSITION BY PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY NUMBER TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
(DAYS CONTRACTUALLY DELINQUENT) OF ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ------------------------------- ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
Not Delinquent.......................... 7,175,025 92.99% $5,161,179,107.66 85.52%
Up to 29 Days........................... 238,172 3.09 373,327,150.75 6.19
30 to 59 Days........................... 104,310 1.35 169,727,845.77 2.81
60 to 89 Days........................... 64,547 0.84 105,169,415.23 1.74
90 or More Days......................... 134,197 1.74 225,761,270.17 3.74
--------- ------ ----------------- ------
Total......................... 7,716,251 100.00% $6,035,164,789.58 100.00%
========= ====== ================= ======
COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT AGE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
ACCOUNT AGE OF ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
Not More Than 6 Months.................. 1,510,542 19.58% $ 333,369,254.68 5.52%
Over 6 Months to 12 Months.............. 1,142,655 14.81 333,567,184.27 5.53
Over 12 Months to 24 Months............. 1,217,212 15.77 554,990,737.10 9.20
Over 24 Months to 36 Months............. 590,050 7.65 385,311,211.67 6.38
Over 36 Months to 48 Months............. 422,888 5.48 417,473,330.54 6.92
Over 48 Months to 60 Months............. 703,557 9.12 741,949,249.58 12.29
Over 60 Months to 72 Months............. 654,902 8.49 981,159,396.97 16.26
Over 72 Months.......................... 1,474,445 19.11 2,287,344,424.77 37.90
--------- ------ ----------------- ------
Total......................... 7,716,251 100.00% $6,035,164,789.58 100.00%
========= ====== ================= ======
S-12
18
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
STATE OF ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ----- ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
California.............................. 1,107,296 14.35% $ 845,084,651.55 14.00%
Texas................................... 631,947 8.19 576,076,368.14 9.55
Florida................................. 510,004 6.61 418,737,947.41 6.94
New York................................ 561,390 7.28 392,136,388.35 6.50
Illinois................................ 387,728 5.02 294,232,609.48 4.88
Ohio.................................... 303,973 3.94 222,084,680.50 3.68
Michigan................................ 275,229 3.57 214,071,594.00 3.55
Pennsylvania............................ 299,087 3.88 206,611,573.78 3.42
New Jersey.............................. 228,412 2.96 174,498,003.54 2.89
Georgia................................. 184,996 2.40 173,323,323.84 2.87
North Carolina.......................... 192,612 2.50 154,158,534.52 2.55
Other................................... 3,033,577 39.31 2,364,149,114.47 39.17
--------- ------ ----------------- ------
Total......................... 7,716,251 100.00% $6,035,164,789.58 100.00%
========= ====== ================= ======
MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
You are expected to receive payment of principal in full on May 19, 2003,
the "EXPECTED PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATE." You may, however, receive payments of
principal earlier than the expected principal payment date if a pay out event
occurs and the early amortization period begins. The holders of the Class B
notes will not begin to receive payments of principal until the final principal
payment on the Class A notes has been made. The holders of the Class C notes
will not begin to receive payments of principal until the final principal
payments on the Class A notes and Class B notes have been made.
CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
Principal for payment to the Class A and the Class B noteholders will
accumulate during the controlled accumulation period in the principal funding
account established by the indenture trustee. The controlled accumulation period
is scheduled to begin at the close of business on October 31, 2001, but may be
delayed based on actual payment rate experience, as discussed under "Description
of Series Provisions -- Postponement of Controlled Accumulation Period" in this
prospectus supplement. On each distribution date during the controlled
accumulation period, an amount will be deposited into the principal funding
account equal to, for each monthly period, the least of:
- Available Principal Collections;
- the Controlled Deposit Amount; and
- the Adjusted Invested Amount prior to any deposits on that day.
We expect, but cannot assure you, that the amounts available in the
principal funding account on the expected principal payment date will be
sufficient to pay in full the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes
and the Class B notes. If these amounts are not available on the expected
principal payment date, a pay out event will occur and the early amortization
period will begin.
Your series of notes may be paired with one or more series of notes issued
at a later time once the controlled accumulation period for your series begins.
We cannot assure you that the terms of any paired series will not have an impact
on the calculation of the Investor Percentage or the timing or amount of
payments received by you as a Series 2000-1 noteholder. The extent to which the
timing or amount of payments received by you may be affected will depend on many
factors, only one of which is a change in
S-13
19
the calculation of the Investor Percentage. See "Description of Series
Provisions -- Allocation Percentages -- Fixed Investor Percentage" and
"-- Paired Series" in this prospectus supplement and "Description of the
Notes -- Paired Series" in the accompanying prospectus.
EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD
If a pay out event occurs during either the revolving period or the
controlled accumulation period, the early amortization period will begin. If a
pay out event occurs during the controlled accumulation period, on the next
distribution date any amount on deposit in the principal funding account will be
paid to the Class A noteholders and, after the outstanding principal balance of
the Class A notes has been paid in full, any remaining amount will be paid to
the Class B noteholders and, after the outstanding principal balance of the
Class B notes has been paid in full, any remaining amount will be paid to the
Class C noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of the Class C
notes.
In addition, if the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes has
not been paid in full, Available Principal Collections will be paid to the Class
A noteholders on each distribution date until the earlier of:
- the date the Class A notes are paid in full; and
- May 17, 2006, called the "SERIES 2000-1 FINAL MATURITY DATE."
After the Class A notes have been paid in full, and if the Series 2000-1
final maturity date has not occurred, Available Principal Collections will be
paid to the Class B noteholders on each distribution date until the earlier of:
- the date the Class B notes are paid in full; and
- the Series 2000-1 final maturity date.
THE BANK, ACCS AND THE TRANSFEROR
The bank has transferred and assigned to Associates Credit Card Services,
Inc. ("ACCS"), for transfer and assignment by ACCS to the transferor, and for
transfer and assignment by the transferor to the trust, all of the bank's right,
title and interest in and to the receivables in the accounts designated as
accounts of the trust and future receivables created in these accounts. See "The
Trust Portfolio," "Description of the Notes -- Transfer and Assignment of
Receivables" and "Description of the Purchase Agreements" in the accompanying
prospectus.
ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK (DELAWARE)
Associates National Bank (Delaware), a national banking association, is a
wholly-owned, direct subsidiary of Associates First Capital Corporation
("AFCC"). The bank was established on January 14, 1991. Its principal executive
office is located at 110 Lake Drive, Newark, Delaware 19702. On a managed basis,
the bank maintained loan accounts with aggregate outstanding balances of
approximately $9,210,207,000 as of March 31, 2000. Of this amount, approximately
$7,244,736,000 were MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) credit card loans originated in
the United States. As of March 31, 2000, the bank had total assets of
approximately $443,954,000, total liabilities of approximately $375,400,000,
deposits of approximately $290,087,000 and capital and surplus accounts of
approximately $68,578,000. The bank is a national bank insured through the FDIC
and is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
AFCC is a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and was
established on December 22, 1971, as Associates First National Corporation. As
of March 31, 2000, AFCC had total managed assets of approximately
$98,247,300,000, total assets of approximately $84,700,100,000, total
liabilities of approximately $74,685,200,000 and stockholders' equity of
approximately $10,014,900,000.
S-14
20
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD SERVICES, INC.
Associates Credit Card Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a
wholly-owned, direct subsidiary of AFCC. ACCS was established on January 17,
1996. Its principal executive office is located at 250 East Carpenter Freeway,
Irving, Texas 75062. As of March 31, 2000, ACCS had total assets of
approximately $5,748,000, total liabilities of approximately $5,286,000 and
stockholders' equity of approximately $462,000. Pursuant to the terms of one or
more subservicing agreements, ACCS services both bank card and private label
credit card accounts for the entire AFCC credit card business. ACCS's main
operational facility is located in Irving, Texas where it conducts many of its
servicing functions. ACCS also has operational facilities in Houston, Texas, Des
Moines, Iowa, Wilmington, Delaware and South Bend, Indiana. As of March 31,
2000, ACCS had over 6,750 employees.
The operational facility in Irving, Texas serves as the main credit card
administration facility. This location houses all of the major credit card
personnel for the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) bank portfolio, including senior
management, credit policy, risk management, customer service, collections,
marketing and underwriting, financial planning and accounting, and information
technology. This facility also performs some of these same functions for AFCC's
private label credit card business.
Centralized payment processing for the bank portfolio is performed at
ACCS's Des Moines, Iowa facility and statement processing and mailing functions
are housed at the Associates Information Service Center, in South Bend, Indiana.
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp. ("ACCR"), a Delaware corporation,
is a wholly-owned, direct subsidiary of ACCS. ACCR was established on April 8,
1998. Its principal executive office is located at 290 East Carpenter Freeway, 7
Decker, Irving, Texas 75062. ACCR was organized for the limited purpose of
purchasing, holding, owning and transferring receivables and related activities.
DESCRIPTION OF SERIES PROVISIONS
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Series 2000-1
notes. This summary is not a complete description of the terms of the Series
2000-1 notes. You should refer to "Description of the Notes" in the accompanying
prospectus as well as to the transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture and
the Series 2000-1 indenture supplement for a complete description. Each of the
transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture and the form of an indenture
supplement, has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration
statement relating to the notes.
GENERAL
The Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes comprise the
"SERIES 2000-1 NOTES" and will be issued under the indenture, as supplemented by
the indenture supplement relating to the Series 2000-1 notes (the "SERIES 2000-1
INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT"), in each case between the trust and the indenture
trustee. Only the Class A notes and the Class B notes are being offered by this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The Class C notes will
initially be retained by the transferor. As described under "Description of the
Notes -- New Issuances" in the accompanying prospectus, the transferor may cause
the owner trustee, on behalf of the trust, and the indenture trustee to execute
further indenture supplements in order to issue additional series.
The "CLOSING DATE" for Series 2000-1 is June , 2000. The Class A and the
Class B notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
of $1,000 and will be available only in book-entry form, registered in the name
of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. As described under "Description of the
Notes -- General," "-- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Notes" in the
accompanying prospectus, unless and until definitive notes are issued, you will
be able to transfer your notes only through the facilities of DTC. You will
receive payments and notices through DTC and its participants. Payments of
interest and principal will be made on each distribution date on which those
amounts are due to the
S-15
21
noteholders in whose names Series 2000-1 notes were registered on the last day
of the calendar month preceding that distribution date (each, a "RECORD DATE").
Application will be made to list the Class A and the Class B notes on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange; however, we cannot assure you that the listing will
be obtained. You should consult with Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., the
Luxembourg listing agent for the notes, Boulevard Konrad Adenauer 2, L-1115
Luxembourg, phone number (352) 42 12 21, for the status of the listing.
INTEREST PAYMENTS
The Class A notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date
through but excluding July 17, 2000, and for each following interest period, at
a rate of % per annum above LIBOR for the related LIBOR determination date
with respect to each interest period (the "CLASS A NOTE INTEREST RATE").
The Class B notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date
through but excluding July 17, 2000, and for each following interest period, at
a rate of % per annum above LIBOR for the related LIBOR determination date
with respect to each interest period (the "CLASS B NOTE INTEREST RATE").
The Class C notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date
through but excluding July 17, 2000, and for each following interest period, at
a rate of % per annum above LIBOR for the related LIBOR determination date
with respect to each interest period (the "CLASS C NOTE INTEREST RATE").
The indenture trustee will determine LIBOR for each interest period two
London business days before the related interest period commences. We refer to
each of these determination dates as a "LIBOR DETERMINATION DATE." For purposes
of calculating LIBOR, a "LONDON BUSINESS DAY" is any business day on which
dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London
interbank market.
An "INTEREST PERIOD" begins on and includes a distribution date and ends on
but excludes the next distribution date. However, the first interest period will
begin on and include the closing date.
"LIBOR" means, for any LIBOR determination date, the rate for deposits in
United States dollars for a one-month period which appears on Telerate Page 3750
as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on
Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that LIBOR determination date will be
determined based on the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are
offered by four major banks, selected by the servicer, at approximately 11:00
a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for
a one-month period. The indenture trustee will request the principal London
office of each of those banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least
two quotations are provided, the rate for that LIBOR determination date will be
the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are
provided, the rate for that LIBOR determination date will be the arithmetic mean
of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the servicer,
at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United
States dollars to leading European banks for a one-month period.
"TELERATE PAGE 3750" means the display page currently so designated on the
Bridge Telerate Capital Markets Report (or any other page as may replace that
page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices).
The Class A note interest rate, the Class B note interest rate and the
Class C note interest rate applicable to the then current and immediately
preceding interest period may be obtained by telephoning the indenture trustee
at its corporate trust office at (212) 815-5738.
Interest on the notes will be calculated on the basis of the actual number
of days in the related interest period and a 360-day year.
Interest will be paid on each "DISTRIBUTION DATE," which will be July 17,
2000 and the 17th day of each following month (or, if the 17th day is not a
business day, the following business day). For purposes of this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus, a "BUSINESS DAY" is, unless
otherwise indicated, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
banking institutions in New York,
S-16
22
New York, Delaware or any other state in which the principal executive offices
of the bank, the owner trustee, the indenture trustee or other account owner, as
the case may be, are located, are authorized or obligated by law, executive
order or governmental decree to be closed.
Interest payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C
notes on any distribution date will be calculated on the outstanding principal
balance of the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes, as
applicable, as of the preceding record date, except that interest for the first
distribution date will accrue at the applicable note interest rate on the
initial outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes, the Class B notes
and the Class C notes, as applicable, from the closing date.
Interest due on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes
but not paid on any distribution date will be payable on the following
distribution date, together with additional interest on that amount at the
applicable note interest rate. We refer to this additional interest as "CLASS A
ADDITIONAL INTEREST," "CLASS B ADDITIONAL INTEREST" and "CLASS C ADDITIONAL
INTEREST," as applicable. Additional interest will accrue on the same basis as
interest on the Series 2000-1 notes, and will accrue from the distribution date
on which the overdue interest became due, to but excluding the distribution date
on which the additional interest is paid.
Interest payments on the Series 2000-1 notes on any distribution date will
be paid from Available Finance Charge Collections for the related monthly period
and, to the extent Available Finance Charge Collections are insufficient to pay
the interest on the Class A notes and the Class B notes, from Reallocated
Principal Collections (to the extent available) for the related monthly period.
"AVAILABLE FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any monthly
period, an amount equal to the sum of:
(a) the Investor Finance Charge Collections for that monthly period;
(b) the Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2000-1;
(c) an amount equal to the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds, if
any, for the related distribution date; and
(d) amounts, if any, to be withdrawn from the reserve account which
are required to be included in Available Finance Charge Collections
pursuant to the Series 2000-1 indenture supplement for the related
distribution date.
"INVESTOR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any monthly
period, an amount equal to the Investor Percentage for that monthly period of
collections of finance charge receivables (including recoveries treated as
collections of finance charge receivables) deposited in the collection account
for that monthly period and Interchange treated as Investor Finance Charge
Collections pursuant to the Series 2000-1 indenture supplement.
Each "MONTHLY PERIOD" will be the period from and including the first day
of a calendar month to and including the last day of that calendar month (other
than the initial monthly period, which will commence on and include the closing
date and end on and include June 30, 2000).
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
Principal payments on the Series 2000-1 notes will be paid from "AVAILABLE
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" which, for any monthly period, equal:
(a) collections of principal receivables received during that monthly
period and certain other amounts allocable to the Invested Amount; minus
(b) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for that monthly
period; plus
(c) any Shared Principal Collections from other series in group one
and any Shared Transferor Principal Collections that are allocated to
Series 2000-1; plus
S-17
23
(d) the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections to be treated
as Available Principal Collections as described under "-- Application of
Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items."
REVOLVING PERIOD
The "REVOLVING PERIOD" for the Series 2000-1 notes begins on the closing
date and ends on the earlier of the day immediately before the day the
controlled accumulation period or the early amortization period begins. During
the revolving period, the Investor Percentage of collections of principal
receivables will, subject to certain limitations, be treated as Shared Principal
Collections and used to pay principal to other series in group one or will be
paid to the holders of the transferor certificates.
CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
The "CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD" for the Series 2000-1 notes is
scheduled to begin on November 1, 2001, but may be postponed, as discussed under
"Description of Series Provisions -- Postponement of Controlled Accumulation
Period" in this prospectus supplement, and ends on the earliest of:
- the beginning of the early amortization period;
- the payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Series
2000-1 notes; and
- the Series 2000-1 final maturity date.
If a pay out event occurs before the controlled accumulation period begins,
there will be no controlled accumulation period and the early amortization
period will begin.
On each distribution date relating to the controlled accumulation period,
the indenture trustee will deposit in the principal funding account an amount
equal to the least of (a) Available Principal Collections with respect to that
distribution date, (b) the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount and (c) the
Adjusted Invested Amount prior to any deposits on that date. If the early
amortization period has not commenced, on the expected principal payment date
amounts in the principal funding account will be paid:
- first to Class A noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of
the Class A notes;
- then to Class B noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of
the Class B notes; and
- then to Class C noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of
the Class C notes.
During the controlled accumulation period, the portion of Available
Principal Collections not applied for the payment of principal on the Class A
notes, the Class B notes or the Class C notes on a distribution date generally
will be treated as Shared Principal Collections for other series in group one.
EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD
The "EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD" for the Series 2000-1 notes will begin on
the business day immediately before the day on which a pay out event with
respect to Series 2000-1 occurs and ends on the earlier of:
- the payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Series
2000-1 notes; and
- the Series 2000-1 final maturity date.
On each distribution date relating to the early amortization period, the
Class A noteholders will be entitled to receive Available Principal Collections
for the related monthly period in an amount up to the outstanding principal
balance of the Class A notes.
S-18
24
After payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
notes, the Class B noteholders will be entitled to receive, on each distribution
date relating to the early amortization period, Available Principal Collections
for the related monthly period in an amount up to the outstanding principal
balance of the Class B notes.
After payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Class B
notes, the Class C noteholders will be entitled to receive, on each distribution
date relating to the early amortization period, Available Principal Collections
for the related monthly period in an amount up to the outstanding principal
balance of the Class C notes.
See "-- Pay Out Events" below for a discussion of events that might lead to
the commencement of the early amortization period.
POSTPONEMENT OF CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
The controlled accumulation period is scheduled to last eighteen months.
However, the servicer may elect to extend the revolving period and postpone the
controlled accumulation period by providing a notice to the indenture trustee.
The servicer can make this election only if the number of months needed to fund
the principal funding account to pay principal on the Series 2000-1 notes from
expected principal collections is less than eighteen months.
On each determination date beginning in October 2001 and ending when the
controlled accumulation period begins, the servicer will review the amount of
expected principal collections and determine the number of months expected to be
required to fully fund the principal funding account by the expected principal
payment date and may elect to postpone the controlled accumulation period. In
making its decision, the servicer is required to assume that the principal
payment rate will be no greater than the lowest monthly principal payment rate
for the prior twelve months and will consider the amount of principal expected
to be allocable to noteholders of all other series which are expected to be
amortizing or accumulating principal during the controlled accumulation period
for Series 2000-1. In no case will the controlled accumulation period be reduced
to less than one month.
The method for determining the number of months required to fully fund the
principal funding account may be changed upon receipt of written confirmation
that the change will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating
agency of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class.
SUBORDINATION
The Class B notes and the Class C notes are subordinated to the Class A
notes. Interest payments will be made on the Class A notes prior to being made
on the Class B notes and the Class C notes. Interest payments will be made on
the Class B notes prior to being made on the Class C notes. Principal payments
on the Class B notes will not begin until the Class A notes have been paid in
full. Principal payments on the Class C notes will not begin until the Class A
notes and the Class B notes have been paid in full. If principal collections
allocated to your series are reallocated to pay the interest on the Class A
notes, the principal amount of the Class B notes and the Class C notes may not
be repaid. If principal collections allocated to your series are reallocated to
pay interest on the Class B notes or the monthly servicing fee, the principal
amount of the Class C notes may not be repaid. If receivables are sold after an
event of default, the net proceeds of that sale which are available to pay
principal on the Series 2000-1 notes would be paid first to the Class A notes
before any remaining net proceeds would be available for payments due to the
Class B notes or the Class C notes.
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES
Pursuant to the indenture, with respect to each monthly period, the
servicer will allocate among the Invested Amount, the invested amount for all
other outstanding series and the Transferor Interest, all amounts collected on
finance charge receivables, all amounts collected on principal receivables and
all
S-19
25
Defaulted Amounts with respect to that monthly period. These amounts will be
allocated to Series 2000-1 based on the Investor Percentage.
"INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means, for any monthly period, (a) for collections of
finance charge receivables and Defaulted Amounts at any time and for collections
of principal receivables during the revolving period, the Floating Investor
Percentage and (b) for collections of principal receivables during the
controlled accumulation period or early amortization period, the Fixed Investor
Percentage.
FLOATING INVESTOR PERCENTAGE
Collections of finance charge receivables and Defaulted Amounts at any time
and collections of principal receivables during the revolving period will be
allocated to the Invested Amount based on the Floating Investor Percentage. The
"FLOATING INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any monthly period, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the
close of business on the last day of the preceding monthly period (or with
respect to the first monthly period, the initial Invested Amount); and
(b) the denominator of which is the greater of:
(i) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in
the trust as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, the
aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as of the closing
date) and (B) the principal amount on deposit in the special funding
account as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, as of the
closing date); and
(ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the investor
percentages for allocations with respect to finance charge receivables,
Defaulted Amounts or principal receivables, as applicable, for all
outstanding series on the date of determination.
The denominator used in the calculation of Floating Investor Percentage
will be adjusted as follows with respect to any monthly period in which an
addition date occurs or in which a removal date occurs:
the amount in clause (b)(i)(A) above will be:
(1) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the last day of the prior monthly period,
for the period from and including the first day of the prior monthly
period to but excluding the related addition date or removal date, as
the case may be; and
(2) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the related addition date or removal date,
as the case may be, after adjusting for the aggregate amount of
principal receivables added to or removed from the trust on the related
addition date or removal date, as the case may be, for the period from
and including the related addition date or removal date, as the case may
be, to and including the last day of that monthly period.
FIXED INVESTOR PERCENTAGE
Collections of principal receivables during the controlled accumulation
period and early amortization period will be allocated to the Invested Amount
based on the Fixed Investor Percentage. The "FIXED INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means,
with respect to any monthly period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the revolving period; and
S-20
26
(b) the denominator of which is the greater of:
(i) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in
the trust as of the close of business on the last day of the prior
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, the
aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as of the closing
date) and (B) the principal amount on deposit in the special funding
account as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, as of the
closing date); and
(ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the investor
percentages for allocations with respect to principal receivables for
all outstanding series on the date of determination.
Since the Series 2000-1 notes are subject to being paired with a future
series, if a pay out event occurs with respect to such a paired series during
the controlled accumulation period or the early amortization period for Series
2000-1, the transferor may, by written notice delivered to the indenture trustee
and the servicer, designate a different numerator for the calculation of the
Fixed Investor Percentage, provided that (x) the numerator is not less than the
Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the revolving period for such
paired series, (y) the indenture trustee and the servicer have received written
confirmation that the change will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by
any rating agency of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class
and (z) the transferor has delivered to the indenture trustee a certificate of
an authorized officer to the effect that, based on the facts known to that
officer at the time, in the reasonable belief of the transferor, the designation
will not cause a pay out event or an event that, after the giving of notice or
the lapse of time, would constitute a pay out event, to occur with respect to
Series 2000-1.
The denominator used in the calculation of Fixed Investor Percentage will
be adjusted as follows with respect to any monthly period in which an addition
date occurs or in which a removal date occurs:
the amount in clause (b)(i)(A) above will be:
(1) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the last day of the prior monthly period,
for the period from and including the first day of the prior monthly
period to but excluding the related addition date or removal date, as
the case may be; and
(2) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the related addition date or removal date,
as the case may be, after adjusting for the aggregate amount of
principal receivables added to or removed from the trust on the related
addition date or removal date, as the case may be, for the period from
and including the related addition date or removal date, as the case may
be, to and including the last day of that monthly period.
INVESTED AMOUNT DEFINITIONS
"INVESTED AMOUNT," for any date of determination, means an amount equal to
(a) the initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2000-1 notes minus
(b) the amount of principal previously paid to the Series 2000-1 noteholders,
minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs
and Reallocated Principal Collections over reimbursements of these amounts as
described under "-- Application of Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and
Other Items" below.
"ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT," for any date of determination, means the (a)
the Invested Amount as of that date, minus (b) the amount on deposit in the
principal funding account for that date.
REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
On each distribution date, if the sum of Class A interest, Class B interest
and the monthly servicing fee cannot be paid from Available Finance Charge
Collections as described below under "-- Application of Collections," then
collections of principal receivables allocated to the Invested Amount will be
available to
S-21
27
pay these amounts, in an amount equal to the Reallocated Principal Collections,
and the Invested Amount will be reduced accordingly. A reduction in the Invested
Amount will reduce the allocation of finance charge and principal collections to
your series.
"REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means, for any monthly period,
collections of principal receivables received during that monthly period and
applied to pay interest on the Class A notes, the Class B notes or the monthly
servicing fee in an amount not to exceed the sum of:
- the lower of:
- the excess of the amounts needed to pay current and past due Class A
Monthly Interest and Class A Additional Interest as described under
"-- Application of Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and Other
Items" below over the Available Finance Charge Collections applied to
pay these amounts; and
- the greater of (a)(x) the product of (I) 24.00% and (II) the initial
Invested Amount minus (y) the amount of unreimbursed Investor
Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the
related monthly period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal
Collections (as of the previous distribution date) and (b) zero; plus
- the lower of:
- the excess of the amounts needed to pay (A) current and past due Class
B Monthly Interest and Class B Additional Interest and (B) the current
and past due monthly servicing fee, in each case as described under
"-- Application of Collections -- Payments of Interest, Fees and Other
Items" below over the Available Finance Charge Collections applied to
pay these amounts; and
- the greater of (a)(x) the product of (I) 13.75% and (II) the initial
Invested Amount minus (y) the amount of unreimbursed Investor
Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the
related monthly period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal
Collections (as of the previous distribution date and after giving
effect to the allocation of Reallocated Principal Collections to make
required interest payments for Class A on the then-current
distribution date) and (b) zero.
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
PAYMENT OF INTEREST, FEES AND OTHER ITEMS
On each distribution date, the servicer will direct the indenture trustee
to apply Available Finance Charge Collections on deposit in the collection
account in the following order:
- an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Interest plus Class A Additional
Interest due for the related distribution date, and in each case past due
for any prior distribution dates, will be paid to the Class A noteholders
on that distribution date;
- an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest plus Class B Additional
Interest due for the related distribution date, and in each case past due
for any prior distribution dates, will be paid to the Class B noteholders
on that distribution date;
- an amount equal to the monthly servicing fee due for the related
distribution date, and past due for any prior distribution date, will be
paid to the servicer;
- an amount equal to the Class C Monthly Interest plus Class C Additional
Interest due for the related distribution date, and in each case past due
for any prior distribution dates, will be paid to the Class C noteholders
on that distribution date;
- an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount, if any, for the related
monthly period, will be treated as Available Principal Collections;
S-22
28
- an amount equal to the sum of the Investor Charge-Offs and the amount of
unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections will be treated as
Available Principal Collections;
- on and after the reserve account funding date, an amount equal to the
excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the amount
then on deposit in the reserve account will be deposited into the reserve
account;
- any other amounts the trust may be liable for from time to time that are
not otherwise provided for above will be applied by the indenture
trustee; and
- all remaining amounts will be treated as Excess Finance Charge
Collections and will be available to cover any shortfalls in finance
charge collections for other outstanding series in group one and, after
payment of these shortfalls, the remaining amount will be paid to the
holders of the transferor certificates.
"CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal
the product of (a) the Class A note interest rate for the related interest
period, (b) the actual number of days in that interest period divided by 360 and
(c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes as of the close of
business on the last day of the prior monthly period or, with respect to the
first distribution date, the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes
as of the closing date.
"CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal
the product of (a) the Class B note interest rate for the related interest
period, (b) the actual number of days in that interest period divided by 360 and
(c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class B notes as of the close of
business on the last day of the prior monthly period or, with respect to the
first distribution date, the outstanding principal balance of the Class B notes
as of the closing date.
"CLASS C MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal
the product of (a) the Class C note interest rate for the related interest
period, (b) the actual number of days in that interest period divided by 360 and
(c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes as of the close of
business on the last day of the prior monthly period or, with respect to the
first distribution date, the outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes
as of the closing date.
"MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal the sum
of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest and the Class C
Monthly Interest for that distribution date.
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
On each distribution date, the servicer will direct the indenture trustee
to apply Available Principal Collections on deposit in the collection account in
the following priority:
(a) on each distribution date with respect to the revolving period,
all Available Principal Collections will be treated as Shared Principal
Collections and applied as described under "Description of Series
Provisions -- Shared Principal Collections and Transferor Principal
Collections" in this prospectus supplement and "Description of the
Notes -- Shared Principal Collections and Transferor Principal Collections"
in the accompanying prospectus;
(b) on each distribution date with respect to the controlled
accumulation period and the early amortization period, all Available
Principal Collections will be distributed or deposited in the following
priority:
(i) during the controlled accumulation period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will be deposited in the principal funding account;
(ii) during the early amortization period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will be distributed to the paying agent for payment to
the Class A noteholders until the outstanding principal balance of the
Class A notes has been paid in full;
S-23
29
(iii) during the early amortization period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will, after the outstanding principal balance of the
Class A notes has been paid in full, be distributed to the paying agent
for payment to the Class B noteholders until the outstanding principal
balance of the Class B notes has been paid in full; and
(iv) during the early amortization period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will, after the outstanding principal balances of the
Class A notes and the Class B notes have been paid in full, be
distributed to the paying agent for payment to the Class C noteholders
until the outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes has been
paid in full;
(c) on each distribution date with respect to the controlled
accumulation period and the early amortization period, the balance of
Available Principal Collections not applied as described in (b) above, if
any, will be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied as
described under "Description of Series Provisions -- Shared Principal
Collections and Transferor Principal Collections" in this prospectus
supplement and "Description of the Notes -- Shared Principal Collections
and Transferor Principal Collections" in the accompanying prospectus.
"MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" with respect to any distribution date will equal the
least of (i) the Available Principal Collections on deposit in the collection
account with respect to that distribution date, (ii) for each distribution date
with respect to the controlled accumulation period, the Controlled Deposit
Amount for that distribution date and (iii) the Adjusted Invested Amount (as
adjusted for any Investor Charge-Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections on
that distribution date) prior to any deposits into the principal funding account
on that distribution date.
"CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT" means, for any distribution date with respect
to the controlled accumulation period, the sum of the Controlled Accumulation
Amount for that distribution date and the Accumulation Shortfall, if any.
"CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION AMOUNT" means, for any distribution date with
respect to the controlled accumulation period, $55,555,556. However, if the
commencement of the controlled accumulation period is postponed as described
above under "-- Postponement of Controlled Accumulation Period," the Controlled
Accumulation Amount may be higher than the amount stated above for each
distribution date with respect to the controlled accumulation period and will be
determined by the servicer in accordance with the Series 2000-1 indenture
supplement based on the principal payment rates for the accounts, on the
invested amounts of other series (other than certain excluded series) which are
scheduled to be in their revolving periods and then scheduled to create Shared
Principal Collections during the controlled accumulation period and on the
availability of Shared Transferor Principal Collections as described under
"-- Shared Principal Collections and Transferor Principal Collections" below.
"ACCUMULATION SHORTFALL" means:
(a) on the first distribution date during the controlled accumulation
period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Accumulation Amount for that
distribution date over the amount deposited in the principal funding
account on that distribution date; and
(b) on each subsequent distribution date during the controlled
accumulation period, the excess, if any, of the applicable Controlled
Accumulation Amount for that subsequent distribution date plus any
Accumulation Shortfall for the prior distribution date over the amount
deposited in the principal funding account on that subsequent distribution
date.
SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
Collections of finance charge receivables -- and other amounts treated like
collections of finance charge receivables -- in excess of the amount required to
make payments or deposits for your series will be made available to other series
included in group one whose allocation of finance charge collections is not
sufficient to make its required payments or deposits. We call these collections
"EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS." If your series of outstanding notes
requires more finance charge collections than allocated
S-24
30
through the Investor Percentage, it will have access to finance charge
collections -- and other amounts treated like finance charge collections -- from
other series in group one in excess of the amount required to make payments or
deposits for that series. Each series of outstanding notes that is part of group
one and has a shortfall will receive a share of the total amount of Excess
Finance Charge Collections available for that month based on the amount of
shortfall for that series divided by the total shortfall for all series for that
same month.
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
Collections of principal receivables for any monthly period allocated to
the Invested Amount will first be used to cover, during the controlled
accumulation period, deposits of the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount to the
principal funding account, and during the early amortization period, payments to
the noteholders. The servicer will determine the amount of collections of
principal receivables for any monthly period allocated to the Invested Amount
remaining after covering required payments to the noteholders and any similar
amount remaining for any other series in group one ("SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS"). The servicer will allocate the Shared Principal Collections to
cover any scheduled or permitted principal distributions to noteholders and
deposits to principal funding accounts, if any, for any series in group one
which have not been covered out of the collections of principal receivables
allocable to the other series in group one and certain other amounts for those
series ("PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS"). Shared Principal Collections will not be used
to cover investor charge-offs for any series. If Principal Shortfalls exceed
Shared Principal Collections for any monthly period, Shared Principal
Collections will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series in group one
based on the relative amounts of Principal Shortfalls. To the extent that Shared
Principal Collections exceed Principal Shortfalls, the balance will, subject to
certain limitations, be paid to the holders of the transferor certificates.
In addition, the servicer will, under the terms of the indenture, determine
the amount of collections of principal receivables for any monthly period
allocated to the Transferor Interest but not due to the holder of any
participation in the transferor certificates or the holder of any supplemental
certificate, and other amounts payable to the transferor with respect to
collections of principal receivables ("SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS"). Shared Transferor Principal Collections will be applied, if
necessary, to cover payments of principal due to noteholders during the
controlled accumulation period and the early amortization period that have not
been covered out of collections of principal receivables allocated to Series
2000-1 and certain other amounts and Shared Principal Collections. To the extent
Principal Shortfalls for series designated to receive Shared Transferor
Principal Collections exceed Shared Principal Collections allocable to each of
these series and Shared Transferor Principal Collections, for any monthly
period, Shared Transferor Principal Collections will be allocated pro rata among
the applicable series based on the remaining Principal Shortfalls for each of
these series.
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS
The Investor Default Amount represents the series' share of losses from the
trust portfolio. On each distribution date, the servicer will calculate the
"INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" by multiplying:
- the Floating Investor Percentage for that month, by
- the "DEFAULTED AMOUNT," which is the total amount of principal
receivables (other than ineligible receivables) in the trust that were
charged-off for that month.
If the Investor Default Amount exceeds the amount of finance charge collections
allocated to fund this amount for the prior month, then the Invested Amount will
be reduced by the excess as an "INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF." In no event, however, will
the Invested Amount be reduced below zero. These reductions in the Invested
Amount may be reimbursed from subsequent finance charge collections allocated
for reimbursement, if available, as described above under "-- Application of
Collections -- Payments of Interest, Fees and Other Items." If the Invested
Amount is reduced to zero, your series will not receive any further allocations
of finance charge and principal collections.
S-25
31
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
The indenture trustee will establish and maintain a segregated trust
account held for the benefit of the noteholders to serve as the "PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT." During the controlled accumulation period, the indenture
trustee, at the direction of the servicer, will transfer Available Principal
Collections from the collection account to the principal funding account as
described under "-- Application of Collections -- Payments of Principal" in this
prospectus supplement.
Funds on deposit in the principal funding account will be invested to the
following distribution date by the indenture trustee at the direction of the
servicer in eligible investments. On each distribution date with respect to the
controlled accumulation period and on the first distribution date with respect
to the early amortization period, investment earnings (net of losses and
investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the principal funding account (the
"PRINCIPAL FUNDING INVESTMENT PROCEEDS") will be deposited in the collection
account and included in Available Finance Charge Collections for the related
interest period. If, for any distribution date, the Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds are less than the sum of:
(a) the product of (i) the balance of the principal funding account,
up to the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes on the record
date immediately preceding that distribution date, (ii) the Class A note
interest rate for the related interest period and (iii) the number of days
in the related interest period divided by 360, plus
(b) the product of (i) the balance of the principal funding account in
excess of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes on the
record date immediately preceding that distribution date, (ii) the Class B
note interest rate for the related interest period and (iii) the number of
days in the related interest period divided by 360, plus
(c) the product of (i) the balance of the principal funding account in
excess of the aggregate of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
notes and the Class B notes on the record date immediately preceding that
distribution date, (ii) the Class C note interest rate for the related
interest period and (iii) the number of days in the related interest period
divided by 360,
then the indenture trustee will withdraw the shortfall, called the "RESERVE DRAW
AMOUNT," to the extent required and available, from the reserve account and
deposit it in the collection account for use as Available Finance Charge
Collections.
RESERVE ACCOUNT
The indenture trustee will establish and maintain a segregated trust
account held for the benefit of the noteholders to serve as the "RESERVE
ACCOUNT." The reserve account is established to assist with the subsequent
distribution of interest on the Series 2000-1 notes during the controlled
accumulation period and on the first distribution date with respect to the early
amortization period. On each distribution date from and after the reserve
account funding date, but prior to the termination of the reserve account, the
indenture trustee, at the direction of the servicer, will apply Available
Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Series 2000-1 notes (to the extent
described above under "-- Application of Collections -- Payment of Interest,
Fees and Other Items") to increase the amount on deposit in the reserve account
(to the extent that amount is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount).
The "RESERVE ACCOUNT FUNDING DATE" will be the distribution date with
respect to the monthly period which commences no later than three months prior
to the commencement of the controlled accumulation period, or an earlier date as
the servicer may determine.
The "REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT" for any distribution date on or after
the reserve account funding date will be equal to (a) 0.5% of the outstanding
principal balance of the Series 2000-1 notes or (b) any other amount designated
by the transferor; except that if the designation is of a lesser amount, the
transferor will provide the servicer and the indenture trustee with written
confirmation that the designation will not result in the reduction or withdrawal
by any rating agency of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or
class and the transferor will deliver to the indenture trustee a certificate of
an authorized officer of the transferor to the effect that, based on the facts
known to that officer at the time,
S-26
32
in the reasonable belief of the transferor, the designation will not cause a pay
out event or an event that, after the giving of notice or the lapse of time,
would cause a pay out event to occur with respect to Series 2000-1.
On each distribution date, after giving effect to any deposit to be made
to, and any withdrawal to be made from, the reserve account on that distribution
date, the indenture trustee will withdraw from the reserve account an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of the amount on deposit in the reserve account
over the Required Reserve Account Amount and will distribute that excess to the
holders of the transferor certificates. However, prior to distribution to the
holders of the transferor certificates, the indenture trustee may be required to
apply that excess to fund certain other amounts the trust may be liable for from
time to time for which no provision has currently been made. Any amounts
withdrawn from the reserve account and distributed to the holders of the
transferor certificates as described above will not be available for
distribution to the noteholders.
So long as the reserve account is not terminated as described below, all
amounts on deposit in the reserve account on any distribution date (after giving
effect to any deposits to, or withdrawals from, the reserve account to be made
on that distribution date) will be invested to the following distribution date
by the indenture trustee at the direction of the servicer in eligible
investments. The interest and other investment income (net of losses and
investment expenses) earned on these investments will be retained in the reserve
account (to the extent the amount on deposit is less than the Required Reserve
Account Amount) or deposited in the collection account and treated as Available
Finance Charge Collections.
On or before each distribution date with respect to the controlled
accumulation period and on or before the first distribution date with respect to
the early amortization period, a withdrawal will be made from the reserve
account, and the amount of this withdrawal will be deposited in the collection
account and included as Available Finance Charge Collections, as provided in the
Series 2000-1 indenture supplement, for that distribution date in an aggregate
amount equal to the least of (a) the amount then on deposit in the reserve
account with respect to that distribution date, (b) the Required Reserve Account
Amount and (c) the reserve draw amount with respect to that distribution date.
However, the amount of the withdrawal will be reduced to the extent that funds
otherwise would be available to be deposited in the reserve account on that
distribution date.
The reserve account will be terminated upon the earliest to occur of:
- the first distribution date for the early amortization period;
- the expected principal payment date; and
- the termination of the trust.
Upon the termination of the reserve account, all amounts on deposit in the
reserve account (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the reserve account
on that date as described above) will be distributed to the holders of the
transferor certificates. However, prior to distribution to the holders of the
transferor certificates, these amounts may be applied to fund certain other
amounts the trust may be liable for from time to time for which no provision has
currently been made. Any amounts withdrawn from the reserve account and
distributed to the holders of the transferor certificates as described above
will not be available for distribution to the noteholders.
PAIRED SERIES
Your series of notes may be paired with one or more series of notes issued
at a later time once the controlled accumulation period for your series begins.
We call each of these later issued series a "PAIRED SERIES." All or a portion of
a paired series may be pre-funded with an initial deposit to a funding account
that is for the sole benefit of the paired series; in the alternative, a paired
series may have a principal amount that can be increased. Once your series is
paid in full, if there have been no unreimbursed investor charge-offs for any
paired series, the invested amount of the paired series will be increased by an
amount
S-27
33
up to the full Invested Amount of your series. The issuance of the paired series
will be subject to the conditions described under "Description of the
Notes -- New Issuances" in the accompanying prospectus.
We cannot assure you that the terms of any paired series will not have an
impact on the calculation of the Investor Percentage or the timing or amount of
payments received by you as a Series 2000-1 noteholder. The extent to which the
timing or amount of payments received by you may be affected will depend on many
factors, only one of which is a change in the calculation of the Investor
Percentage.
PAY OUT EVENTS
As described above, the revolving period will continue through October 31,
2001, unless that date is postponed as described under "-- Postponement of
Controlled Accumulation Period" in this prospectus supplement or a pay out event
occurs prior to that date.
A "PAY OUT EVENT" refers to any of the following events:
(a) failure by the transferor (i) to make any payment or deposit on
the date required to be made by the transferor under the transfer and
servicing agreement, the indenture or the Series 2000-1 indenture
supplement within the applicable grace period which shall not exceed five
days or (ii) to observe or perform any other covenants or agreements of the
transferor set forth in the transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture
or the Series 2000-1 indenture supplement, which failure has a material
adverse effect on the Series 2000-1 noteholders and which continues
unremedied for a period of sixty days after written notice of the failure,
requiring the same to be remedied;
(b) any representation or warranty made by the transferor in the
transfer and servicing agreement, or any information required to be given
by the transferor to identify the accounts proves to have been incorrect in
any material respect when made or delivered and which continues to be
incorrect in any material respect for a period of sixty days after written
notice of the failure, requiring the same to be remedied, and as a result
of which the interests of the noteholders are materially and adversely
affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected for the
designated period; except that a pay out event pursuant to this
subparagraph (b) will not occur if the transferor has accepted reassignment
of the related receivable or all related receivables, if applicable, during
the designated period in accordance with the provisions of the transfer and
servicing agreement;
(c) a failure by the transferor to convey receivables in additional
accounts or participations to the trust within five business days after the
date required by the transfer and servicing agreement;
(d) any servicer default occurs;
(e) the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three consecutive
monthly periods is less than the average of the Base Rates for the same
monthly periods;
(f) insufficient moneys are available to pay in full the outstanding
principal balances of all the Series 2000-1 notes on the expected principal
payment date;
(g) certain bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship,
receivership or similar events relating to the transferor (including any
additional transferor), ACCS or the bank, unless each rating agency
provides written confirmation that the removal of the bank from this pay
out event will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing
rating of any outstanding series or class;
(h) the transferor is unable for any reason to transfer receivables to
the trust in accordance with the provisions of the transfer and servicing
agreement;
(i) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or
(j) an event of default for Series 2000-1 and an acceleration of the
maturity of the Series 2000-1 notes occurs under the indenture.
S-28
34
In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b) or (d) above, a pay
out event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the notes only if,
after any applicable grace period, either the indenture trustee or the Series
2000-1 noteholders evidencing interests aggregating more than 50% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Series 2000-1 notes, by written notice
to the transferor and the servicer (and to the indenture trustee if given by the
Series 2000-1 noteholders), declare that a pay out event has occurred with
respect to the Series 2000-1 notes as of the date of the notice.
In the case of any event described in clause (g), (h) or (i), a pay out
event with respect to all series then outstanding, and in the case of any event
described in clause (c), (e), (f) or (j), a pay out event with respect to only
the Series 2000-1 notes, will occur without any notice or other action on the
part of the indenture trustee or the Series 2000-1 noteholders immediately upon
the occurrence of the event.
On the business day immediately before the date on which a pay out event is
deemed to have occurred, the early amortization period will begin.
See "Description of the Notes -- Pay Out Events" in the accompanying
prospectus for an additional discussion of the consequences of an insolvency,
conservatorship or receivership of the transferor.
The term "BASE RATE" means, with respect to any monthly period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction:
- the numerator of which is the sum of the Monthly Interest and the monthly
servicing fee, each for the related distribution date; and
- the denominator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the
Series 2000-1 notes as of the first day of that monthly period.
The term "PORTFOLIO YIELD" means, with respect to any monthly period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction:
- the numerator of which is the sum of Investor Finance Charge Collections,
Principal Funding Investment Proceeds and amounts withdrawn from the
reserve account, if any, deposited in the collection account and
allocable to the Series 2000-1 notes for that monthly period, calculated
on a cash basis after subtracting the Investor Default Amount for that
monthly period; and
- the denominator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the
Series 2000-1 notes as of the first day of that monthly period.
However, Excess Finance Charge Collections that are allocated to Series 2000-1
may be added to the numerator in the definition of Portfolio Yield above if (a)
the transferor provides each rating agency with ten business days advance
written notice and (b) Standard & Poor's provides written confirmation that this
action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating
of any outstanding series or class.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The events of default for Series 2000-1, as well as the rights and remedies
available to the indenture trustee and the Series 2000-1 noteholders when an
event of default occurs, are described under "The Indenture -- Events of
Default; Rights upon Event of Default" in the accompanying prospectus.
In the case of an event of default involving certain bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the Series
2000-1 notes automatically will be deemed to be immediately due and payable. If
any other event of default for Series 2000-1 occurs, the indenture trustee or
the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding principal balance of the
Series 2000-1 notes may declare the Series 2000-1 notes to be immediately due
and payable. If the Series 2000-1 notes are accelerated, you may receive
principal prior to the expected principal payment date for your notes.
S-29
35
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
The share of the servicing fee allocable to the Invested Amount with
respect to any distribution date (the "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE") will be equal to
one-twelfth of the product of (a) 2.0% and (b)(i) the Adjusted Invested Amount
as of the last day of the monthly period preceding that distribution date, minus
(ii) the product of the amount, if any, on deposit in the special funding
account as of the last day of the monthly period preceding that distribution
date and the Floating Investor Percentage with respect to that monthly period.
However, with respect to the first distribution date, the monthly servicing fee
will equal $ .
The servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the receivables including, without
limitation, payment of the fees and disbursements of the indenture trustee and
independent certified public accountants and other fees which are not expressly
stated in the transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture or the Series
2000-1 indenture supplement to be payable by the trust or the noteholders other
than federal, state and local income and franchise taxes, if any, of the trust.
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
On each distribution date, the paying agent, on behalf of the indenture
trustee will forward to each noteholder of record, a statement prepared by the
servicer setting forth the items described in "Description of the
Notes -- Reports to Noteholders" in the accompanying prospectus.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
and Section 4975 of the Code impose certain requirements on employee benefit
plans and certain other plans and arrangements, including individual retirement
accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and certain collective investment funds or
insurance company general or separate accounts in which the plans, accounts or
arrangements are invested, that are subject to the fiduciary responsibility
provisions of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code (collectively, "PLANS"), and
on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to Plans, in connection with the
investment of "plan assets" of any Plan ("PLAN ASSETS"). ERISA generally imposes
on Plan fiduciaries certain general fiduciary requirements, including those of
investment prudence and diversification and the requirement that a Plan's
investments be made in accordance with the documents governing the Plan.
ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a broad range of transactions
involving Plan Assets and persons ("parties in interest" under ERISA and
"disqualified persons" under the Code, collectively, "PARTIES IN INTEREST") who
have certain specified relationships to a Plan or its Plan Assets, unless a
statutory or administrative exemption is available. Parties in Interest that
participate in a prohibited transaction may be subject to a penalty imposed
under ERISA and/or an excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code,
unless a statutory or administrative exemption is available. These prohibited
transactions generally are set forth in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of
the Code.
Subject to the considerations described below and in the accompanying
Prospectus, the Class A and the Class B notes are eligible for purchase with
Plan Assets of any Plan.
Any fiduciary or other Plan investor considering whether to purchase the
Class A or the Class B notes with Plan Assets of any Plan should determine
whether that purchase is consistent with its fiduciary duties and whether that
purchase would constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under
ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code because any of the transferor, the
servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any other party may be
Parties in Interest with respect to the investing Plan and may be deemed to be
benefiting from the issuance of the notes. If the transferor or the servicer is
a Party in Interest with respect to the prospective Plan investor, any fiduciary
or other Plan investor considering whether to purchase or hold the Class A or
the Class B notes should consult with its counsel regarding the
S-30
36
availability of exemptive relief under U.S. Department of Labor ("DOL")
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23 (relating to transactions
determined by "in-house asset managers"), 95-60 (relating to transactions
involving insurance company general accounts), 91-38 (relating to transactions
involving bank collective investment funds), 90-1 (relating to transactions
involving insurance company pooled separate accounts) or 84-14 (relating to
transactions determined by independent "qualified professional asset managers")
or any other prohibited transaction exemption issued by the DOL. A purchaser of
the Class A or the Class B notes should be aware, however, that even if the
conditions specified in one or more of the above-referenced exemptions are met,
the scope of the exemptive relief provided by the exemption might not cover all
acts which might be construed as prohibited transactions.
In addition, under DOL Regulation Section 2510.3-101 (the "PLAN ASSET
REGULATION"), the purchase with Plan Assets of equity interests in the issuer
could, in certain circumstances, cause the receivables and other assets of the
issuer to be deemed Plan Assets of the investing Plan which, in turn, would
subject the issuer and its assets to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of
ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the
Code. Nevertheless, because the Class A and the Class B notes (a) are expected
to be treated as indebtedness under local law and will, in the opinion of
Special Tax Counsel, be treated as debt, rather than equity, for federal tax
purposes (see "Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Tax Characterization of the
Trust and the Notes -- Treatment of the Notes as Debt" in the accompanying
prospectus), and (b) should not be deemed to have any "substantial equity
features," purchases of the Class A or the Class B notes with Plan Assets should
not be treated as equity investments and, therefore, the receivables and other
assets included as assets of the issuer should not be deemed to be Plan Assets
of the investing Plans. Those conclusions are based, in part, upon the
traditional debt features of the Class A and the Class B notes, including the
reasonable expectation of purchasers of the Class A and the Class B notes that
those notes will be repaid when due, as well as the absence of conversion
rights, warrants and other typical equity features.
Neither the Class A notes nor the Class B notes may be purchased or held by
any Plan, or any person investing Plan Assets of any Plan, if any of the
transferor, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any of
their respective affiliates (a) has investment or administrative discretion with
respect to the Plan Assets used to effect the purchase; (b) has authority or
responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment advice with respect to
the Plan Assets, for a fee and pursuant to an agreement or understanding that
the advice (1) will serve as a primary basis for investment decisions with
respect to the Plan Assets, and (2) will be based on the particular investment
needs of that Plan; or (c) unless PTCE 95-60, 91-38 or 90-1 is applicable, is an
employer maintaining or contributing to that Plan. Each purchaser or holder of
the Class A or the Class B notes or any interest in the Class A or the Class B
notes will be deemed to have represented by its purchase and holding thereof
that it is not subject to the foregoing limitation.
Any fiduciary or other Plan investor considering whether to purchase any Class A
or Class B notes on behalf of or with Plan Assets of any Plan should consult
with its counsel and refer to this prospectus supplement for guidance regarding
the ERISA considerations applicable to the Class A and the Class B notes offered
by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
S-31
37
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
dated June , 2000 (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT") between the transferor and
the underwriters named below (the "UNDERWRITERS"), the transferor has agreed to
sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has severally agreed to
purchase, the principal amount of the notes set forth opposite its name:
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
CLASS A UNDERWRITERS CLASS A NOTES
- -------------------- -------------------
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. .................................. $
Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. .............................
Chase Securities Inc. ......................................
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. ..............................
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ................................
------------
Total............................................. $760,000,000
============
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
CLASS B UNDERWRITER CLASS B NOTES
- ------------------- -------------------
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. .................................. $
------------
Total............................................. $102,500,000
============
In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters of the Class A notes (the
"CLASS A UNDERWRITERS") have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in that agreement, to purchase all of the Class A notes offered hereby if
any of the Class A notes are purchased and the underwriter of the Class B notes
(the "CLASS B UNDERWRITER") has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in that agreement, to purchase all of the Class B notes offered hereby if
any of the Class B notes are purchased.
The Class A underwriters propose initially to offer the Class A notes to
the public at % of their principal amount and to certain dealers at that
price less concessions not in excess of % of the principal amount of the
Class A notes. The Class A underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow,
concessions not in excess of % of the principal amount of the Class A notes
to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Class A
underwriters.
The Class B underwriter proposes initially to offer the Class B notes to
the public at % of their principal amount and to certain dealers at that
price less concessions not in excess of % of the principal amount of the
Class B notes. The Class B underwriter may allow, and the dealers may reallow,
concessions not in excess of % of the principal amount of the Class B notes
to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Class B
underwriter.
We will receive proceeds of approximately $ from the sale of the notes
(representing % of the principal amount of each Class A note and % of
the principal amount of each Class B note) after paying the underwriting
discount of $ (representing % of the principal amount of each Class A
note and % of the principal amount of each Class B note). Additional
offering expenses are estimated to be $ .
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(a) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of
the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the Class A and the Class B notes in, from or otherwise
involving the United Kingdom;
(b) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in
the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issue
or sale of the Class A and the Class B notes to a person who is of a kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
S-32
38
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom that
document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on;
(c) if it is an authorized person under Chapter III of part I of the
Financial Services Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote (as
that term is defined in Regulation 1.02(2) of the Financial Services
(Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991) to any person in the
United Kingdom the scheme described in this Prospectus Supplement and the
accompanying Prospectus if that person is of a kind described either in
Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act 1986 or in Regulation 1.04 of
the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991;
and
(d) it is a person of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order
1996.
The transferor will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
The underwriters may engage in over-allotment transactions, stabilizing
transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids with respect to
the Class A and the Class B notes in accordance with Regulation M under the
Exchange Act. Over-allotment transactions involve syndicate sales in excess of
the offering size, which creates a syndicate short position. Stabilizing
transactions permit bids to purchase the Class A and the Class B notes so long
as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Syndicate covering
transactions involve purchases of the Class A and the Class B notes in the open
market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate
short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the Class A notes or the Class B notes
originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering
transaction. Over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids may cause the prices of the Class A notes
or the Class B notes to be higher than they would otherwise be in the absence of
those transactions. Neither the transferor nor the underwriters represent that
the underwriters will engage in any of these transactions or that those
transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice at any
time.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Class A and the Class
B notes will be passed upon for the transferor by Michael J. Forde, Vice
President and Assistant General Counsel of Associates First Capital Corporation,
and by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, Washington, D.C., special counsel to
the transferor. Mr. Forde currently owns shares of the Class A common stock of
Associates First Capital Corporation and options to acquire additional shares.
Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Class A and the Class B
notes under the laws of the State of Delaware will be passed upon for the
transferor by Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. Certain
legal matters relating to the federal tax consequences of the issuance of the
Class A and the Class B notes will be passed upon for the transferor by Orrick,
Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP. Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of
the Class A and the Class B notes will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois.
S-33
39
INDEX OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
TERMS PAGE
- ----- ----
ACCR................................. S-15
ACCS................................. S-14
Accumulation Shortfall............... S-24
Adjusted Invested Amount............. S-21
AFCC................................. S-14
Available Finance Charge
Collections........................ S-17
Available Principal Collections...... S-17
bank................................. S-7
Base Rate............................ S-29
business day......................... S-16
Class A Additional Interest.......... S-17
Class A Monthly Interest............. S-23
Class A note interest rate........... S-16
Class A underwriters................. S-32
Class B Additional Interest.......... S-17
Class B Monthly Interest............. S-23
Class B note interest rate........... S-16
Class B underwriter.................. S-32
Class C Additional Interest.......... S-17
Class C Monthly Interest............. S-23
Class C note interest rate........... S-16
closing date......................... S-15
Controlled Accumulation Amount....... S-24
controlled accumulation period....... S-18
Controlled Deposit Amount............ S-24
Defaulted Amount..................... S-25
distribution date.................... S-16
DOL.................................. S-31
early amortization period............ S-18
ERISA................................ S-30
Excess Finance Charge Collections.... S-24
expected principal payment date...... S-13
Fixed Investor Percentage............ S-20
Floating Investor Percentage......... S-20
Interchange.......................... S-9
interest period...................... S-16
Invested Amount...................... S-21
Investor Charge-Off.................. S-25
Investor Default Amount.............. S-25
TERMS PAGE
- ----- ----
Investor Finance Charge
Collections........................ S-17
Investor Percentage.................. S-20
Key Bank portfolio................... S-7
LIBOR................................ S-16
LIBOR determination date............. S-16
London business day.................. S-16
Monthly Interest..................... S-23
monthly period....................... S-17
Monthly Principal.................... S-24
monthly servicing fee................ S-30
paired series........................ S-27
Parties in Interest.................. S-30
pay out event........................ S-28
Plan Asset Regulation................ S-31
Plan Assets.......................... S-30
Plans................................ S-30
Portfolio Yield...................... S-29
principal funding account............ S-26
Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds........................... S-26
Principal Shortfalls................. S-25
PTCE................................. S-31
Reallocated Principal Collections.... S-22
record date.......................... S-15
recoveries........................... S-9
Required Reserve Account Amount...... S-26
reserve account...................... S-26
reserve account funding date......... S-26
reserve draw amount.................. S-26
revolving period..................... S-18
Series 2000-1 final maturity date.... S-14
Series 2000-1 indenture supplement... S-15
Series 2000-1 notes.................. S-15
Shared Principal Collections......... S-25
Shared Transferor Principal
Collections........................ S-25
Telerate Page 3750................... S-16
trust portfolio...................... S-10
underwriters......................... S-32
underwriting agreement............... S-32
S-34
40
ANNEX I
OTHER SERIES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING
The table below sets forth the principal characteristics of the other
series previously issued by the trust that are currently outstanding, all of
which are in group one. For more specific information with respect to any
series, any prospective investor should contact Associates Credit Card Services,
Inc., Treasury Department at (972) 652-5564 or (972) 652-4186. Associates Credit
Card Services, Inc. will provide, without charge, to any prospective purchaser
of the notes, a copy of the disclosure documents for any previous
publicly-issued series.
1. Series 2000-98-1
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $1,765,000,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $ 882,500,000
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $1,765,000,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
2. Series 2000-98-2
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 823,628,710
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $ 823,628,710
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 823,628,710
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
3. Series 2000-99-1
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 352,941,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $ 352,941,000
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 352,941,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
4. Series 2000-99-2
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 294,118,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $ 294,118,000
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 294,118,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
5. Series 2000-99-3
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 264,706,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $ 264,706,000
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 264,706,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
I-1
41
6. Series 2000-99-4
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 588,235,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $ 588,235,000
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 588,235,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
I-2
42
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE AMENDED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE
SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE AND WE DELIVER A FINAL PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR ARE THEY SEEKING AN
OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT
PERMITTED.
REPRESENTATIVE FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 2000
Prospectus Supplement to Prospectus dated May 30, 2000
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST
Issuer
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
Transferor
[AIC TRIANGLE LOGO] ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK (DELAWARE)
Servicer
SERIES 2000- ASSET BACKED NOTES
CLASS A NOTES CLASS B NOTES CLASS C NOTES
---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Principal amount $ $ $
Interest rate [One-Month LIBOR plus [One-Month LIBOR plus [One-Month LIBOR plus
[ ]% per year] [ ]% per year] [ ]% per year]
Interest payment dates Monthly on the 17th, Monthly on the 17th, Monthly on the 17th,
beginning , beginning , beginning ,
2000 2000 2000
Expected principal
payment date 200 200 200
Final maturity date 200 200 200
Price to public $(or %) $(or %) $(or %)
Underwriting discount $(or %) $(or %) $(or %)
Proceeds to issuer $(or %) $(or %) $(or %)
The Class B notes are subordinated to the Class A notes. The Class C notes are
subordinated to the Class A notes and the Class B notes.
We expect to issue your series of notes on or about , 2000. We will
deliver your series of notes in book-entry form.
YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 IN THE
PROSPECTUS.
A note is not a deposit and neither the notes nor the underlying accounts or
receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or any other governmental agency.
The notes are obligations of Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust only and
are not obligations of Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp., Associates
Credit Card Services, Inc., Associates National Bank (Delaware) or any other
person.
This prospectus supplement may be used to offer and sell the notes only if
accompanied by the prospectus.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THESE NOTES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
Underwriters of the Class A notes
Underwriters of the Class B notes
Underwriters of the Class C notes
, 2000
43
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS
We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents:
(a) the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some of
which may not apply to your series of notes, and (b) this prospectus supplement,
which describes the specific terms of your series of notes.
If the terms of your series of notes vary between this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus, you should rely on the information
in this prospectus supplement.
You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the information
incorporated by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
different information. We are not offering the notes in any state where the
offer is not permitted.
We include cross references in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find
further related discussions. The following Table of Contents and the Table of
Contents in the accompanying prospectus provide the pages on which these
captions are located.
This prospectus supplement uses defined terms. You can find a listing of
the pages where definitions can be found under the caption "Index of Terms for
Prospectus Supplement" beginning on page S-37 in this prospectus supplement and
under the caption "Index of Terms for Prospectus" beginning on page 66 in the
accompanying prospectus.
44
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
Transaction Summary.................. S-1
Summary of Terms..................... S-2
The Issuer......................... S-2
The Series 2000- Notes............ S-2
Interest........................ S-2
Principal....................... S-2
Credit Enhancement................. S-2
Subordination................... S-2
Spread Account.................. S-3
Events of Default.................. S-3
Other Interests in the Trust....... S-3
Other Series of Notes........... S-3
The Transferor Interest......... S-3
The Receivables.................... S-4
Allocations of Collections......... S-4
Application of Collections......... S-4
Finance Charge Collections...... S-4
Principal Collections........... S-4
Pay Out Events..................... S-5
Optional Redemption................ S-6
Denominations...................... S-6
Registration, Clearance and
Settlement...................... S-6
Tax Status......................... S-6
ERISA Considerations............... S-6
[Exchange Listing]................. S-6
Receivables Performance.............. S-7
Delinquency and Loss Experience.... S-7
Revenue Experience................. S-8
Payment Rates...................... S-10
The Trust Portfolio.................. S-10
Maturity Considerations.............. S-13
Controlled Accumulation Period..... S-13
Early Amortization Period.......... S-14
The Bank, ACCS and the Transferor.... S-14
Associates National Bank
(Delaware)...................... S-14
Associates Credit Card Services,
Inc. ........................... S-15
Associates Credit Card Receivables
Corp............................ S-15
PAGE
----
Description of Series Provisions..... S-15
General............................ S-15
Interest Payments.................. S-16
Principal Payments................. S-18
Postponement of Controlled
Accumulation Period............. S-19
Subordination...................... S-19
Allocation Percentages............. S-20
Reallocated Principal
Collections..................... S-22
Application of Collections......... S-22
Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections..................... S-25
Shared Principal Collections and
Transferor Principal
Collections..................... S-25
Defaulted Receivables; Investor
Charge-Offs..................... S-26
Principal Funding Account.......... S-26
Reserve Account.................... S-27
Spread Account..................... S-28
Spread Account Distributions....... S-29
Paired Series...................... S-30
Pay Out Events..................... S-30
Events of Default.................. S-32
Servicing Compensation and Payment
of Expenses..................... S-32
Reports to Noteholders............. S-32
ERISA Considerations................. S-32
Underwriting......................... S-34
Legal Matters........................ S-36
Index of Terms for Prospectus
Supplement......................... S-37
Annex I: Other Series Issued and
Outstanding........................ I-1
i
45
TRANSACTION SUMMARY
Trust: Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust
Transferor: Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp.
Servicer: Associates National Bank (Delaware)
Indenture Trustee: The Bank of New York
Owner Trustee: Wilmington Trust Company
Closing Date: , 2000
Servicing Fee Rate: 2% per annum
Clearance and
Settlement: DTC/Clearstream/Euroclear
Primary Trust Assets: Receivables originated in MasterCard(R) and VISA(R)
accounts
CLASS A CLASS B CLASS C
------- ------- -------
Principal Amount: $ $ $
Percentage of Series: % % %
Anticipated Ratings:* [Aaa/AAA/AAA] [A2/A/A] [Baa2/BBB/BBB]
([Moody's/Standard &
Poor's/Fitch])
Credit Enhancement: subordination of Class subordination of Class spread account
B and Class C C
Interest Rate: [One-Month LIBOR plus [One-Month LIBOR plus [One-Month LIBOR plus
[ ]% per year] [ ]% per year] [ ]% per year]
Interest Accrual Method: actual/360 actual/360 actual/360
Interest Payment Dates: monthly (17th) monthly (17th) monthly (17th)
Interest Rate Index Reset 2 London business days 2 London business days 2 London business days
Date: before each interest before each interest before each interest
payment date payment date payment date
First Interest Payment Date: , 2000 , 2000 , 2000
Commencement of Accumulation , 200 , 200 , 200
Period (subject to
adjustment):
Expected Principal Payment , 200 , 200 , 200
Date:
Final Maturity Date: , 200 , 200 , 200
ERISA eligibility: Yes, subject to important considerations described under "ERISA
(investors should consult Considerations" in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying
with their counsel) prospectus.
Debt for United States Yes, subject to important considerations described under "Federal
Federal Income Tax Income Tax Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus.
Purposes:
(investors should consult
with their tax counsel)
- ---------------
* It is a condition to issuance of the Series 2000- notes that one of these
ratings be obtained.
S-1
46
SUMMARY OF TERMS
This summary highlights selected information and does not contain all of the
information that you need to consider in making your investment decision. You
should carefully read this entire document and the accompanying prospectus
before you purchase any notes.
THE ISSUER
The notes will be issued by Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust, a Delaware
statutory business trust, pursuant to an indenture supplement to an indenture,
each between the trust and the indenture trustee.
The indenture trustee is The Bank of New York.
THE SERIES 2000- NOTES
INTEREST
The Class A notes will bear interest at [one-month LIBOR as determined each
month plus] % per annum.
The Class B notes will bear interest at [one-month LIBOR as determined each
month plus] % per annum.
The Class C notes will bear interest at [one-month LIBOR as determined each
month plus] % per annum.
[For each class of the Series 2000- notes, interest will be calculated as
follows:
Principal balance at Number of days in
end of prior X interest period X Interest rate
-----------------
monthly period 360
Each interest period begins on and includes a distribution date and ends on but
excludes the next distribution date. However, the first interest period will
begin on and include the closing date.]
Interest on the Series 2000- notes will be paid on each distribution date,
beginning on , 2000 and the 17th day of each following month if
the 17th is a business day and, if not, the following business day.
[You may obtain the interest rates for the current interest period and the
immediately preceding interest period by telephoning the indenture trustee at
(212) 815-5738.
See "Description of Series Provisions -- Interest Payments" in this prospectus
supplement for a description of how and when LIBOR will be determined.]
PRINCIPAL
Principal of the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes is
expected to be paid in full on the 200 distribution date, which is the
expected principal payment date. However:
- - no principal will be paid on the Class B notes until the Class A notes are
paid in full; and
- - no principal will be paid on the Class C notes until the Class A and Class B
notes are paid in full.
We are scheduled to begin accumulating collections of principal receivables
starting on , 200 for payment to the Series 2000- noteholders
on the expected principal payment date, but we may begin accumulating at a later
date.
Principal of the Series 2000- notes may be paid earlier or later than the
expected principal payment date. If specified adverse events known as pay out
events occur, principal may be paid earlier than expected. If collections of the
credit card receivables are less than expected or are collected more slowly than
expected, then principal payments may be delayed. If the Series 2000- notes are
not paid on the expected principal payment date, collections of principal
receivables will continue to be used to pay principal on the Series 2000- notes
until the notes are paid or until the final maturity date of ,
200 , whichever occurs first. You will not be entitled to any premium for early
or late payment of principal.
For more information about principal payments, see "Maturity Considerations,"
"Description of Series Provisions -- Principal Payments" and "-- Allocation
Percentages" in this prospectus supplement.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
SUBORDINATION
Credit enhancement for the Class A notes is provided by the subordination of the
Class B notes and the Class C notes.
S-2
47
Credit enhancement for the Class B notes is provided by the subordination of the
Class C notes.
SPREAD ACCOUNT
A spread account will provide credit enhancement for the Class C notes. The
spread account initially will not be funded. After the Series 2000- notes are
issued, if required, deposits into the spread account will be made each month
from available finance charge collections up to the required spread account
amount as described in this prospectus supplement under "Description of Series
Provisions -- Spread Account." The spread account will be used to make payments
on the Class C notes if collections of receivables available to the Class C
notes are insufficient to make required payments.
On any day following an event of default and an acceleration of the Series
2000- notes, funds available in the spread account will be used to fund any
shortfalls in amounts owed on the Class C notes, the Class A notes and the Class
B notes, in that order of priority.
Credit enhancement for your series is for your series' benefit only, and you are
not entitled to the benefits of credit enhancement available to other series.
For more information about credit enhancement, see "Description of Series
Provisions -- Reallocated Principal Collections," "-- Application of
Collections" and "-- Defaulted Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs" in this
prospectus supplement.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The Series 2000- notes are subject to specified events of default described
under "The Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default" in the
accompanying prospectus. These include, among other things, the failure to pay
interest for 35 days after it is due or to pay principal when it is due on the
final maturity date.
In the case of an event of default involving certain bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the Series 2000-
notes automatically will be deemed to be immediately due and payable. If any
other event of default occurs and continues with respect to the Series 2000-
notes, the indenture trustee or holders of more than 50% of the then-
outstanding principal balance of those notes may declare the principal amount of
the notes to be immediately due and payable. These declarations may, under
certain circumstances, be rescinded by holders of more than 50% of the
then-outstanding principal balance of the Series 2000- notes.
After an event of default and the acceleration of the Series 2000- notes, funds
on deposit in the collection account, the principal funding account, the reserve
account and the spread account will be applied to pay principal of and interest
on the Series 2000- notes to the extent permitted by law. Principal collections
and finance charge collections allocated to Series 2000- will be applied to
make monthly principal and interest payments on the Series 2000- notes until
the earlier of the date those notes are paid in full or the final maturity date
of those notes.
If the Series 2000- notes are accelerated or the issuer fails to pay the
principal of the Series 2000- notes on the final maturity date, subject to
certain conditions described in the prospectus under "The Indenture -- Events of
Default; Rights upon Event of Default," the indenture trustee may, if legally
permitted, cause the trust to sell principal receivables in an amount generally
equal to the invested amount for Series 2000- and the related finance charge
receivables.
OTHER INTERESTS IN THE TRUST
OTHER SERIES OF NOTES
The trust will issue other series of notes secured by the assets of the trust
from time to time in the future. A summary of the outstanding series is in
"Annex I: Other Series Issued and Outstanding" included at the end of this
prospectus supplement. The issuance of future series will occur without prior
review or consent by you or any other noteholder.
THE TRANSFEROR INTEREST
The interest in the trust not securing your series or any other series is the
transferor interest. The transferor interest is owned by the transferor. The
transferor may, however, sell all or a portion of its interest in the transferor
interest. The transferor interest does not provide credit enhancement for your
series or any other series.
S-3
48
THE RECEIVABLES
The primary assets of the trust are receivables in MasterCard(R) and VISA(R)*
revolving credit card accounts. The receivables consist of principal receivables
and finance charge receivables.
The following information is as of , 2000:
- - Receivables in the trust: $
- - Accounts designated to the trust:
For more information, see "Receivables Performance" and "The Trust Portfolio" in
this prospectus supplement.
ALLOCATIONS OF COLLECTIONS
Associates National Bank (Delaware), as servicer, will collect payments on the
receivables and will deposit those collections in an account. It will keep track
of those collections that are finance charge receivables and those that are
principal receivables.
Each month, the servicer will allocate collections received among:
- - your series;
- - other series outstanding; and
- - the transferor interest in the trust.
The amount allocated to your series will be determined based mainly upon the
size of the invested amount of your series compared to the total amount of
principal receivables in the trust. At the time of issuance of the Series
2000- notes, the invested amount for Series 2000- will be $ .
You are entitled to receive payments of interest and principal only from
collections of receivables and other trust assets allocated to your series. If
the invested amount of your series declines, amounts allocated and available for
payment to your series and to you may be reduced. For a description of the
allocation calculations and the events which may lead to these reductions, see
"Description of Series Provisions -- Allocation Percentages" and "-- Reallocated
Principal Collections" in this prospectus supplement.
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
The trust will apply your series' share of collections of finance charge
receivables each month in the following order of priority:
- - to pay interest on the Class A notes;
- - to pay interest on the Class B notes;
- - to pay the servicing fee;
- - to pay interest on the Class C notes;
- - to cover your series' allocation of defaulted receivables;
- - to cover reductions in your series' invested amount resulting from investor
charge-offs allocated to your series and from reallocated principal
collections, in each case that have not been reimbursed;
- - to fund, in limited circumstances, a reserve account to cover interest payment
shortfalls for Class A and Class B during the accumulation period;
- - to make a deposit, if needed, to the spread account for Class C up to the
required spread account amount; and
- - to other series in group one or to the holders of the transferor certificates.
For a more detailed description of these applications, see "Description of
Series Provisions -- Application of Collections" in this prospectus supplement.
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
The trust will apply your series' share of principal collections each month as
follows:
- - During the revolving period, no principal will be paid to you or accumulated
in a trust account. Instead, your series' share of principal collections will
be treated as shared principal collections and may be available to make
- -----------------------------------------------------------
* MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) are
federally registered
servicemarks of MasterCard
International Inc. and VISA
U.S.A., Inc., respectively.
S-4
49
principal payments for other series or will be paid to the holders of the
transferor certificates.
- - The accumulation period is scheduled to begin on , 200 , but may begin at
a later date. During the accumulation period, your series' share of principal
collections will be deposited in a trust account, up to a controlled deposit
amount. On the expected principal payment date, amounts on deposit in that
account will be paid first to the Class A noteholders, then to the Class B
noteholders and then to the Class C noteholders.
- - If a pay out event (described below) that applies to Series 2000- or to all
series occurs, the early amortization period could begin. During the early
amortization period, your series' share of principal collections will be paid
first to the Class A noteholders, then to the Class B noteholders and then to
the Class C noteholders.
- - During any of the above periods, principal collections allocated to your
series, may be reallocated, if necessary, to make required interest payments
on the Class A notes and the Class B notes, and required servicing fee
payments, not made from available finance charge collections. However, for any
monthly period, these reallocated principal collections cannot exceed the sum
of (i) for the required interest payments on the Class A notes, [ ]% of the
initial invested amount of your series and (ii) for the required interest
payments on the Class B notes and the required servicing fee payments, [ ]%
of the initial invested amount of your series, in each case reduced by any
unreimbursed prior reductions to the invested amount due to the writing off of
receivables or for previously reallocated principal collections.
- - Any remaining principal collections will first be made available to other
series and then be paid to the holders of the transferor certificates or
deposited in the special funding account.
For a more detailed description of these applications, see "Description of
Series Provisions -- Application of Collections" in this prospectus supplement.
PAY OUT EVENTS
The documents under which the Series 2000- notes will be issued include a list
of adverse events known as pay out events. If a pay out event that applies to
Series 2000- or to all series occurs, the trust will use collections of
principal receivables allocated to Series 2000- each month to pay principal on
the Series 2000- notes.
Pay out events may occur if the transferor fails to make required payments or
deposits, violates other covenants and agreements or makes representations and
warranties that are materially incorrect.
The following also are pay out events:
- - The three-month average of the portfolio yield on the trust portfolio,
calculated after subtracting the amount of receivables that are written off as
uncollectible allocated to Series 2000- , is less than the three-month
average of the weighted average interest rate plus the servicing fee rate for
Series 2000- ;
- - The Class A notes, the Class B notes or the Class C notes are not paid in full
on their expected principal payment date;
- - Certain bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the transferor,
Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. or the bank;
- - The transferor is unable to transfer receivables to the trust as required
under the transfer and servicing agreement;
- - The transferor does not transfer receivables in additional accounts to the
trust within 5 business days of when required under the transfer and servicing
agreement;
- - Certain defaults of the servicer;
- - The trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company" under the
Investment Company Act of 1940; or
- - An event of default occurs for the Series 2000- notes and their maturity date
is accelerated.
For a more detailed discussion of the pay out events, see "Description of Series
Provisions -- Pay Out Events" in this prospectus supplement and "Description of
the Notes -- Pay Out Events" in the accompanying prospectus.
S-5
50
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The trust has the option to repurchase your notes when the outstanding principal
amount for your series has been reduced to 5% or less of the initial principal
amount. See "Description of the Notes -- Final Payment of Principal;
Termination" in the accompanying prospectus.
DENOMINATIONS
Beneficial interests in the Series 2000- notes may be purchased in minimum
denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of that amount.
REGISTRATION, CLEARANCE AND SETTLEMENT
The Series 2000- notes will be delivered in book-entry form and will be
registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depository Trust
Company. Except in certain limited circumstances, you will not receive a
definitive instrument representing your notes. See "Description of the
Notes -- Definitive Notes" in the accompanying prospectus.
You may elect to hold your Series 2000- notes through The Depository Trust
Company, in the United States, or Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme or the
Euroclear System, in Europe.
Transfers will be made in accordance with the rules and operating procedures of
those clearing systems. See "Description of the Notes -- Book-Entry
Registration" in the accompanying prospectus.
TAX STATUS
Subject to important considerations described under "Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in the accompanying prospectus, Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe
LLP, as special tax counsel to the trust, is of the opinion that under existing
law your Series 2000- notes will be characterized as debt for federal income
tax purposes. By your acceptance of a Series 2000- note, you will agree to
treat your Series 2000- notes as debt for federal, state and local income and
franchise tax purposes. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
accompanying prospectus for additional information concerning the application of
federal income tax laws.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Subject to important considerations described under "ERISA Considerations" in
this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus, the Series
2000- notes are eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of employee
benefit plans or individual retirement accounts. A fiduciary or other person
contemplating purchasing the Series 2000- notes on behalf of or with plan
assets of any plan or account should consult with its counsel regarding whether
the purchase or holding of the Series 2000- notes could give rise to a
transaction prohibited or not otherwise permissible under ERISA or Section 4975
of the Internal Revenue Code.
[EXCHANGE LISTING]
[We will apply to list the Series 2000- notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
We cannot guarantee that the application for the listing will be accepted.]
S-6
51
RECEIVABLES PERFORMANCE
The tables below contain certain performance information for the
receivables in the trust portfolio and the bank portfolio as of the dates, and
for the time periods, indicated in each table. Because certain statistical
information for segments of the trust portfolio is not available for complete
calendar years ending on or before December 31, 1998, we have included in the
tables, for comparative purposes, related performance information for the bank
portfolio for those dates and time periods.
As of , 2000, the receivables in the accounts represented by
the trust portfolio were equal to approximately % of the receivables in the
bank portfolio. As of December 31, 1999, the receivables in the accounts
represented by the trust portfolio were equal to approximately 99% of the
receivables in the bank portfolio. As of December 31, 1998, the receivables in
the accounts represented by the trust portfolio were equal to approximately 92%
of the receivables in the bank portfolio.
Because the trust portfolio is only a portion of the bank portfolio and the
composition of the trust portfolio is expected to change over time, we expect
the actual performance of the receivables in the trust to be different from that
set forth below.
DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE
The following tables set forth the aggregate delinquency and loss
experience for cardholder payments on the credit card accounts in the trust
portfolio and the bank portfolio as of the dates or for the periods shown. We
cannot assure you that the future delinquency and loss experience for the
receivables in either the bank portfolio or the trust portfolio will be similar
to the historical experience set forth below.
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 31,
, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000 1999 1998 1997
------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Receivables
Outstanding(2) $ $ $ $
Receivables
Delinquent:
30-59 Days $ % $ % $ % $ %
60-89 Days
90 Days or more
---------- ---- ---------- ---- ---------- ---- ---------- ----
Total $ % $ % $ % $ %
========== ==== ========== ==== ========== ==== ========== ====
- ---------------
(1) For , 2000 and December 31, 1999, information is presented for
credit card accounts in the trust portfolio. For December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, this information is presented for credit card accounts in
the bank portfolio.
(2) The receivables outstanding on the accounts consist of all amounts due from
cardholders as posted to the accounts as of the end of the period shown,
including principal and accrued finance charge receivables.
S-7
52
LOSS EXPERIENCE(1)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED , ----------------------------------------
2000 1999 1998 1997
--------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Average Principal Receivables Outstanding(2) $ $ $ $
Total Principal Charge-Offs(3)
Total Principal Charge-Offs as a percentage of Average
Receivables Outstanding(4) % % % %
- ---------------
(1) For the calendar months ended , 2000, and for the calendar
year ended December 31, 1999, information is presented for credit card
accounts in the trust portfolio. For the calendar years ended December 31,
1998 and December 31, 1997, information is presented for credit card
accounts in the bank portfolio.
(2) Average principal receivables outstanding is the average of the receivable
balance at the end of each month during the period indicated.
(3) Total principal charge-offs are shown on a cash basis for principal
receivables only, before recoveries, and do not include the amount of any
reductions in average principal receivables outstanding due to fraud,
returned goods, customer disputes or other miscellaneous credit adjustments.
If accrued finance charge receivables that have been written off were
included, total charge-offs would be higher as an absolute number and as a
percentage of the average of principal and finance charge receivables
outstanding during the periods indicated.
(4) The percentage reflected for the calendar months ended , 2000 is an
annualized figure.
REVENUE EXPERIENCE
The following table sets forth the gross revenues from finance charges and
fees billed to accounts in the trust portfolio and the bank portfolio for the
periods shown.
The historical yield figures for accounts in the bank portfolio reflected
in the following table are calculated on an accrual basis. Collections of
receivables included in the trust portfolio are calculated on a cash basis and
may not reflect the historical yield experience for accounts in the bank
portfolio. During periods of increasing delinquencies or periodic payment
deferral programs, accrual yields may exceed cash amounts accrued and billed to
cardholders. Conversely, cash yields may exceed accrual yields as amounts
collected in a current period may include amounts accrued during prior periods.
However, the transferor believes that during the two calendar years in the
period ended December 31, 1998 the yield on an accrual basis closely
approximated the yield on a cash basis. The yield on both an accrual and a cash
basis will be affected by numerous factors, including the monthly periodic
finance charges on the receivables, the amount of the annual membership fees and
other fees, changes in the delinquency rate on the receivables and the
percentage of cardholders who pay their balances in full each month and do not
incur monthly periodic finance charges. See "Risk Factors" in the accompanying
prospectus.
S-8
53
REVENUE EXPERIENCE(1)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED , -----------------------------------------------------
2000 1999 1998
------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Average Principal
Receivables(2) $ $ $ $
Finance Charges and
Fees(3) $ % $ % $ %
Yield from
Interchange(4) $ % $ % $ %
Yield from
Recoveries(4) $ % $ % $ %
Total Yield from
Finance Charges,
Fees, Interchange and
Recoveries(5) $ % $ % $ %
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------
1997
-------------------------
PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL
RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
----------- -----------
Average Principal
Receivables(2)
Finance Charges and
Fees(3) $ %
Yield from
Interchange(4) $ %
Yield from
Recoveries(4) $ %
Total Yield from
Finance Charges,
Fees, Interchange and
Recoveries(5) $ %
- ---------------
(1) For the calendar months ended , 2000 and for the calendar
year ended December 31, 1999, information is presented for credit card
accounts in the trust portfolio. For the calendar years ended December 31,
1998 and December 31, 1997, information is presented for credit card
accounts in the bank portfolio.
(2) Average principal receivables outstanding is the average of the receivable
balance at the end of each month during the period indicated.
(3) Finance charges and fees are comprised of monthly periodic finance charges
and all other credit card fees.
(4) The amount of Interchange and recoveries of charged-off accounts for each of
the periods indicated above has been estimated.
(5) The percentage reflected for the calendar months ended , 2000 is an
annualized figure.
The revenue for the credit card accounts shown in the above table is
comprised of monthly periodic finance charges, credit card fees, Interchange and
recoveries. These revenues vary for each account based on the type and volume of
activity for each account. See "The Bank's Credit Card Activities" in the
accompanying prospectus.
Interchange
Creditors participating in the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) associations
receive certain fees ("INTERCHANGE") as partial compensation for taking credit
risk, absorbing fraud losses and funding receivables for a limited period prior
to initial billing. Under the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) systems, a portion of
Interchange in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services is
collected by banks that issue credit cards by applying a discount to the amount
paid by such banks to the banks that clear the related transactions for
merchants. Interchange will be allocated to the trust on a monthly basis based
on an equivalent percentage that the transferor receives each month for the
aggregate bank portfolio.
Recoveries
Pursuant to the terms of the transfer and servicing agreement, the
transferor will be required to transfer to the trust all of the recoveries that
are reasonably estimated by the servicer on receivables in charged-off accounts
of the trust, including amounts received by the transferor or the servicer from
the purchaser or transferee with respect to the sale or other disposition of
receivables in defaulted accounts ("RECOVERIES"). Collections of recoveries will
be treated as collections of finance charge receivables and included as part of
the Portfolio Yield.
S-9
54
PAYMENT RATES
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly
payment rates on the credit card accounts during any month in the periods shown
and the average cardholder monthly payment rates for all months in the periods
shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of total opening monthly account
balances during the periods shown. We cannot assure you that the future
cardholder monthly payment rates will be similar to the historical experience
set forth below.
CARDHOLDER MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES(1)
MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED , ------------------------
2000 1999 1998 1997
--------------- ------ ------ ------
Lowest Month........................................ % % % %
Highest Month....................................... % % % %
Monthly Average..................................... % % % %
- ---------------
(1) For the calendar months ended , 2000, and for the calendar year
ended December 31, 1999, information is presented for credit card accounts
in the trust portfolio. For the calendar years ended December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, information is presented for credit card accounts in the
bank portfolio.
Payment rates shown in the above table are based on amounts which would be
deemed payments of principal receivables and finance charge receivables with
respect to the accounts. In addition, the amount of collections of receivables
may vary from month to month due to seasonal variations, general economic
conditions and payment habits of individual cardholders.
THE TRUST PORTFOLIO
The receivables conveyed to the trust arise in accounts selected from the
bank portfolio at the time the trust was established, and in additional accounts
selected since that time, on the basis of criteria set forth in the transfer and
servicing agreement (the "TRUST PORTFOLIO"). The transferor has the right to
designate additional accounts for the trust portfolio and to transfer to the
trust all receivables of those additional accounts, whether the receivables
already exist or arise after the designation, if certain conditions are
satisfied. For a discussion of these conditions, see "Description of the
Notes -- Addition of Trust Assets" in the accompanying prospectus. In addition,
the transferor will be required to designate additional accounts under the
circumstances and in the amounts described in the accompanying prospectus under
"Description of the Notes -- Addition of Trust Assets."
The transferor also has the right to designate certain removed accounts and
to require the indenture trustee to transfer all receivables in the removed
accounts back to the transferor, whether the receivables already exist or arise
after the designation, if certain conditions are satisfied. For a discussion of
these conditions, as well as circumstances under which certain of these
conditions will not apply, see "Description of the Notes -- Removal of Accounts"
and "Risk Factors -- Transferor's need to remove accounts upon termination of
affinity agreements would reduce principal receivables and may require addition
of new receivables" in the accompanying prospectus.
Throughout the term of the trust, the accounts from which the receivables
arise will be the accounts designated by the transferor at the time the trust is
established plus any additional accounts minus any removed accounts. As a
result, the composition of the trust assets is expected to change over time. For
a general description of the receivables in the trust, see "The Trust Portfolio"
in the accompanying prospectus.
S-10
55
The following is selected information about the receivables as of the end
of the day on , 2000:
- The receivables in the trust portfolio included $ of principal
receivables and $ of finance charge receivables.
- The accounts designated for the trust portfolio had an average principal
receivable balance of $
and an average credit limit of $ .
- The percentage of the aggregate total receivable balance to the aggregate
total credit limit was %. The average age of the accounts was
approximately months.
- Cardholders whose accounts are designated for the trust portfolio had
billing addresses in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.
The following tables summarize the trust portfolio by various criteria as
of the end of the day on , 2000. Because the future composition of
the trust portfolio will change over time, these tables are not indicative of
the composition of the trust portfolio at any subsequent time.
COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
ACCOUNT BALANCE RANGE OF ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- --------------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- -----------
Credit Balance................................. % $ () ()%
No Balance.....................................
$ .01-$500.00..............................
$ 500.01-$1,000.00.............................
$1,000.01-$2,000.00............................
$2,000.01-$3,000.00............................
$3,000.01-$4,000.00............................
$4,000.01-$5,000.00............................
$5,000.01-$6,000.00............................
$6,000.01-$7,000.00............................
$7,000.01-$8,000.00............................
$8,000.01-$9,000.00............................
$9,000.01-$10,000.00...........................
$10,000.01 or more.............................
--------- ----- ------- ------
Total................................ % $ %
========= ===== ======= ======
S-11
56
COMPOSITION BY CREDIT LIMIT
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
CREDIT LIMIT RANGE OF ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ------------------ ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
Less than or equal to $500.00........... % $ %
$ 500.01-$1,000.00......................
$1,000.01-$2,000.00.....................
$2,000.01-$3,000.00.....................
$3,000.01-$4,000.00.....................
$4,000.01-$5,000.00.....................
$5,000.01-$6,000.00.....................
$6,000.01-$7,000.00.....................
$7,000.01-$8,000.00.....................
$8,000.01-$9,000.00.....................
$9,000.01-$10,000.00....................
$10,000.01 or More......................
--------- ------ ----------------- ------
Total......................... % $ %
========= ====== ================= ======
COMPOSITION BY PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
(DAYS CONTRACTUALLY DELINQUENT) ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ------------------------------- ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
Not Delinquent....................... % $ %
Up to 29 Days........................
30 to 59 Days........................
60 to 89 Days........................
90 or More Days......................
--------- ------ ----------------- ------
Total...................... % $ %
========= ====== ================= ======
COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT AGE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
ACCOUNT AGE ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ----------- ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
Not More Than 6 Months............... % $ %
Over 6 Months to 12 Months...........
Over 12 Months to 24 Months..........
Over 24 Months to 36 Months..........
Over 36 Months to 48 Months..........
Over 48 Months to 60 Months..........
Over 60 Months to 72 Months..........
Over 72 Months.......................
--------- ------ ----------------- -------
Total...................... % $ %
========= ====== ================= =======
S-12
57
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS
TRUST PORTFOLIO
PERCENTAGE OF PERCENTAGE
NUMBER OF TOTAL NUMBER OF TOTAL
STATE ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ----- ----------- ------------- ----------------- -----------
[California.......................... % $ %
Texas................................
Florida..............................
New York.............................
Illinois.............................
Ohio.................................
Michigan.............................
Pennsylvania.........................
New Jersey...........................
Georgia..............................
North Carolina]......................
Other................................
--------- ------ ----------------- -------
Total...................... % $ %
========= ====== ================= =======
MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
You are expected to receive payment of principal in full on ,
200 , the "EXPECTED PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATE." You may, however, receive payments
of principal earlier than the expected principal payment date if a pay out event
occurs and the early amortization period begins. The holders of the Class B
notes will not begin to receive payments of principal until the final principal
payment on the Class A notes has been made. The holders of the Class C notes
will not begin to receive payments of principal until the final principal
payments on the Class A notes and Class B notes have been made.
CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
Principal for payment to the Series 2000- noteholders will accumulate
during the controlled accumulation period in the principal funding account
established by the indenture trustee. The controlled accumulation period is
scheduled to begin at the close of business on , 200 , but may be
delayed based on actual payment rate experience, as discussed under "Description
of Series Provisions -- Postponement of Controlled Accumulation Period" in this
prospectus supplement. On each distribution date during the controlled
accumulation period, an amount will be deposited into the principal funding
account equal to, for each monthly period, the least of:
- Available Principal Collections;
- the Controlled Deposit Amount; and
- the Adjusted Invested Amount prior to any deposits on that day.
We expect, but cannot assure you, that the amounts available in the
principal funding account on the expected principal payment date will be
sufficient to pay in full the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes. If these amounts are not
available on the expected principal payment date, a pay out event will occur and
the early amortization period will begin.
Your series of notes may be paired with one or more series of notes issued
at a later time once the controlled accumulation period for your series begins.
We cannot assure you that the terms of any paired series will not have an impact
on the calculation of the Investor Percentage or the timing or amount of
payments received by you as a Series 2000- noteholder. The extent to which the
timing or amount of payments received by you may be affected will depend on many
factors, only one of which is a change in
S-13
58
the calculation of the Investor Percentage. See "Description of Series
Provisions -- Allocation Percentages -- Fixed Investor Percentage" and
"-- Paired Series" in this prospectus supplement and "Description of the
Notes -- Paired Series" in the accompanying prospectus.
EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD
If a pay out event occurs during either the revolving period or the
controlled accumulation period, the early amortization period will begin. If a
pay out event occurs during the controlled accumulation period, on the next
distribution date any amount on deposit in the principal funding account will be
paid to the Class A noteholders and, after the outstanding principal balance of
the Class A notes has been paid in full, any remaining amount will be paid to
the Class B noteholders and, after the outstanding principal balance of the
Class B notes has been paid in full, any remaining amount will be paid to the
Class C noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of the Class C
notes.
In addition, if the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes has
not been paid in full, Available Principal Collections will be paid to the Class
A noteholders on each distribution date until the earlier of:
- the date the Class A notes are paid in full; and
- , 200 , called the "SERIES 2000- FINAL MATURITY DATE."
After the Class A notes have been paid in full, and if the Series 2000-
final maturity date has not occurred, Available Principal Collections will be
paid to the Class B noteholders on each distribution date until the earlier of:
- the date the Class B notes are paid in full; and
- the Series 2000- final maturity date.
After the Class B notes have been paid in full, and if the Series 2000-
final maturity date has not occurred, Available Principal Collections will be
paid to the Class C noteholders on each distribution date until the earlier of:
- the date the Class C notes are paid in full; and
- the Series 2000- final maturity date.
THE BANK, ACCS AND THE TRANSFEROR
The bank has transferred and assigned to Associates Credit Card Services,
Inc. ("ACCS"), for transfer and assignment by ACCS to the transferor, and for
transfer and assignment by the transferor to the trust, all of the bank's right,
title and interest in and to the receivables in the accounts designated as
accounts of the trust and future receivables created in these accounts. See "The
Trust Portfolio," "Description of the Notes -- Transfer and Assignment of
Receivables" and "Description of the Purchase Agreements" in the accompanying
prospectus.
ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK (DELAWARE)
Associates National Bank (Delaware) (the "BANK"), a national banking
association, is a wholly-owned, direct subsidiary of Associates First Capital
Corporation ("AFCC"). The bank was established on January 14, 1991. Its
principal executive office is located at 110 Lake Drive, Newark, Delaware 19702.
On a managed basis, the bank maintained loan accounts with aggregate outstanding
balances of approximately $ as of , 2000. Of this amount,
approximately $ were MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) credit card loans originated
in the United States. As of , 2000, the bank had total assets of
approximately $ , total liabilities of approximately $ , deposits of
approximately $ and capital and surplus accounts of approximately $ .
The bank is a national bank insured through the FDIC and is regulated by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
S-14
59
AFCC is a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and was
established on December 22, 1971, as Associates First National Corporation. As
of , 2000, AFCC had total managed assets of approximately $ ,
total assets of approximately $ , total liabilities of approximately $
and stockholders' equity of approximately $ .
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD SERVICES, INC.
Associates Credit Card Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a
wholly-owned, direct subsidiary of AFCC. ACCS was established on January 17,
1996. Its principal executive office is located at 250 East Carpenter Freeway,
Irving, Texas 75062. As of , 2000, ACCS had total assets of
approximately $ , total liabilities of approximately $ and stockholders'
equity of approximately $ . Pursuant to the terms of one or more
subservicing agreements, ACCS services both bank card and private label credit
card accounts for the entire AFCC credit card business. ACCS's main operational
facility is located in Irving, Texas where it conducts many of its servicing
functions. ACCS also has operational facilities in Houston, Texas, Des Moines,
Iowa, Wilmington, Delaware and South Bend, Indiana. As of , 2000,
ACCS had over employees.
The operational facility in Irving, Texas serves as the main credit card
administration facility. This location houses all of the major credit card
personnel for the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) bank portfolio, including senior
management, credit policy, risk management, customer service, collections,
marketing and underwriting, financial planning and accounting, and information
technology. This facility also performs some of these same functions for AFCC's
private label credit card business.
Centralized payment processing for the bank portfolio is performed at
ACCS's Des Moines, Iowa facility and statement processing and mailing functions
are housed at the Associates Information Service Center, in South Bend, Indiana.
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp. ("ACCR"), a Delaware corporation,
is a wholly-owned, direct subsidiary of ACCS. ACCR was established on April 8,
1998. Its principal executive office is located at 290 East Carpenter Freeway, 7
Decker, Irving, Texas 75062. ACCR was organized for the limited purpose of
purchasing, holding, owning and transferring receivables and related activities.
DESCRIPTION OF SERIES PROVISIONS
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Series 2000-
notes. This summary is not a complete description of the terms of the Series
2000- notes. You should refer to "Description of the Notes" in the accompanying
prospectus as well as to the transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture and
the Series 2000- indenture supplement for a complete description. Each of the
transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture and the form of an indenture
supplement, has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration
statement relating to the notes.
GENERAL
The Class A notes, Class B notes and Class C notes comprise the "SERIES
2000- NOTES" and will be issued under the indenture, as supplemented by the
indenture supplement relating to the Series 2000- notes (the "SERIES 2000-
INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT"), in each case between the trust and the indenture
trustee. As described under "Description of the Notes -- New Issuances" in the
accompanying prospectus, the transferor may cause the owner trustee, on behalf
of the trust, and the indenture trustee to execute further indenture supplements
in order to issue additional series.
The "CLOSING DATE" for Series 2000- is , 2000. The Series
2000- notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 and will be available only in book-entry form, registered in the name of
Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. As described under "Description of the
S-15
60
Notes -- General," "-- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Notes" in the
accompanying prospectus, unless and until definitive notes are issued, you will
be able to transfer your notes only through the facilities of DTC. You will
receive payments and notices through DTC and its participants. Payments of
interest and principal will be made on each distribution date on which those
amounts are due to the noteholders in whose names Series 2000- notes were
registered on the last day of the calendar month preceding that distribution
date (each, a "RECORD DATE").
[Application will be made to list the notes on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange; however, we cannot assure you that the listing will be obtained. You
should consult with [ ], the Luxembourg listing agent for the notes,
[Address] Luxembourg, phone number ( ) , for the status of the
listing].
INTEREST PAYMENTS
The Class A notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date
through but excluding , 2000, and for each following interest
period, at a rate of % per annum [above LIBOR for the related LIBOR
determination date with respect to each interest period] (the "CLASS A NOTE
INTEREST RATE").
The Class B notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date
through but excluding , 2000, and for each following interest
period, at a rate of % per annum [above LIBOR for the related LIBOR
determination date with respect to each interest period] (the "CLASS B NOTE
INTEREST RATE").
The Class C notes will accrue interest from and including the closing date
through but excluding , 2000, and for each following interest
period, at a rate of % per annum [above LIBOR for the related LIBOR
determination date with respect to each interest period] (the "CLASS C NOTE
INTEREST RATE").
[The indenture trustee will determine LIBOR for each interest period two
London business days before the related interest period commences. We refer to
each of these determination dates as a "LIBOR DETERMINATION DATE." For purposes
of calculating LIBOR, a "LONDON BUSINESS DAY" is any business day on which
dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London
interbank market.
An "INTEREST PERIOD" begins on and includes a distribution date and ends on
but excludes the next distribution date. However, the first interest period will
begin on and include the closing date.
"LIBOR" means, for any LIBOR determination date, the rate for deposits in
United States dollars for a one-month period which appears on Telerate Page 3750
as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date. If that rate does not appear on
Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that LIBOR determination date will be
determined based on the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are
offered by four major banks, selected by the servicer, at approximately 11:00
a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for
a one-month period. The indenture trustee will request the principal London
office of each of those banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least
two quotations are provided, the rate for that LIBOR determination date will be
the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are
provided, the rate for that LIBOR determination date will be the arithmetic mean
of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the servicer,
at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United
States dollars to leading European banks for a one-month period.
"TELERATE PAGE 3750" means the display page currently so designated on the
Bridge Telerate Capital Markets Report (or any other page as may replace that
page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices).
The Class A note interest rate, the Class B note interest rate and the
Class C note interest rate applicable to the then current and immediately
preceding interest period may be obtained by telephoning the indenture trustee
at its corporate trust office at (212) 815-5738.
S-16
61
Interest on the notes will be calculated on the basis of the actual number
of days in the related interest period and a 360-day year.]
Interest will be paid on each "DISTRIBUTION DATE," which will be
, 2000 and the 17th day of each following month (or, if the 17th day
is not a business day, the following business day). For purposes of this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, a "BUSINESS DAY" is,
unless otherwise indicated, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
which banking institutions in New York, New York, Delaware or any other state in
which the principal executive offices of the bank, the owner trustee, the
indenture trustee or other account owner, as the case may be, are located, are
authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be
closed.
Interest payments on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C
notes on any distribution date will be calculated on the outstanding principal
balance of the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes, as
applicable, as of the preceding record date, except that interest for the first
distribution date will accrue at the applicable note interest rate on the
initial outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes, the Class B notes
and the Class C notes, as applicable, from the closing date.
Interest due on the Class A notes, the Class B notes and the Class C notes
but not paid on any distribution date will be payable on the following
distribution date, together with additional interest on that amount at the
applicable note interest rate. We refer to this additional interest as "CLASS A
ADDITIONAL INTEREST," "CLASS B ADDITIONAL INTEREST" and "CLASS C ADDITIONAL
INTEREST," as applicable. Additional interest will accrue on the same basis as
interest on the Series 2000- notes, and will accrue from the distribution date
on which the overdue interest became due, to but excluding the distribution date
on which the additional interest is paid.
Interest payments on the Series 2000- notes on any distribution date will
be paid from Available Finance Charge Collections for the related monthly period
and, to the extent Available Finance Charge Collections are insufficient to pay
the interest on the Class A notes and the Class B notes, from Reallocated
Principal Collections (to the extent available) for the related monthly period.
Interest payments on the Class C notes on any distribution date will also be
paid from available amounts on deposit in the spread account to the extent
needed.
"AVAILABLE FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any monthly
period, an amount equal to the sum of:
(a) the Investor Finance Charge Collections for that monthly period;
(b) the Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2000- ;
(c) an amount equal to the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds, if
any, for the related distribution date; and
(d) amounts, if any, to be withdrawn from the reserve account which
are required to be included in Available Finance Charge Collections
pursuant to the Series 2000- indenture supplement for the related
distribution date.
"INVESTOR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any monthly
period, an amount equal to the Investor Percentage for that monthly period of
collections of finance charge receivables (including recoveries treated as
collections of finance charge receivables) deposited in the collection account
for that monthly period and Interchange treated as Investor Finance Charge
Collections pursuant to the Series 2000- indenture supplement.
Each "MONTHLY PERIOD" will be the period from and including the first day
of a calendar month to and including the last day of that calendar month (other
than the initial monthly period, which will commence on and include the closing
date and end on and include , 2000).
S-17
62
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
Principal payments on the Series 2000- notes will be paid from "AVAILABLE
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" which, for any monthly period, equal:
(a) collections of principal receivables received during that monthly
period and certain other amounts allocable to the Invested Amount; minus
(b) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for that monthly
period; plus
(c) any Shared Principal Collections from other series in group one
and any Shared Transferor Principal Collections that are allocated to
Series 2000- ; plus
(d) the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections to be treated
as Available Principal Collections as described under "-- Application of
Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items."
REVOLVING PERIOD
The "REVOLVING PERIOD" for the Series 2000- notes begins on the closing
date and ends on the earlier of the day immediately before the day the
controlled accumulation period or the early amortization period begins. During
the revolving period, the Investor Percentage of collections of principal
receivables will, subject to certain limitations, be treated as Shared Principal
Collections and used to pay principal to other series in group one or will be
paid to the holders of the transferor certificates.
CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
The "CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD" for the Series 2000- notes is
scheduled to begin on 200 , but may be postponed, as discussed under
"Description of Series Provisions -- Postponement of Controlled Accumulation
Period" in this prospectus supplement, and ends on the earliest of:
- the beginning of the early amortization period;
- the payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Series
2000- notes; and
- the Series 2000- final maturity date.
If a pay out event occurs before the controlled accumulation period begins,
there will be no controlled accumulation period and the early amortization
period will begin.
On each distribution date relating to the controlled accumulation period,
the indenture trustee will deposit in the principal funding account an amount
equal to the least of (a) Available Principal Collections with respect to that
distribution date, (b) the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount and (c) the
Adjusted Invested Amount prior to any deposits on that date. If the early
amortization period has not commenced, on the expected principal payment date
amounts in the principal funding account will be paid:
- first to Class A noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of
the Class A notes;
- then to Class B noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of
the Class B notes; and
- then to Class C noteholders, up to the outstanding principal balance of
the Class C notes.
During the controlled accumulation period, the portion of Available
Principal Collections not applied for the payment of principal on the Class A
notes, the Class B notes or the Class C notes on a distribution date generally
will be treated as Shared Principal Collections for other series in group one.
S-18
63
EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD
The "EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD" for the Series 2000- notes will begin on
the business day immediately before the day on which a pay out event with
respect to Series 2000- occurs and ends on the earlier of:
- the payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Series
2000- notes; and
- the Series 2000- final maturity date.
On each distribution date relating to the early amortization period, the
Class A noteholders will be entitled to receive Available Principal Collections
for the related monthly period in an amount up to the outstanding principal
balance of the Class A notes.
After payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
notes, the Class B noteholders will be entitled to receive, on each distribution
date relating to the early amortization period, Available Principal Collections
for the related monthly period in an amount up to the outstanding principal
balance of the Class B notes.
After payment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Class B
notes, the Class C noteholders will be entitled to receive, on each distribution
date relating to the early amortization period, Available Principal Collections
for the related monthly period in an amount up to the outstanding principal
balance of the Class C notes.
See "-- Pay Out Events" below for a discussion of events that might lead to
the commencement of the early amortization period.
POSTPONEMENT OF CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
The controlled accumulation period is scheduled to last [ ] months.
However, the servicer may elect to extend the revolving period and postpone the
controlled accumulation period by providing a notice to the indenture trustee.
The servicer can make this election only if the number of months needed to fund
the principal funding account to pay principal on the Series 2000- notes from
expected principal collections is less than [ ] months.
On each determination date beginning in 200 and ending when
the controlled accumulation period begins, the servicer will review the amount
of expected principal collections and determine the number of months expected to
be required to fully fund the principal funding account by the expected
principal payment date and may elect to postpone the controlled accumulation
period. In making its decision, the servicer is required to assume that the
principal payment rate will be no greater than the lowest monthly principal
payment rate for the prior twelve months and will consider the amount of
principal expected to be allocable to noteholders of all other series which are
expected to be amortizing or accumulating principal during the controlled
accumulation period for Series 2000- . In no case will the controlled
accumulation period be reduced to less than one month.
The method for determining the number of months required to fully fund the
principal funding account may be changed upon receipt of written confirmation
that the change will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating
agency of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class.
SUBORDINATION
The Class B notes and the Class C notes are subordinated to the Class A
notes. Interest payments will be made on the Class A notes prior to being made
on the Class B notes and the Class C notes. Interest payments will be made on
the Class B notes prior to being made on the Class C notes. Principal payments
on the Class B notes will not begin until the Class A notes have been paid in
full. Principal payments on the Class C notes will not begin until the Class A
notes and the Class B notes have been paid in full. If principal collections
allocated to your series are reallocated to pay the interest on the Class A
notes, the principal amount of the Class B notes and the Class C notes may not
be repaid. If
S-19
64
principal collections allocated to your series are reallocated to pay interest
on the Class B notes or the monthly servicing fee, the principal amount of the
Class C notes may not be repaid. If receivables are sold after an event of
default, the net proceeds of that sale which are available to pay principal on
the Series 2000- notes would be paid first to the Class A notes before any
remaining net proceeds would be available for payments due to the Class B notes
or the Class C notes.
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES
Pursuant to the indenture, with respect to each monthly period, the
servicer will allocate among the Invested Amount, the invested amount for all
other outstanding series and the Transferor Interest, all amounts collected on
finance charge receivables, all amounts collected on principal receivables and
all Defaulted Amounts with respect to that monthly period. These amounts will be
allocated to Series 2000- based on the Investor Percentage.
"INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means, for any monthly period, (a) for collections of
finance charge receivables and Defaulted Amounts at any time and for collections
of principal receivables during the revolving period, the Floating Investor
Percentage and (b) for collections of principal receivables during the
controlled accumulation period or early amortization period, the Fixed Investor
Percentage.
FLOATING INVESTOR PERCENTAGE
Collections of finance charge receivables and Defaulted Amounts at any time
and collections of principal receivables during the revolving period will be
allocated to the Invested Amount based on the Floating Investor Percentage. The
"FLOATING INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any monthly period, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the
close of business on the last day of the preceding monthly period (or with
respect to the first monthly period, the initial Invested Amount); and
(b) the denominator of which is the greater of:
(i) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in
the trust as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, the
aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as of the closing
date) and (B) the principal amount on deposit in the special funding
account as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, as of the
closing date); and
(ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the investor
percentages for allocations with respect to finance charge receivables,
Defaulted Amounts or principal receivables, as applicable, for all
outstanding series on the date of determination.
The denominator used in the calculation of Floating Investor Percentage
will be adjusted as follows with respect to any monthly period in which an
addition date occurs or in which a removal date occurs:
the amount in clause (b)(i)(A) above will be:
(1) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the last day of the prior monthly period,
for the period from and including the first day of the prior monthly
period to but excluding the related addition date or removal date, as
the case may be; and
(2) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the related addition date or removal date,
as the case may be, after adjusting for the aggregate amount of
principal receivables added to or removed from the trust on the related
addition date or removal date, as the case may be, for the period from
and including the related addition date or removal date, as the case may
be, to and including the last day of that monthly period.
S-20
65
FIXED INVESTOR PERCENTAGE
Collections of principal receivables during the controlled accumulation
period and early amortization period will be allocated to the Invested Amount
based on the Fixed Investor Percentage. The "FIXED INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means,
with respect to any monthly period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:
(a) the numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of
business on the last day of the revolving period; and
(b) the denominator of which is the greater of:
(i) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in
the trust as of the close of business on the last day of the prior
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, the
aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as of the closing
date) and (B) the principal amount on deposit in the special funding
account as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
monthly period (or with respect to the first monthly period, as of the
closing date); and
(ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the investor
percentages for allocations with respect to principal receivables for
all outstanding series on the date of determination.
Since the Series 2000- notes are subject to being paired with a future
series, if a pay out event occurs with respect to such a paired series during
the controlled accumulation period or the early amortization period for Series
2000- , the transferor may, by written notice delivered to the indenture
trustee and the servicer, designate a different numerator for the calculation of
the Fixed Investor Percentage, provided that (x) the numerator is not less than
the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the revolving period for such
paired series, (y) the indenture trustee and the servicer have received written
confirmation that the change will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by
any rating agency of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class
and (z) the transferor has delivered to the indenture trustee a certificate of
an authorized officer to the effect that, based on the facts known to that
officer at the time, in the reasonable belief of the transferor, the designation
will not cause a pay out event or an event that, after the giving of notice or
the lapse of time, would constitute a pay out event, to occur with respect to
Series 2000- .
The denominator used in the calculation of Fixed Investor Percentage will
be adjusted as follows with respect to any monthly period in which an addition
date occurs or in which a removal date occurs:
the amount in clause (b)(i)(A) above will be:
(1) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the last day of the prior monthly period,
for the period from and including the first day of the prior monthly
period to but excluding the related addition date or removal date, as
the case may be; and
(2) the aggregate amount of principal receivables in the trust as
of the close of business on the related addition date or removal date,
as the case may be, after adjusting for the aggregate amount of
principal receivables added to or removed from the trust on the related
addition date or removal date, as the case may be, for the period from
and including the related addition date or removal date, as the case may
be, to and including the last day of that monthly period.
INVESTED AMOUNT DEFINITIONS
"INVESTED AMOUNT," for any date of determination, means an amount equal to
(a) the initial outstanding principal amount of the Series 2000- notes minus
(b) the amount of principal previously paid to the Series 2000- noteholders,
minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs
and Reallocated Principal Collections over reimbursements of these amounts as
described under "-- Application of Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and
Other Items" below.
S-21
66
"ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT," for any date of determination, means the (a)
the Invested Amount as of that date, minus (b) the amount on deposit in the
principal funding account for that date.
REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
On each distribution date, if the sum of Class A interest, Class B interest
and the monthly servicing fee cannot be paid from Available Finance Charge
Collections as described below under "-- Application of Collections," then
collections of principal receivables allocated to the Invested Amount will be
available to pay these amounts, in an amount equal to the Reallocated Principal
Collections, and the Invested Amount will be reduced accordingly. A reduction in
the Invested Amount will reduce the allocation of finance charge and principal
collections to your series.
"REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means, for any monthly period,
collections of principal receivables received during that monthly period and
applied to pay interest on the Class A notes, the Class B notes or the monthly
servicing fee in an amount not to exceed the sum of:
- the lower of:
- the excess of the amounts needed to pay current and past due Class A
Monthly Interest and Class A Additional Interest as described under
"-- Application of Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and Other
Items" below over the Available Finance Charge Collections applied to
pay these amounts; and
- the greater of (a)(x) the product of (I) [ ]% and (II) the initial
Invested Amount minus (y) the amount of unreimbursed Investor
Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the
related monthly period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal
Collections (as of the previous distribution date) and (b) zero; plus
- the lower of:
- the excess of the amounts needed to pay (A) current and past due Class
B Monthly Interest and Class B Additional Interest and (B) the current
and past due monthly servicing fee, in each case as described under
"-- Application of Collections -- Payments of Interest, Fees and Other
Items" below over the Available Finance Charge Collections applied to
pay these amounts; and
- the greater of (a)(x) the product of (I) [ ]% and (II) the initial
Invested Amount minus (y) the amount of unreimbursed Investor
Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the
related monthly period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal
Collections (as of the previous distribution date and after giving
effect to the allocation of Reallocated Principal Collections to make
required interest payments for Class A on the then-current
distribution date) and (b) zero.
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
PAYMENT OF INTEREST, FEES AND OTHER ITEMS
On each distribution date, the servicer will direct the indenture trustee
to apply Available Finance Charge Collections on deposit in the collection
account in the following order:
- an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Interest plus Class A Additional
Interest due for the related distribution date, and in each case past due
for any prior distribution dates, will be paid to the Class A noteholders
on that distribution date;
- an amount equal to the Class B Monthly Interest plus Class B Additional
Interest due for the related distribution date, and in each case past due
for any prior distribution dates, will be paid to the Class B noteholders
on that distribution date;
S-22
67
- an amount equal to the monthly servicing fee due for the related
distribution date, and past due for any prior distribution date, will be
paid to the servicer;
- an amount equal to the Class C Monthly Interest plus Class C Additional
Interest due for the related distribution date, and in each case past due
for any prior distribution dates, will be paid to the Class C noteholders
on that distribution date;
- an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount, if any, for the related
monthly period, will be treated as Available Principal Collections;
- an amount equal to the sum of the Investor Charge-Offs and the amount of
unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections will be treated as
Available Principal Collections;
- on and after the reserve account funding date, an amount equal to the
excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the amount
then on deposit in the reserve account will be deposited into the reserve
account;
- an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Required Spread Account
Amount over the amount then on deposit in the spread account will be
deposited into the spread account;
- any other amounts the trust may be liable for from time to time that are
not otherwise provided for above will be applied by the indenture
trustee; and
- all remaining amounts will be treated as Excess Finance Charge
Collections and will be available to cover any shortfalls in finance
charge collections for other outstanding series in group one and, after
payment of these shortfalls, the remaining amount will be paid to the
holders of the transferor certificates.
In the event that Available Finance Charge Collections for any monthly
period are insufficient to pay Class C Monthly Interest and Class C Additional
Interest when due, a draw will be made from amounts available in the spread
account and will be paid to the Class C noteholders on the related distribution
date.
"CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal
the product of (a) the Class A note interest rate for the related interest
period, [(b) the actual number of days in that interest period divided by 360]
and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes as of the close
of business on the last day of the prior monthly period or, with respect to the
first distribution date, the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes
as of the closing date.
"CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal
the product of (a) the Class B note interest rate for the related interest
period, [(b) the actual number of days in that interest period divided by 360]
and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class B notes as of the close
of business on the last day of the prior monthly period or, with respect to the
first distribution date, the outstanding principal balance of the Class B notes
as of the closing date.
"CLASS C MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal
the product of (a) the Class C note interest rate for the related interest
period, [(b) the actual number of days in that interest period divided by 360]
and (c) the outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes as of the close
of business on the last day of the prior monthly period or, with respect to the
first distribution date, the outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes
as of the closing date.
"MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any distribution date will equal the sum
of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest and the Class C
Monthly Interest for that distribution date.
S-23
68
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
On each distribution date, the servicer will direct the indenture trustee
to apply Available Principal Collections on deposit in the collection account in
the following priority:
(a) on each distribution date with respect to the revolving period,
all Available Principal Collections will be treated as Shared Principal
Collections and applied as described under "Description of Series
Provisions -- Shared Principal Collections and Transferor Principal
Collections" in this prospectus supplement and "Description of the
Notes -- Shared Principal Collections and Transferor Principal Collections"
in the accompanying prospectus;
(b) on each distribution date with respect to the controlled
accumulation period and the early amortization period, all Available
Principal Collections will be distributed or deposited in the following
priority:
(i) during the controlled accumulation period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will be deposited in the principal funding account;
(ii) during the early amortization period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will be distributed to the paying agent for payment to
the Class A noteholders until the outstanding principal balance of the
Class A notes has been paid in full;
(iii) during the early amortization period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will, after the outstanding principal balance of the
Class A notes has been paid in full, be distributed to the paying agent
for payment to the Class B noteholders until the outstanding principal
balance of the Class B notes has been paid in full; and
(iv) during the early amortization period, an amount equal to
Monthly Principal will, after the outstanding principal balances of the
Class A notes and the Class B notes have been paid in full, be
distributed to the paying agent for payment to the Class C noteholders
until the outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes has been
paid in full;
(c) on each distribution date with respect to the controlled
accumulation period and the early amortization period, the balance of
Available Principal Collections not applied as described in (b) above, if
any, will be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied as
described under "Description of Series Provisions -- Shared Principal
Collections and Transferor Principal Collections" in this prospectus
supplement and "Description of the Notes -- Shared Principal Collections
and Transferor Principal Collections" in the accompanying prospectus.
"MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" with respect to any distribution date will equal the
least of (i) the Available Principal Collections on deposit in the collection
account with respect to that distribution date, (ii) for each distribution date
with respect to the controlled accumulation period, the Controlled Deposit
Amount for that distribution date and (iii) the Adjusted Invested Amount (as
adjusted for any Investor Charge-Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections on
that distribution date) prior to any deposits into the principal funding account
on that distribution date.
"CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT" means, for any distribution date with respect
to the controlled accumulation period, the sum of the Controlled Accumulation
Amount for that distribution date and the Accumulation Shortfall, if any.
"CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION AMOUNT" means, for any distribution date with
respect to the controlled accumulation period, $ . However, if the
commencement of the controlled accumulation period is postponed as described
above under "-- Postponement of Controlled Accumulation Period," the Controlled
Accumulation Amount may be higher than the amount stated above for each
distribution date with respect to the controlled accumulation period and will be
determined by the servicer in accordance with the Series 2000- indenture
supplement based on the principal payment rates for the accounts, on the
invested amounts of other series (other than certain excluded series) which are
scheduled to be in their revolving periods and then scheduled to create Shared
Principal Collections during the controlled
S-24
69
accumulation period and on the availability of Shared Transferor Principal
Collections as described under "-- Shared Principal Collections and Transferor
Principal Collections" below.
"ACCUMULATION SHORTFALL" means:
(a) on the first distribution date during the controlled accumulation
period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Accumulation Amount for that
distribution date over the amount deposited in the principal funding
account on that distribution date; and
(b) on each subsequent distribution date during the controlled
accumulation period, the excess, if any, of the applicable Controlled
Accumulation Amount for that subsequent distribution date plus any
Accumulation Shortfall for the prior distribution date over the amount
deposited in the principal funding account on that subsequent distribution
date.
SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
Collections of finance charge receivables -- and other amounts treated like
collections of finance charge receivables -- in excess of the amount required to
make payments or deposits for your series will be made available to other series
included in group one whose allocation of finance charge collections is not
sufficient to make its required payments or deposits. We call these collections
"EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS." If your series of outstanding notes
requires more finance charge collections than allocated through the Investor
Percentage, it will have access to finance charge collections -- and other
amounts treated like finance charge collections -- from other series in group
one in excess of the amount required to make payments or deposits for that
series. Each series of outstanding notes that is part of group one and has a
shortfall will receive a share of the total amount of Excess Finance Charge
Collections available for that month based on the amount of shortfall for that
series divided by the total shortfall for all series for that same month.
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
Collections of principal receivables for any monthly period allocated to
the Invested Amount will first be used to cover, during the controlled
accumulation period, deposits of the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount to the
principal funding account, and during the early amortization period, payments to
the noteholders. The servicer will determine the amount of collections of
principal receivables for any monthly period allocated to the Invested Amount
remaining after covering required payments to the noteholders and any similar
amount remaining for any other series in group one ("SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS"). The servicer will allocate the Shared Principal Collections to
cover any scheduled or permitted principal distributions to noteholders and
deposits to principal funding accounts, if any, for any series in group one
which have not been covered out of the collections of principal receivables
allocable to the other series in group one and certain other amounts for those
series ("PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS"). Shared Principal Collections will not be used
to cover investor charge-offs for any series. If Principal Shortfalls exceed
Shared Principal Collections for any monthly period, Shared Principal
Collections will be allocated pro rata among the applicable series in group one
based on the relative amounts of Principal Shortfalls. To the extent that Shared
Principal Collections exceed Principal Shortfalls, the balance will, subject to
certain limitations, be paid to the holders of the transferor certificates.
In addition, the servicer will, under the terms of the indenture, determine
the amount of collections of principal receivables for any monthly period
allocated to the Transferor Interest but not due to the holder of any
participation in the transferor certificates or the holder of any supplemental
certificate, and other amounts payable to the transferor with respect to
collections of principal receivables ("SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS"). Shared Transferor Principal Collections will be applied, if
necessary, to cover payments of principal due to noteholders during the
controlled accumulation period and the early amortization period that have not
been covered out of collections of principal receivables allocated to Series
2000- and certain other amounts and Shared Principal Collections. To the extent
Principal Shortfalls for series designated to receive Shared Transferor
Principal Collections exceed Shared Principal Collections allocable to each of
these series and Shared Transferor Principal Collections, for any monthly
S-25
70
period, Shared Transferor Principal Collections will be allocated pro rata among
the applicable series in group one based on the remaining Principal Shortfalls
for each of these series.
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS
The Investor Default Amount represents the series' share of losses from the
trust portfolio. On each distribution date, the servicer will calculate the
"INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" by multiplying:
- the Floating Investor Percentage for that month, by
- the "DEFAULTED AMOUNT," which is the total amount of principal
receivables (other than ineligible receivables) in the trust that were
charged-off for that month.
If the Investor Default Amount exceeds the amount of finance charge collections
allocated to fund this amount for the prior month, then the Invested Amount will
be reduced by the excess as an "INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF." In no event, however, will
the Invested Amount be reduced below zero. These reductions in the Invested
Amount may be reimbursed from subsequent finance charge collections allocated
for reimbursement, if available, as described above under "-- Application of
Collections -- Payments of Interest, Fees and Other Items." If the Invested
Amount is reduced to zero, your series will not receive any further allocations
of finance charge and principal collections.
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
The indenture trustee will establish and maintain a segregated trust
account held for the benefit of the noteholders to serve as the "PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT." During the controlled accumulation period, the indenture
trustee, at the direction of the servicer, will transfer Available Principal
Collections from the collection account to the principal funding account as
described under "-- Application of Collections -- Payments of Principal" in this
prospectus supplement.
Funds on deposit in the principal funding account will be invested to the
following distribution date by the indenture trustee at the direction of the
servicer in eligible investments. On each distribution date with respect to the
controlled accumulation period and on the first distribution date with respect
to the early amortization period, investment earnings (net of losses and
investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the principal funding account (the
"PRINCIPAL FUNDING INVESTMENT PROCEEDS") will be deposited in the collection
account and included in Available Finance Charge Collections for the related
interest period. If, for any distribution date, the Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds are less than the sum of:
(a) the product of (i) the balance of the principal funding account,
up to the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes, on the record
date immediately preceding that distribution date, (ii) the Class A note
interest rate for the related interest period [and (iii) the number of days
in the related interest period divided by 360], plus
(b) the product of (i) the balance of the principal funding account in
excess of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A notes on the
record date immediately preceding that distribution date, (ii) the Class B
note interest rate for the related interest period [and (iii) the number of
days in the related interest period divided by 360], plus
(c) the product of (i) the balance of the principal funding account in
excess of the aggregate of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
notes and the Class B notes on the record date immediately preceding that
distribution date, (ii) the Class C note interest rate for the related
interest period [and (iii) the number of days in the related interest
period divided by 360],
then the indenture trustee will withdraw the shortfall, called the "RESERVE DRAW
AMOUNT," to the extent required and available, from the reserve account and
deposit it in the collection account for use as Available Finance Charge
Collections.
S-26
71
RESERVE ACCOUNT
The indenture trustee will establish and maintain a segregated trust
account held for the benefit of the noteholders to serve as the "RESERVE
ACCOUNT." The reserve account is established to assist with the subsequent
distribution of interest on the notes during the controlled accumulation period
and on the first distribution date with respect to the early amortization
period. On each distribution date from and after the reserve account funding
date, but prior to the termination of the reserve account, the indenture
trustee, at the direction of the servicer, will apply Available Finance Charge
Collections allocated to the Series 2000- notes (to the extent described above
under "-- Application of Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and Other
Items") to increase the amount on deposit in the reserve account (to the extent
that amount is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount).
The "RESERVE ACCOUNT FUNDING DATE" will be the distribution date with
respect to the monthly period which commences no later than three months prior
to the commencement of the controlled accumulation period, or an earlier date as
the servicer may determine.
The "REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT AMOUNT" for any distribution date on or after
the reserve account funding date will be equal to (a) [0.5%] of the outstanding
principal balance of the Series 2000-
notes or (b) any other amount designated by the transferor; except that if the
designation is of a lesser amount, the transferor will provide the servicer and
the indenture trustee with written confirmation that the designation will not
result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating agency of its then-existing
rating of any outstanding series or class and the transferor will deliver to the
indenture trustee a certificate of an authorized officer of the transferor to
the effect that, based on the facts known to that officer at the time, in the
reasonable belief of the transferor, the designation will not cause a pay out
event or an event that, after the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would
cause a pay out event to occur with respect to Series 2000- .
On each distribution date, after giving effect to any deposit to be made
to, and any withdrawal to be made from, the reserve account on that distribution
date, the indenture trustee will withdraw from the reserve account an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of the amount on deposit in the reserve account
over the Required Reserve Account Amount, will deposit the excess in the spread
account to the extent that funds available in the spread account are less than
the Required Spread Account Amount and will distribute any remaining excess to
the holders of the transferor certificates. Any amounts withdrawn from the
reserve account and distributed to the holders of the transferor certificates as
described above will not be available for distribution to the noteholders.
So long as the reserve account is not terminated as described below, all
amounts on deposit in the reserve account on any distribution date (after giving
effect to any deposits to, or withdrawals from, the reserve account to be made
on that distribution date) will be invested to the following distribution date
by the indenture trustee at the direction of the servicer in eligible
investments. The interest and other investment income (net of losses and
investment expenses) earned on these investments will be retained in the reserve
account (to the extent the amount on deposit is less than the Required Reserve
Account Amount) or deposited in the collection account and treated as Available
Finance Charge Collections.
On or before each distribution date with respect to the controlled
accumulation period and on or before the first distribution date with respect to
the early amortization period, a withdrawal will be made from the reserve
account, and the amount of this withdrawal will be deposited in the collection
account and included as Available Finance Charge Collections, as provided in the
Series 2000- indenture supplement, for that distribution date in an aggregate
amount equal to the least of (a) the amount then on deposit in the reserve
account with respect to that distribution date, (b) the Required Reserve Account
Amount and (c) the reserve draw amount with respect to that distribution date.
However, the amount of the withdrawal will be reduced to the extent that funds
otherwise would be available to be deposited in the reserve account on that
distribution date.
S-27
72
The reserve account will be terminated upon the earliest to occur of:
- the first distribution date for the early amortization period;
- the expected principal payment date; and
- the termination of the trust.
Upon the termination of the reserve account, all amounts on deposit in the
reserve account (after giving effect to any withdrawal from the reserve account
on that date as described above) will be deposited in the spread account to the
extent that funds available in the spread account are less than the Required
Spread Account Amount and any remaining amounts will be distributed to the
holders of the transferor certificates. Any amounts withdrawn from the reserve
account and distributed to the holders of the transferor certificates as
described above will not be available for distribution to the noteholders.
SPREAD ACCOUNT
The indenture trustee will establish and maintain a segregated trust
account held for the benefit of the Class C noteholders to serve as the "SPREAD
ACCOUNT." Amounts on deposit in the spread account will be used (a) to fund
shortfalls in interest payments on the Class C notes and (b) on the Series
2000- final maturity date, to fund any shortfall in payment of the outstanding
principal balance of the Class C notes.
The spread account initially will not be funded, but will be funded by (a)
Available Finance Charge Collections, as described above under "-- Application
of Collections -- Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items," and (b) amounts,
if any, withdrawn from the reserve account and deposited into the spread account
on any distribution date, as described above under "-- Reserve Account."
The "REQUIRED SPREAD ACCOUNT AMOUNT" will be determined on each
distribution date as follows:
- Prior to an event of default and acceleration of your notes, the Required
Spread Account Amount for any date of determination will be equal to the
product of (a) the Spread Account Percentage in effect on that date of
determination and (b) the initial Invested Amount, but will not exceed
the outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes minus the excess,
if any, of the principal funding account balance over the sum of the
outstanding principal balances of the Class A notes and the Class B notes
on that date of determination.
- After an event of default and acceleration of your notes, the Required
Spread Account Amount for any distribution date will be equal to the sum
of (a) the amount on deposit in the spread account on that distribution
date plus (b) Investor Finance Charge Collections for that distribution
date available immediately after funding the reserve account plus (c)
amounts on deposit in the reserve account in excess of the Required
Reserve Account Amount. However, following an event of default for your
series, if the maturity of your notes is not accelerated, the Required
Spread Account Amount will not be increased to an amount greater than the
outstanding principal amount of your series of notes.
The "SPREAD ACCOUNT PERCENTAGE" will be determined as follows:
IF THE QUARTERLY EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE IS THEN, THE SPREAD ACCOUNT
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO: LESS THAN: PERCENTAGE WILL EQUAL:
- ------------------------- AND ------------------------ ------------------------
[--]% -- 0
[--]% [--]% [--]%
[--]% [--]% [--]%
[--]% [--]% [--]%
-- [--]% [--]%
However, if a pay out event for Series 2000- has occurred, the Spread Account
Percentage will be [--]%.
S-28
73
After the Spread Account Percentage has been increased above zero as
specified in the table above, it will remain at the specified percentage until:
(a) further increased to a higher required percentage as specified
above, or
(b) the distribution date on which the Quarterly Excess Spread
Percentage has increased to a level above that for the then current Spread
Account Percentage, in which case the Spread Account Percentage will be
decreased to the appropriate percentage as specified above (or, if the
Excess Spread Percentage is greater than or equal to [--]%, the Spread
Account Percentage will be zero and the Required Spread Account Amount will
be zero).
However, if a pay out event with respect to Series 2000- has occurred, the
Spread Account Percentage will equal [--]% (as provided in the definition of
Spread Account Percentage above) and may not be subsequently reduced.
The "QUARTERLY EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE" will be determined as follows:
For the [Month 1] 2000 The Modified Excess Spread Percentage
distribution date:
For the [Month 2] 2000 The Modified Excess Spread Percentage for the first monthly
distribution date: period, plus the Excess Spread Percentage for the [Month 1]
2000 monthly period
------------------------------------------------------------
2
For the [Month 3] 2000 The Modified Excess Spread Percentage for the first monthly
distribution date: period, plus the Excess Spread Percentage for the [Month 1]
2000 monthly period, plus the Excess Spread Percentage for
the [Month 2] 2000 monthly period
------------------------------------------------------------
3
For each following The sum of the Excess Spread Percentages for the 3 prior
distribution date: monthly periods
------------------------------------------------------------
3
The "EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE" for any monthly period will be the amount,
if any, by which the Portfolio Yield exceeds the Base Rate.
The "MODIFIED EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE" will be calculated for the first
monthly period in accordance with the Series 2000- indenture supplement based
on collections of finance charge receivables for that monthly period in relation
to the amount of interest and servicing fee accrued for the first distribution
date.
Funds on deposit in the spread account will be invested at the direction of
the servicer in eligible investments. For purposes of the spread account, the
reference in the definition of eligible investments to a rating in the "highest
rating category" refers to a rating of at least A-2 by Standard & Poor's, P-2 by
Moody's or F2 by Fitch. Investment earnings (net of losses and investment
expenses) will not, except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus supplement,
be deposited into the spread account and will be paid to the holders of the
transferor certificates. However, after an event of default relating to your
series of notes, these investment earnings will be available for payment to
holders of the Class C notes.
SPREAD ACCOUNT DISTRIBUTIONS
If on any distribution date, the interest to be paid on the Class C notes
exceeds the amount allocated to pay that interest, the indenture trustee, at the
instruction of the servicer, will withdraw from the spread account the lesser of
(i) the amount on deposit in the spread account (including investment earnings
to the extent necessary to fund that excess) and (ii) the amount of the excess,
and will deposit that amount into the collection account for payment of interest
on the Class C notes.
S-29
74
On the Series 2000- final maturity date, funds available in the spread
account (after giving effect to any withdrawals to be made as discussed in the
preceding paragraph) will be used to fund any shortfall in the payment of the
outstanding principal balance of the Class C notes. On any day following an
event of default and an acceleration of the notes, funds available in the spread
account will be used to fund any shortfalls in amounts owed on the Class C
notes, the Class A notes and the Class B notes, in that order of priority.
Funds on deposit in the spread account on any distribution date, after
giving effect to all withdrawals from and deposits to the spread account on that
date, in excess of the Required Spread Account Amount will be paid to the
holders of the transferor certificates. On the date on which all amounts due to
the noteholders from the spread account have been paid in full, all amounts, if
any, then remaining in the spread account will be distributed to the holders of
the transferor certificates.
PAIRED SERIES
Your series of notes may be paired with one or more series of notes issued
at a later time once the controlled accumulation period for your series begins.
We call each of these later issued series a "PAIRED SERIES." All or a portion of
a paired series may be pre-funded with an initial deposit to a funding account
that is for the sole benefit of the paired series; in the alternative, a paired
series may have a principal amount that can be increased. Once your series is
paid in full, if there have been no unreimbursed investor charge-offs for any
paired series, the invested amount of the paired series will be increased by an
amount up to the full Invested Amount of your series. The issuance of the paired
series will be subject to the conditions described under "Description of the
Notes -- New Issuances" in the accompanying prospectus.
We cannot assure you that the terms of any paired series will not have an
impact on the calculation of the Investor Percentage or the timing or amount of
payments received by you as a Series 2000- noteholder. The extent to which the
timing or amount of payments received by you may be affected will depend on many
factors, only one of which is a change in the calculation of the Investor
Percentage.
PAY OUT EVENTS
As described above, the revolving period will continue through ,
200 , unless that date is postponed as described under "-- Postponement of
Controlled Accumulation Period" in this prospectus supplement or a pay out event
occurs prior to that date.
A "PAY OUT EVENT" refers to any of the following events:
(a) failure by the transferor (i) to make any payment or deposit on
the date required to be made by the transferor under the transfer and
servicing agreement, the indenture or the Series 2000- indenture
supplement within the applicable grace period which shall not exceed five
days or (ii) to observe or perform any other covenants or agreements of the
transferor set forth in the transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture
or the Series 2000- indenture supplement, which failure has a material
adverse effect on the Series 2000- noteholders and which continues
unremedied for a period of sixty days after written notice of the failure,
requiring the same to be remedied;
(b) any representation or warranty made by the transferor in the
transfer and servicing agreement, or any information required to be given
by the transferor to identify the accounts proves to have been incorrect in
any material respect when made or delivered and which continues to be
incorrect in any material respect for a period of sixty days after written
notice of the failure, requiring the same to be remedied, and as a result
of which the interests of the noteholders are materially and adversely
affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected for the
designated period; except that a pay out event pursuant to this
subparagraph (b) will not occur if the transferor has accepted reassignment
of the related receivable or all related receivables, if applicable, during
the designated period in accordance with the provisions of the transfer and
servicing agreement;
S-30
75
(c) a failure by the transferor to convey receivables in additional
accounts or participations to the trust within five business days after the
date required by the transfer and servicing agreement;
(d) any servicer default occurs;
(e) the average of the Portfolio Yields for any three consecutive
monthly periods is less than the average of the Base Rates for the same
monthly periods;
(f) insufficient moneys are available to pay in full the outstanding
principal balances of all the Series 2000- notes on the expected principal
payment date;
(g) certain bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship,
receivership or similar events relating to the transferor (including any
additional transferor), ACCS or the bank, unless each rating agency
provides written confirmation that the removal of the bank from this pay
out event will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing
rating of any outstanding series or class;
(h) the transferor is unable for any reason to transfer receivables to
the trust in accordance with the provisions of the transfer and servicing
agreement;
(i) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or
(j) an event of default for Series 2000- and an acceleration of the
maturity of the Series 2000- notes occurs under the indenture.
In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b) or (d) above, a pay
out event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the notes only if,
after any applicable grace period, either the indenture trustee or the Series
2000- noteholders evidencing interests aggregating more than 50% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Series 2000- notes, by written notice
to the transferor and the servicer (and to the indenture trustee if given by the
Series 2000- noteholders), declare that a pay out event has occurred with
respect to the Series 2000- notes as of the date of the notice.
In the case of any event described in clause (g), (h) or (i), a pay out
event with respect to all series then outstanding, and in the case of any event
described in clause (c), (e), (f) or (j), a pay out event with respect to only
the Series 2000- notes, will occur without any notice or other action on the
part of the indenture trustee or the Series 2000- noteholders immediately upon
the occurrence of the event.
On the business day immediately before the date on which a pay out event is
deemed to have occurred, the early amortization period will begin.
See "Description of the Notes -- Pay Out Events" in the accompanying
prospectus for an additional discussion of the consequences of an insolvency,
conservatorship or receivership of the transferor.
The term "BASE RATE" means, with respect to any monthly period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction:
- the numerator of which is the sum of the Monthly Interest and the monthly
servicing fee, each for the related distribution date; and
- the denominator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the
Series 2000- notes as of the first day of that monthly period.
The term "PORTFOLIO YIELD" means, with respect to any monthly period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction:
- the numerator of which is the sum of Investor Finance Charge Collections,
Principal Funding Investment Proceeds and amounts withdrawn from the
reserve account, if any, deposited in the collection account and
allocable to the Series 2000- notes for that monthly period, calculated
on a cash basis after subtracting the Investor Default Amount for that
monthly period; and
- the denominator of which is the outstanding principal balance of the
Series 2000- notes as of the first day of that monthly period.
S-31
76
However, Excess Finance Charge Collections that are allocated to Series 2000-
may be added to the numerator in the definition of Portfolio Yield above if (a)
the transferor provides each rating agency with ten business days advance
written notice and (b) Standard & Poor's provides written confirmation that this
action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating
of any outstanding series or class.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The events of default for Series 2000- , as well as the rights and
remedies available to the indenture trustee and the Series 2000- noteholders
when an event of default occurs, are described under "The Indenture -- Events of
Default; Rights upon Event of Default" in the accompanying prospectus.
In the case of an event of default involving certain bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar events relating to the trust, the principal amount of the Series
2000- notes automatically will be deemed to be immediately due and payable. If
any other event of default for Series 2000- occurs, the indenture trustee or
the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding principal balance of the
Series 2000- notes may declare the Series 2000- notes to be immediately due
and payable. If the Series 2000- notes are accelerated, you may receive
principal prior to the expected principal payment date for your notes.
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
The share of the servicing fee allocable to the Invested Amount with
respect to any distribution date (the "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE") will be equal to
one-twelfth of the product of (a) 2.0% and (b) (i) the Adjusted Invested Amount
as of the last day of the monthly period preceding that distribution date, minus
(ii) the product of the amount, if any, on deposit in the special funding
account as of the last day of the monthly period preceding that distribution
date and the Floating Investor Percentage with respect to that monthly period.
However, with respect to the first distribution date, the monthly servicing fee
will equal $[ ].
The servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the receivables including, without
limitation, payment of the fees and disbursements of the indenture trustee and
independent certified public accountants and other fees which are not expressly
stated in the transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture or the Series
2000- indenture supplement to be payable by the trust or the noteholders other
than federal, state and local income and franchise taxes, if any, of the trust.
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
On each distribution date, the paying agent, on behalf of the indenture
trustee will forward to each noteholder of record, a statement prepared by the
servicer setting forth the items described in "Description of the
Notes -- Reports to Noteholders" in the accompanying prospectus.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
and Section 4975 of the Code impose certain requirements on employee benefit
plans and certain other plans and arrangements, including individual retirement
accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and certain collective investment funds or
insurance company general or separate accounts in which the plans, accounts or
arrangements are invested, that are subject to the fiduciary responsibility
provisions of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code (collectively, "PLANS"), and
on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to Plans, in connection with the
investment of "plan assets" of any Plan ("PLAN ASSETS"). ERISA generally imposes
on Plan fiduciaries certain general fiduciary requirements, including those of
investment prudence and diversification and the requirement that a Plan's
investments be made in accordance with the documents governing the Plan.
S-32
77
ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a broad range of transactions
involving Plan Assets and persons ("parties in interest" under ERISA and
"disqualified persons" under the Code, collectively, "PARTIES IN INTEREST") who
have certain specified relationships to a Plan or its Plan Assets, unless a
statutory or administrative exemption is available. Parties in Interest that
participate in a prohibited transaction may be subject to a penalty imposed
under ERISA and/or an excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code,
unless a statutory or administrative exemption is available. These prohibited
transactions generally are set forth in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of
the Code.
Subject to the considerations described below and in the accompanying
Prospectus, the notes are eligible for purchase with Plan Assets of any Plan.
Any fiduciary or other Plan investor considering whether to purchase the
notes with Plan Assets of any Plan should determine whether that purchase is
consistent with its fiduciary duties and whether that purchase would constitute
or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and/or Section 4975
of the Code because any of the transferor, the servicer, the indenture trustee,
the owner trustee or any other party may be Parties in Interest with respect to
the investing Plan and may be deemed to be benefiting from the issuance of the
notes. If the transferor or the servicer is a Party in Interest with respect to
the prospective Plan investor, any fiduciary or other Plan investor considering
whether to purchase or hold the notes should consult with its counsel regarding
the availability of exemptive relief under U.S. Department of Labor ("DOL")
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23 (relating to transactions
determined by "in-house asset managers"), 95-60 (relating to transactions
involving insurance company general accounts), 91-38 (relating to transactions
involving bank collective investment funds), 90-1 (relating to transactions
involving insurance company pooled separate accounts) or 84-14 (relating to
transactions determined by independent "qualified professional asset managers")
or any other prohibited transaction exemption issued by the DOL. A purchaser of
the notes should be aware, however, that even if the conditions specified in one
or more of the above-referenced exemptions are met, the scope of the exemptive
relief provided by the exemption might not cover all acts which might be
construed as prohibited transactions.
In addition, under DOL Regulation Section 2510.3-101 (the "PLAN ASSET
REGULATION"), the purchase with Plan Assets of equity interests in the issuer
could, in certain circumstances, cause the receivables and other assets of the
issuer to be deemed Plan Assets of the investing Plan which, in turn, would
subject the issuer and its assets to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of
ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the
Code. Nevertheless, because the notes (a) are expected to be treated as
indebtedness under local law and will, in the opinion of Special Tax Counsel, be
treated as debt, rather than equity, for federal tax purposes (see "Federal
Income Tax Consequences -- Tax Characterization of the Trust and the
Notes -- Treatment of the Notes as Debt" in the accompanying prospectus), and
(b) should not be deemed to have any "substantial equity features," purchases of
the notes with Plan Assets should not be treated as equity investments and,
therefore, the receivables and other assets included as assets of the issuer
should not be deemed to be Plan Assets of the investing Plans. Those conclusions
are based, in part, upon the traditional debt features of the notes, including
the reasonable expectation of purchasers of the notes that the notes will be
repaid when due, as well as the absence of conversion rights, warrants and other
typical equity features.
The notes may not be purchased or held by any Plan, or any person investing
Plan Assets of any Plan, if any of the transferor, the servicer, the indenture
trustee, the owner trustee or any of their respective affiliates (a) has
investment or administrative discretion with respect to the Plan Assets used to
effect the purchase; (b) has authority or responsibility to give, or regularly
gives, investment advice with respect to the Plan Assets, for a fee and pursuant
to an agreement or understanding that the advice (1) will serve as a primary
basis for investment decisions with respect to the Plan Assets, and (2) will be
based on the particular investment needs of that Plan; or (c) unless PTCE 95-60,
91-38 or 90-1 is applicable, is an employer maintaining or contributing to that
Plan. Each purchaser or holder of the notes or any interest in the notes will be
deemed to have represented by its purchase and holding thereof that it is not
subject to the foregoing limitation.
S-33
78
Any fiduciary or other Plan investor considering whether to purchase any notes
on behalf of or with Plan Assets of any Plan should consult with its counsel and
refer to this prospectus supplement for guidance regarding the ERISA
considerations applicable to the notes offered by this prospectus supplement and
the accompanying prospectus.
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
dated , 2000 (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT") between the transferor
and the underwriters named below (the "UNDERWRITERS"), the transferor has agreed
to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has severally agreed
to purchase, the principal amount of the notes set forth opposite its name:
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
CLASS A UNDERWRITERS CLASS A NOTES
- -------------------- -------------------
$
------------
Total............................................. $
============
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
CLASS B UNDERWRITERS CLASS B NOTES
- -------------------- -------------------
$
------------
Total............................................. $
============
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
CLASS C UNDERWRITERS CLASS C NOTES
- -------------------- -------------------
$
------------
Total............................................. $
============
In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters of the Class A notes (the
"CLASS A UNDERWRITERS") have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in that agreement, to purchase all of the Class A notes offered hereby if
any of the Class A notes are purchased, the underwriters of the Class B notes
(the "CLASS B UNDERWRITERS") have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in that agreement, to purchase all of the Class B notes offered hereby
if any of the Class B notes are purchased and the underwriters of the Class C
notes (the "CLASS C UNDERWRITERS") have agreed, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in that agreement, to purchase all of the Class C notes
offered hereby if any of the Class C notes are purchased.
The Class A underwriters propose initially to offer the Class A notes to
the public at [ ]% of their principal amount and to certain dealers at that
price less concessions not in excess of [ ]% of the principal amount of the
Class A notes. The Class A underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow,
concessions not in excess of [ ]% of the principal amount of the Class A
notes to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Class A
underwriters.
The Class B underwriters propose initially to offer the Class B notes to
the public at [ ]% of their principal amount and to certain dealers at that
price less concessions not in excess of [ ]% of the principal amount of the
Class B notes. The Class B underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow,
concessions not in excess of [ ]% of the principal amount of the Class B
notes to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Class B
underwriters.
The Class C underwriters propose initially to offer the Class C notes to
the public at [ ]% of their principal amount and to certain dealers at that
price less concessions not in excess of [ ]% of the
S-34
79
principal amount of the Class C notes. The Class C underwriters may allow, and
the dealers may reallow, concessions not in excess of [ ]% of the principal
amount of the Class C notes to certain brokers and dealers. After the initial
public offering, the public offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the Class C underwriters.
We will receive proceeds of approximately $[ ] from the sale of the
notes (representing [ ]% of the principal amount of each Class A note,
[ ]% of the principal amount of each Class B note and [ ]% of the
principal amount of each Class C note) after paying the underwriting discount of
$[ ] (representing [ ]% of the principal amount of each Class A note,
[ ]% of the principal amount of each Class B note and [ ]% of the
principal amount of each Class C note). Additional offering expenses are
estimated to be $[ ].
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(a) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of
the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;
(b) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in
the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issue
or sale of the notes to a person who is of a kind described in Article
11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom that document may otherwise
lawfully be issued or passed on;
(c) if it is an authorized person under Chapter III of part I of the
Financial Services Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote (as
that term is defined in Regulation 1.02(2) of the Financial Services
(Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991) to any person in the
United Kingdom the scheme described in this Prospectus Supplement and the
accompanying Prospectus if that person is of a kind described either in
Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act 1986 or in Regulation 1.04 of
the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991;
and
(d) it is a person of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order
1996.
The transferor will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
The underwriters may engage in over-allotment transactions, stabilizing
transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids with respect to
the notes in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment
transactions involve syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which
creates a syndicate short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to
purchase the notes so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified
maximum. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the notes in the
open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover
syndicate short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a
selling concession from a syndicate member when the notes originally sold by
that syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction.
Over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering
transactions and penalty bids may cause the prices of the notes to be higher
than they would otherwise be in the absence of those transactions. Neither the
transferor nor the underwriters represent that the underwriters will engage in
any of these transactions or that those transactions, once commenced, will not
be discontinued without notice at any time.
S-35
80
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Series 2000- notes
will be passed upon for the transferor by Michael J. Forde, Vice President and
Assistant General Counsel of Associates First Capital Corporation, and by
Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, Washington, D.C., special counsel to the
transferor. Mr. Forde currently owns shares of the Class A common stock of
Associates First Capital Corporation and options to acquire additional shares.
Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Series 2000- notes under
the laws of the State of Delaware will be passed upon for the transferor by
Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. Certain legal matters
relating to the federal tax consequences of the issuance of the Series 2000-
notes will be passed upon for the transferor by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe
LLP. Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Series 2000- notes
will be passed upon for the underwriters by Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago,
Illinois.
S-36
81
INDEX OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
TERMS PAGE
- ----- ----
ACCR.................................. S-15
ACCS.................................. S-14
Accumulation Shortfall................ S-25
Adjusted Invested Amount.............. S-22
AFCC.................................. S-14
Available Finance Charge
Collections......................... S-17
Available Principal Collections....... S-18
bank.................................. S-14
Base Rate............................. S-31
business day.......................... S-17
Class A Additional Interest........... S-17
Class A Monthly Interest.............. S-23
Class A note interest rate............ S-16
Class A underwriters.................. S-34
Class B Additional Interest........... S-17
Class B Monthly Interest.............. S-23
Class B note interest rate............ S-16
Class B underwriters.................. S-34
Class C Additional Interest........... S-17
Class C Monthly Interest.............. S-23
Class C note interest rate............ S-16
Class C underwriters.................. S-34
closing date.......................... S-15
Controlled Accumulation Amount........ S-24
controlled accumulation period........ S-18
Controlled Deposit Amount............. S-24
Defaulted Amount...................... S-26
distribution date..................... S-17
DOL................................... S-33
early amortization period............. S-19
ERISA................................. S-32
Excess Finance Charge Collections..... S-25
Excess Spread Percentage.............. S-29
expected principal payment date....... S-13
Fixed Investor Percentage............. S-21
Floating Investor Percentage.......... S-20
Interchange........................... S-9
interest period....................... S-16
Invested Amount....................... S-21
Investor Charge-Off................... S-26
Investor Default Amount............... S-26
Investor Finance Charge Collections... S-17
TERMS PAGE
- ----- ----
Investor Percentage................... S-20
LIBOR................................. S-16
LIBOR determination date.............. S-16
London business day................... S-16
Modified Excess Spread Percentage..... S-29
Monthly Interest...................... S-23
monthly period........................ S-17
Monthly Principal..................... S-24
monthly servicing fee................. S-32
paired series......................... S-30
Parties in Interest................... S-33
pay out event......................... S-30
Plan Asset Regulation................. S-33
Plan Assets........................... S-32
Plans................................. S-32
Portfolio Yield....................... S-31
principal funding account............. S-26
Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds............................ S-26
Principal Shortfalls.................. S-25
PTCE.................................. S-33
Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage.... S-29
Reallocated Principal Collections..... S-22
record date........................... S-16
recoveries............................ S-9
Required Reserve Account Amount....... S-27
Required Spread Account Amount........ S-28
reserve account....................... S-27
reserve account funding date.......... S-27
reserve draw amount................... S-26
revolving period...................... S-18
Series 2000- final maturity date...... S-14
Series 2000- indenture supplement..... S-15
Series 2000- notes.................... S-15
Shared Principal Collections.......... S-25
Shared Transferor Principal
Collections......................... S-25
spread account........................ S-28
Spread Account Percentage............. S-28
Telerate Page 3750.................... S-16
trust portfolio....................... S-10
underwriters.......................... S-34
underwriting agreement................ S-34
S-37
82
ANNEX I
OTHER SERIES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING
The table below sets forth the principal characteristics of the other
series previously issued by the trust that are currently outstanding, all of
which are in group one. For more specific information with respect to any
series, any prospective investor should contact Associates Credit Card Services,
Inc., Treasury Department at (972) 652-5564 or (972) 652-4186. Associates Credit
Card Services, Inc. will provide, without charge, to any prospective purchaser
of the notes, a copy of the disclosure documents for any previous
publicly-issued series.
1. Series 2000-98-1
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $1,765,000,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $1,765,000,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
2. Series 2000-98-2
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 823,628,710
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 823,628,710
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
3. Series 2000-99-1
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 352,941,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 352,941,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
4. Series 2000-99-2
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 294,118,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 294,118,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
5. Series 2000-99-3
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 264,706,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 264,706,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
I-1
83
6. Series 2000-99-4
Initial Invested Amount..................................... $ 588,235,000
Expected Invested Amount as of Closing Date................. $
Maximum Note Invested Amount................................ $ 588,235,000
Note Interest Rate.......................................... Floating
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................... 2.00%
Issuance Date............................................... April 7, 2000
I-2
84
================================================================================
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST
Issuer
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
Transferor
[AIC TRIANGLE LOGO] ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK (DELAWARE)
Servicer
Series 2000-
$
Class A Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
$
Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
$
Class C Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
------------
UNDERWRITERS OF THE CLASS A NOTES
UNDERWRITERS OF THE CLASS B NOTES
UNDERWRITERS OF THE CLASS C NOTES
YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT
AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION.
WE ARE NOT OFFERING THE NOTES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER IS NOT PERMITTED.
WE DO NOT CLAIM THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS AS OF ANY DATE OTHER THAN THE DATES STATED ON
THEIR RESPECTIVE COVERS.
DEALERS WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS OF THE NOTES AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS. IN ADDITION, ALL DEALERS SELLING THE NOTES WILL DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS UNTIL , 200 .
================================================================================
85
Prospectus
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST
Issuer
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
Transferor
[AIC TRIANGLE LOGO] ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK (DELAWARE)
Servicer
Asset Backed Notes
THE TRUST --
- - may periodically issue asset backed notes in one or more series with one or
more classes; and
- - will have an interest in --
- receivables in a portfolio of VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) revolving credit
card accounts;
- payments due on those receivables; and
- other property described in this prospectus and in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.
THE NOTES --
- - will be paid only from the trust assets;
- - offered with this prospectus will be rated in one of the four highest rating
categories by at least one nationally recognized rating organization;
- - may have one or more forms of credit enhancement; and
- - will be issued as part of a designated series which may include one or more
classes of notes and credit enhancement.
YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 IN THIS
PROSPECTUS.
A note is not a deposit and neither the notes nor the underlying accounts or
receivables are insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or any other governmental agency.
The notes are obligations of Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust only and
are not obligations of Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp., Associates
Credit Card Services, Inc., Associates National Bank (Delaware) or any other
person.
This prospectus may be used to offer and sell notes of a series only if
accompanied by the prospectus supplement for that series.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED THESE NOTES OR DETERMINED THAT THIS PROSPECTUS IS
ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
May 30, 2000
86
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents:
(a) this prospectus, which provides general information, some of which may not
apply to your series of notes, and (b) the accompanying prospectus supplement,
which describes the specific terms of your series of notes, including:
- the terms, including interest rates, for each class being offered;
- the timing of interest and principal payments;
- information about the receivables;
- information about credit enhancement, if any, for each class;
- the ratings for each class being offered; and
- the method for selling the notes.
If the terms of your series of notes vary between this prospectus and the
accompanying prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in the
prospectus supplement.
You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus and the
accompanying prospectus supplement, including the information incorporated by
reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different
information. We are not offering the notes in any state where the offer is not
permitted.
We include cross references in this prospectus and the accompanying
prospectus supplement to captions in these materials where you can find further
related discussions. The following Table of Contents and the Table of Contents
in the accompanying prospectus supplement provide the pages on which these
captions are located.
This prospectus uses defined terms. You can find a listing of the pages
where definitions can be found under the caption "Index of Terms for Prospectus"
beginning on page 66 in this prospectus.
87
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
Prospectus Summary.................... 1
Issuer.............................. 1
Indenture Trustee................... 1
Transferor.......................... 1
Servicer and Administrator.......... 1
Trust Assets........................ 1
Collections and Allocations......... 2
Interest Payments on the Notes...... 2
Principal Payments on the Notes..... 2
Revolving Period................. 2
Controlled Accumulation Period... 3
Controlled Amortization Period... 3
Early Amortization or
Accumulation Period............ 3
Pay Out Events................... 3
Events of Default................... 3
Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections...................... 4
Shared Principal Collections and
Transferor Principal
Collections...................... 4
Credit Enhancement.................. 4
Tax Status.......................... 4
Note Ratings........................ 5
Risk Factors.......................... 6
It may not be possible to find an
investor to purchase your
notes............................ 6
Some liens would be given priority
over your notes which could cause
delayed or reduced payments...... 6
If a conservator or receiver were
appointed for Associates National
Bank (Delaware), or if Associates
Credit Card Services, Inc. or
Associates Credit Card
Receivables Corp. became a debtor
in a bankruptcy case, delays or
reductions in payment of your
notes could occur................ 6
The account owner may change the
terms and conditions of the
accounts in a way that reduces
collections...................... 8
Changes to consumer protection laws
may impede collection efforts or
reduce collections............... 8
Competition in the credit card
industry could lead to payment of
principal sooner or later than
expected......................... 8
Limited remedies for breaches of
representations could reduce or
delay payments................... 9
PAGE
----
Transferor's need to remove accounts
upon termination of affinity
agreements would reduce principal
receivables and may require
addition of new receivables...... 9
Payment patterns of receivables
could reduce collections......... 10
Subordinated classes bear losses
before senior classes............ 10
Allocations of charged-off
receivables could reduce payments
to you........................... 10
Recharacterization of principal
receivables would reduce
principal receivables and may
require addition of new
receivables...................... 11
The note interest rate and the
receivables interest rate may
re-set at different times,
resulting in reduced or early
payments to you.................. 11
Issuance of additional series by the
trust may affect the timing of
payments to you.................. 11
The Issuer............................ 12
The Bank's Credit Card Activities..... 12
General............................. 12
Origination......................... 12
Underwriting Procedures............. 13
Billing and Payments................ 13
Delinquent Accounts................. 14
Description of FDR.................. 15
Interchange......................... 15
Competition in the Credit Card
Industry......................... 16
The Trust Portfolio................... 16
Maturity Considerations............... 17
Use of Proceeds....................... 18
Description of the Notes.............. 18
General............................. 18
Book-Entry Registration............. 20
Definitive Notes.................... 23
Interest Payments................... 23
Principal Payments.................. 24
Transfer and Assignment of
Receivables...................... 24
New Issuances....................... 25
Representations and Warranties...... 26
Addition of Trust Assets............ 29
Aggregate Addition Accounts...... 29
New Accounts..................... 31
i
88
PAGE
----
Removal of Accounts................. 32
Collection and Other Servicing
Procedures....................... 33
Discount Option..................... 33
Trust Accounts...................... 34
Funding Period...................... 35
Investor Percentage and Transferor
Percentage....................... 36
Application of Collections.......... 36
Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections...................... 38
Shared Principal Collections and
Transferor Principal
Collections...................... 38
Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and
Fraudulent Charges; Investor
Charge-Offs...................... 38
Defeasance.......................... 39
Final Payment of Principal;
Termination...................... 39
Issuance of Additional Notes........ 40
Paired Series....................... 40
Pay Out Events...................... 41
Servicing Compensation and Payment
of Expenses...................... 41
Certain Matters Regarding the
Transferor and the Servicer...... 42
Servicer Default.................... 43
Reports to Noteholders.............. 44
Evidence as to Compliance........... 45
Amendments.......................... 46
The Indenture......................... 47
Events of Default; Rights upon Event
of Default....................... 47
Certain Covenants................... 49
Modification of the Indenture....... 50
Annual Compliance Statement......... 52
Indenture Trustee's Annual Report... 52
List of Noteholders................. 52
PAGE
----
Satisfaction and Discharge of
Indenture........................ 52
The Indenture Trustee............... 52
Certain Matters Regarding the
Administrator.................... 52
Credit Enhancement.................... 53
General............................. 53
Subordination....................... 53
Letter of Credit.................... 54
Cash Collateral Guaranty or
Account.......................... 54
Surety Bond or Insurance Policy..... 54
Spread Account...................... 55
Reserve Account..................... 55
Description of the Purchase
Agreements.......................... 55
Note Ratings.......................... 56
Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables......................... 57
Transfer of Receivables............. 57
Certain Matters Relating to
Conservatorship, Receivership and
Bankruptcy....................... 58
Consumer Protection Laws............ 60
Federal Income Tax Consequences....... 60
General............................. 60
Tax Characterization of the Trust
and the Notes.................... 61
Consequences to Holders of the
Offered Notes.................... 61
State and Local Tax Consequences.... 63
ERISA Considerations.................. 63
Plan of Distribution.................. 64
Reports to Noteholders................ 65
Where You Can Find More Information... 65
Index of Terms for Prospectus......... 66
Annex I: Global Clearance, Settlement
and Tax Documentation Procedures.... A-1
ii
89
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information and does not contain all of
the information that you need to consider in making your investment decision.
You should carefully read this entire document and the accompanying prospectus
supplement before you purchase any notes.
ISSUER
Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust, a Delaware statutory business trust,
is the issuer of the notes. The trust's principal place of business is located
at Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street,
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration. Its
phone number is (302) 651-8951.
The trust is a master trust and will issue notes in series. Each series of notes
will consist of one or more classes. The classes of a series may be issued at
the same time or at different times. The notes of each series will be issued
pursuant to an indenture supplement to an indenture, in each case between the
trust and the indenture trustee.
Some classes or series may not be offered by this prospectus. They may be
offered, for example, in a private placement.
INDENTURE TRUSTEE
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
New York, New York 10286
(212) 815-5738
TRANSFEROR
Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp. is the transferor of the credit card
receivables to the trust. Its address is 290 East Carpenter Freeway, 7 Decker,
Irving, Texas 75062. Its phone number is (972) 652-4359. Associates Credit Card
Receivables Corp. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Associates Credit Card
Services, Inc.
Under the transfer and servicing agreement, the transferor may designate one or
more of its affiliates to be an additional transferor. When we use the term
"TRANSFEROR" in this prospectus, we are including those additional transferors.
SERVICER AND ADMINISTRATOR
Associates National Bank (Delaware) will service the receivables for the trust
and will act as the trust's administrator. Its address is 110 Lake Drive,
Newark, Delaware 19702. Its phone number is (302) 286-8000. Associates National
Bank (Delaware) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Associates First Capital
Corporation.
In limited cases, the servicer may resign or be removed, and either the
indenture trustee or a third party may be appointed as the new servicer.
Associates National Bank (Delaware), or any new servicer, is called the
"SERVICER." The servicer receives a servicing fee from the trust, and each
series is obligated to pay a portion of that fee.
TRUST ASSETS
Associates National Bank (Delaware) is the originator of the credit card
receivables. It has designated selected MasterCard(R) and VISA(R)* revolving
credit card accounts from its portfolio and has sold the receivables in those
accounts to Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. under a receivables purchase
agreement. Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. has, in turn, transferred those
receivables to Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp. under a receivables
purchase agreement. Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp. has, in turn,
transferred those receivables to the trust under the transfer and servicing
agreement.
All new receivables generated in the accounts will be transferred automatically
to the trust. The total amount of receivables in the trust fluctuates daily as
new receivables are generated and payments are received on existing receivables.
The receivables transferred to the trust are the primary trust assets.
Additional similar assets may be transferred to the trust as described under
"Description of the Notes -- Addition of Trust Assets" in this prospectus. The
transferor may also remove receivables that it transferred to the trust
-----------------------------------------------------------
* MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) are
federally registered
servicemarks of MasterCard International Incorporated and VISA U.S.A., Inc.,
respectively.
1
90
as described under "Description of the Notes -- Removal of Accounts" in this
prospectus.
For more information about the receivables, see "The Trust Portfolio" in this
prospectus.
COLLECTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
The servicer receives collections on the receivables, deposits those collections
in the collection account and keeps track of them as finance charge receivables
or principal receivables.
The servicer then allocates those collections among each series of notes
outstanding and the transferor interest. The servicer allocates (a) collections
of finance charge receivables and principal receivables and (b) receivables in
accounts written off as uncollectible to each series based on varying
percentages. The accompanying prospectus supplement describes the allocation
percentages applicable to your series.
The interest in the assets not allocated to any series of notes is the
transferor interest. The principal amount of the transferor interest fluctuates
with the amount of the principal receivables held in the trust and the amount of
notes outstanding. The transfer and servicing agreement requires the transferor
to transfer receivables in additional accounts to the trust (a) if the
transferor interest, averaged over any 30-day period, is less than a designated
size, referred to as the required transferor interest, or (b) if the total
amount of principal receivables in the trust portfolio plus the principal amount
of any participations transferred to the trust are less than a designated
amount, referred to as the required minimum principal balance. The transferor
may sell all or part of its interest in the transferor interest by issuing a
supplemental certificate. The transferor interest does not provide credit
enhancement for your series or any other series.
INTEREST PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES
Each note entitles the holder to receive payments of interest as described in
the applicable prospectus supplement. If a series of notes consists of more than
one class, each class may differ in, among other things, priority of payments,
payment dates, interest rates, methods for computing interest, and rights to
series enhancement.
Each class of notes may have fixed, floating or any other type of interest rate.
Generally, interest will be paid monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or on other
scheduled dates over the life of the notes. See "Description of the
Notes -- Interest Payments" in this prospectus.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES
Each note entitles the holder to receive payments of principal as described in
the applicable prospectus supplement. If a series of notes consists of more than
one class, each class may differ in, among other things, the amounts allocated
for principal payments, priority of payments, payment dates, maturity, and
rights to series enhancement. See "Description of the Notes -- Principal
Payments" in this prospectus.
REVOLVING PERIOD
Each series of notes will begin with a period during which the trust will not
pay or accumulate principal for payment to the noteholders. The period when no
principal is paid or accumulated is known as the "REVOLVING PERIOD." The trust,
during the revolving period, will pay available principal to noteholders of
other series in a group as shared principal collections or to the transferor as
holder of the transferor interest, or in certain circumstances will deposit the
available principal in the special funding account. The revolving period for a
series begins on the closing date described in the applicable prospectus
supplement and ends at the start of an amortization period or an accumulation
period.
Following the revolving period, each class of notes will have one or more of the
following periods in which:
- - principal is accumulated in specified amounts per month and paid on an
expected principal payment date, known as a "CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD";
- - principal is paid in fixed amounts at scheduled intervals, known as a
"CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD"; or
- - principal is paid or accumulated in varying amounts each month based on the
amount of principal receivables collected following a pay out event, known as
an "EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD" or "EARLY ACCUMULATION PERIOD," respectively.
2
91
CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD
If a series or class of notes is in a controlled accumulation period, the trust
is expected to pay available principal to those noteholders on the date
specified in the prospectus supplement for that series. We call this date an
"EXPECTED PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATE." If the series has more than one class, each
class may have a different priority for payment. For a period of time prior to
the expected principal payment date, the trust will deposit specified amounts of
available principal in a trust account. The controlled accumulation period for a
series or class begins on a date specified in the applicable prospectus
supplement and ends when any one of the following occurs:
- - the notes of that series or class are paid in full;
- - the early amortization or early accumulation period starts; or
- - the latest date by which principal and interest for the series of notes can be
paid, known as the "SERIES FINAL MATURITY DATE."
CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD
If a series or class of notes is in a controlled amortization period, the trust
will pay available principal up to a fixed amount to those noteholders on each
distribution date during that period. The trust will pay available principal in
a fixed amount, plus any amounts not previously paid. If the series has more
than one class, each class may have a different priority for payment. The
controlled amortization period for a series or class starts on the date
specified in the applicable prospectus supplement and ends when any one of the
following occurs:
- - the notes of that series or class are paid in full;
- - the early amortization or early accumulation period starts; or
- - the series final maturity date.
EARLY AMORTIZATION OR ACCUMULATION PERIOD
If a series or class of notes is in an early amortization or early accumulation
period, the trust will pay available principal to those noteholders on each
distribution date or accumulate available principal by making a deposit into an
account on each distribution date. If the series has more than one class, each
class may have a different priority for payment. The early amortization period
or early accumulation period for a series or class starts on the day a pay out
event occurs and ends when either of the following occurs:
- - the notes of that series or class are paid in full; or
- - the series final maturity date.
PAY OUT EVENTS
A pay out event for any series of notes will include adverse events described in
the prospectus supplement for that series. In addition, the following will be
pay out events for all series:
- - certain bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events relating to the transferor,
Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. or the bank;
- - the transferor is unable to transfer receivables to the trust as required
under the transfer and servicing agreement; or
- - the trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company" under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
See "Description of the Notes -- Pay Out Events" in this prospectus.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The indenture and related indenture supplement governing the terms and
conditions of the notes include a list of adverse events called events of
default.
If an event of default occurs, then, after any applicable cure period, the
indenture trustee or the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
affected series of notes may accelerate those notes by declaring the principal
amount of those notes to be immediately due and payable. That declaration may,
under certain circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the affected series of notes.
Events of default include the following:
- - the trust fails to pay interest on any note within 35 days of its due date;
- - the trust fails to pay in full principal on any note when it is due;
3
92
- - the trust defaults on any covenant or breaches any agreement under the
indenture, the default or breach is materially adverse to noteholders and the
default or breach continues unremedied for 60 days after written notice of the
default or breach is given to the trust by the indenture trustee or to the
trust and the indenture trustee by holders of at least 50% in principal amount
of the affected notes; or
- - the occurrence of certain bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar
events relating to the trust.
It is not an event of default if the principal of a note is not paid on its
expected principal payment date.
After an event of default and the acceleration of a series of notes, funds on
deposit in the collection account and any trust accounts with respect to that
series will be applied to pay principal of and interest on those notes to the
extent permitted by law. After an event of default, principal collections and
finance charge collections allocated to the series of notes will be applied to
make monthly principal and interest payments on those notes until the earlier of
the date those notes are paid in full or the final maturity date of those notes.
See "The Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default" in this
prospectus for a description of the events of default and their consequences to
noteholders.
SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
Any series may be included in a group of series. If specified in the prospectus
supplement for any of these series, to the extent that collections of finance
charge receivables allocated to a series are not needed for that series, those
collections may be applied to cover certain shortfalls of other series in the
same group. See "Description of the Notes -- Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections" in this prospectus.
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
If a series is identified in its prospectus supplement as being in a group of
series, to the extent that collections of principal receivables allocated to
that series are not needed for that series, those collections may be applied to
cover principal payments for other principal sharing series in the same group,
and vice versa. Certain principal payments for certain principal sharing series
in the same group may have priority in receiving those collections over other
principal payments for other principal sharing series in that group.
In addition, if a series is identified in its prospectus supplement as being in
a group of series, collections of principal receivables otherwise payable to the
transferor may be applied to cover principal payments for the series in that
group.
See "Description of the Notes -- Shared Principal Collections and Transferor
Principal Collections" in this prospectus.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
Each class of a series may be entitled to credit enhancement. Credit enhancement
for the notes of any class may take the form of one or more of the following:
- - subordination - letter of credit
- - collateral interest - surety bond
- - insurance policy - spread account
- - cash collateral - reserve account
- - guaranty or account - guaranteed rate
- - swap arrangements agreement
- - interest rate cap - tax protection
agreement agreement
The type, characteristics and amount of any credit enhancement for a series will
be:
- - based on several factors, including the characteristics of the receivables and
accounts at the time a series of notes is issued; and
- - established based on the requirements of the rating agencies.
See "Credit Enhancement" in this prospectus.
TAX STATUS
Subject to important considerations described under "Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in this prospectus, Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, as special
tax counsel to the trust, is of the opinion that, for United States federal
income tax purposes (1) the notes will be treated as indebtedness and (2) the
trust will not be an
4
93
association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. In
addition, noteholders will agree, by acquiring notes, to treat the notes as debt
of the transferor for federal, state and local income and franchise tax
purposes.
NOTE RATINGS
Any note offered by this prospectus and an accompanying prospectus supplement
will be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least one
nationally recognized rating organization. A rating is not a recommendation to
buy, sell or hold securities, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the
assigning agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other
rating. See "Note Ratings" in this prospectus.
5
94
RISK FACTORS
You should consider the following risk factors in deciding whether to purchase
the notes.
IT MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE TO FIND AN INVESTOR TO PURCHASE YOUR NOTES.
The underwriters may assist in resales of the notes but they are not required to
do so. A secondary market for any notes may not develop. If a secondary market
does develop, it might not continue or it might not be sufficiently liquid to
allow you to resell any of your notes.
SOME LIENS WOULD BE GIVEN PRIORITY OVER YOUR NOTES WHICH COULD CAUSE DELAYED OR
REDUCED PAYMENTS.
Each of the bank and Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. accounts for the
transfer of the receivables as a sale. Even so, a court could conclude that any
of the bank, Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. or the transferor owns the
receivables and that the trust holds only a security interest. Even if a court
would reach that conclusion, however, the indenture trustee will have a "first-
priority perfected security interest."
If a court were to conclude that the trust has only a security interest, a tax
or governmental lien (or other lien imposed under applicable state or federal
law without consent) on the property of the person that owns the receivables
arising before receivables come into existence may be senior to the trust's
interest in the receivables. Additionally, if a receiver or conservator were
appointed for the bank, the fees and expenses of the receiver or conservator
might be paid from the receivables before the trust receives any payments on the
receivables. If insolvency proceedings were commenced by or against the servicer
or if certain time periods were to elapse, moreover, the trust may not have a
first-priority perfected security interest in collections commingled and used
for the benefit of the servicer. If any of these events were to occur, payments
to you could be delayed or reduced. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables -- Transfer of Receivables" and "Description of the
Notes -- Representations and Warranties" in this prospectus.
IF A CONSERVATOR OR RECEIVER WERE APPOINTED FOR ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK
(DELAWARE), OR IF ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD SERVICES, INC. OR ASSOCIATES CREDIT
CARD RECEIVABLES CORP. BECAME A DEBTOR IN A BANKRUPTCY CASE, DELAYS OR
REDUCTIONS IN PAYMENT OF YOUR NOTES COULD OCCUR.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions
Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (the "FDIA"), provides that a
security interest granted by the bank in the receivables would be respected to
the extent that --
- - the receivables purchase agreement complies with the regulatory requirements
of the FDIA;
6
95
- - the security interest granted under the receivables purchase agreement was
perfected before the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") is
appointed as conservator or receiver for the bank; and
- - the security interest was not taken in contemplation of the bank's insolvency
or with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud the bank or its creditors.
Opinions and policy statements issued by the FDIC suggest that, because of the
manner in which these transactions are structured, the FDIC would respect the
security interest granted by the bank in the receivables. If the FDIC were to
assert a contrary position, however, payments of principal and interest on your
notes could be delayed and possibly reduced. Furthermore, the FDIC could --
- - require the indenture trustee to go through the administrative claims
procedure established by the FDIC in order to obtain payments on the notes;
- - request a stay of any actions by the indenture trustee to enforce the
receivables purchase agreement or the notes against the bank; or
- - repudiate the receivables purchase agreement and limit the claims of the
holders of the notes to their "actual direct compensatory damages."
If the FDIC were to take any of these actions, the amount payable to you could
be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus
resulting in losses to you.
If Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. became a debtor in a bankruptcy case,
and if its transfer of the receivables to Associates Credit Card Receivables
Corp. were construed as the grant of a security interest to secure a borrowing,
your payments of outstanding principal and interest could be delayed and
possibly reduced. In addition, if Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. became a
debtor in a bankruptcy case and its assets and liabilities were substantively
consolidated with those of Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp., your
payments of outstanding principal and interest could be delayed and possibly
reduced.
If a conservator or receiver were appointed for the bank, or if Associates
Credit Card Services, Inc. or Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp. became a
debtor in a bankruptcy case, an early payment of principal on all outstanding
series could result. Under the terms of the transfer and servicing agreement,
new principal receivables would not be transferred to the trust. However, the
bankruptcy court, the conservator or the receiver may have the power, regardless
of the terms of the transfer and servicing agreement, (a) to delay any such
procedure, (b) to prevent the early payment of principal or (c) to require new
principal receivables to continue being transferred.
7
96
In addition, a conservator or receiver for the servicer or a court overseeing
the subservicer's bankruptcy case may have the power to prevent either the
indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a new servicer or
subservicer.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Certain Matters Relating to
Conservatorship, Receivership and Bankruptcy" in this prospectus.
THE ACCOUNT OWNER MAY CHANGE THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE ACCOUNTS IN A WAY
THAT REDUCES COLLECTIONS.
As owner of the accounts, the bank retains the right to change various account
terms including finance charges, other fees and the required monthly minimum
payment. Such changes may be voluntary on the part of the bank or may be forced
by law or market conditions. Changes in interest and fees could decrease the
effective yield on the accounts and this could result in an early payment of
principal of your notes. Changes could also cause a reduction in the credit
ratings on your notes.
CHANGES TO CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS MAY IMPEDE COLLECTION EFFORTS OR REDUCE
COLLECTIONS.
Federal and state consumer protection laws regulate the creation and enforcement
of consumer loans, including credit card accounts and receivables. Changes or
additions to those regulations could make it more difficult for the servicer of
the receivables to collect payments on the receivables or reduce the finance
charges and other fees that the originator can charge on credit card account
balances, resulting in reduced collections.
Receivables that do not comply with consumer protection laws may not be valid or
enforceable under their terms against the obligors on those receivables.
If a cardholder sought protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor
relief laws, a court could reduce or discharge completely the cardholder's
obligations to repay amounts due on its account and, as a result, the related
receivables would be written off as uncollectible. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables -- Consumer Protection Laws" in this prospectus.
COMPETITION IN THE CREDIT CARD INDUSTRY COULD LEAD TO PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
SOONER OR LATER THAN EXPECTED.
The credit card industry is highly competitive. As new credit card companies
enter the market and all companies try to expand their market share, effective
advertising, target marketing and pricing strategies grow in importance. The
bank's ability to compete in this industry environment will affect its ability
to generate new receivables and might also affect payment patterns on the
receivables. If the rate at which the bank generates new receivables declines
significantly, the bank might be unable to transfer additional receivables or
designate additional accounts to the trust and a pay out event could occur,
resulting in payment of principal
8
97
sooner than expected. If the rate at which the bank generates new receivables
decreases significantly at a time when noteholders are scheduled to receive
principal, noteholders might receive principal more slowly than planned.
LIMITED REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF REPRESENTATIONS COULD REDUCE OR DELAY PAYMENTS.
Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp., as transferor of the receivables,
makes representations and warranties relating to the validity and enforceability
of the receivables arising under the accounts in the trust portfolio, and as to
the perfection and priority of the trust's interest in the receivables. However,
neither the owner trustee nor the indenture trustee will make any examination of
the receivables or the related assets to determine the presence of defects,
compliance with the representations and warranties or for any other purpose.
A representation or warranty relating to the receivables may be violated if the
related obligors have defenses to payment or offset rights, or creditors of the
originator or the transferor claim rights to the trust assets. If a
representation or warranty is violated, the transferor may have an opportunity
to cure the violation. If it is unable to cure the violation within the
specified time period or if there is no right to cure the violation, the
transferor must accept reassignment of the receivables affected by the
violation. These reassignments are the only remedy for breaches of
representations and warranties, even if your damages exceed your share of the
reassignment price. See "Description of the Notes -- Representations and
Warranties" in this prospectus.
TRANSFEROR'S NEED TO REMOVE ACCOUNTS UPON TERMINATION OF AFFINITY AGREEMENTS
WOULD REDUCE PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES AND MAY REQUIRE ADDITION OF NEW RECEIVABLES.
The bank is, and other account owners may be, party to certain affinity
agreements with merchants or co-branding participants pursuant to which the bank
or other account owner originates credit card accounts in connection with
co-branded credit card programs, or acquires credit card accounts originated by
merchants. As of April 30, 2000, receivables in credit card accounts arising
under these affinity agreements comprised approximately 40% of the receivables
arising in accounts in the trust portfolio. Upon termination of an affinity
agreement, the merchant or co-branding participant party to that agreement has
the right in most cases to purchase the related credit card accounts and the
receivables then existing and arising in the future in those accounts. If this
right were exercised, the bank or other account owner would be obligated to sell
the related accounts and, accordingly, to request the transferor to repurchase
those accounts comprising a portion of the trust portfolio. This repurchase
would not require rating agency consent. If a significant number of these
affinity agreements were terminated and the related credit card accounts were
repurchased, the likelihood that the transferor would be required to add
9
98
receivables to the trust would increase. If the transferor were unable to add
receivables and could not make a sufficient cash deposit into the special
funding account, one or more series of notes, including your series, could go
into early amortization.
PAYMENT PATTERNS OF RECEIVABLES COULD REDUCE COLLECTIONS.
The receivables transferred to the trust may be paid at any time. We cannot
assure the creation of additional receivables in the trust's accounts or that
any particular pattern of cardholder payments will occur. A significant decline
in the amount of new receivables generated could result in the occurrence of a
pay out event for one or more series and the commencement of the early
amortization period or, if applicable, the early accumulation period for each of
those series. If a pay out event occurs, you could receive payment of principal
sooner than expected. The bank's ability to compete in the current industry
environment will affect its ability to generate new receivables and might also
affect payment patterns on the receivables. In addition, changes in finance
charges can alter the monthly payment rates of cardholders. A significant
decrease in monthly payment rates could slow the return or accumulation of
principal during an amortization period or accumulation period. See "Maturity
Considerations" in this prospectus.
SUBORDINATED CLASSES BEAR LOSSES BEFORE SENIOR CLASSES.
One or more classes of notes in a series may be subordinated to one or more
senior classes of notes in the same series. Principal allocations to the
subordinated class or classes will not begin until each of the more senior
classes has been paid in full. Additionally, if collections of finance charge
receivables allocated to a series are insufficient to cover amounts due for that
series' senior notes, the Invested Amount for the series might be reduced. This
would reduce the amount of the collections of finance charge receivables
available to the subordinated notes in future periods and could cause a possible
delay or reduction in principal and interest payments on the subordinated notes.
ALLOCATIONS OF CHARGED-OFF RECEIVABLES COULD REDUCE PAYMENTS TO YOU.
The servicer will write off the receivables arising in accounts in the trust
portfolio if the receivables become uncollectible. Your series will be allocated
a portion of these charged-off receivables. See "Description of Series
Provisions -- Allocation Percentages" and "Receivables
Performance -- Delinquency and Loss Experience" in the accompanying prospectus
supplement. If the amount of charged-off receivables allocated to your series of
notes exceeds the amount of funds available to reimburse those charge-offs, you
may not receive the full amount of principal and interest due to you. See
"Description of Series Provisions -- Reallocated Principal Collections,"
"-- Application of Collections" and "-- Defaulted Receivables; Investor
Charge-Offs" in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
10
99
RECHARACTERIZATION OF PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES WOULD REDUCE PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
AND MAY REQUIRE ADDITION OF NEW RECEIVABLES.
As described under "Description of the Notes -- Discount Option," the transferor
may designate a percentage of the receivables that would otherwise be treated as
principal receivables to be treated as finance charge receivables. This
designation should decrease the likelihood of an early amortization event
occurring as a result of a reduction of the average net portfolio yield for a
given period. However, this designation will also reduce the aggregate amount of
principal receivables, which may increase the likelihood that the transferor
will be required to add receivables to the trust. If the transferor were unable
to add receivables and could not make a sufficient cash deposit into the special
funding account, one or more series of notes, including your series, could go
into early amortization.
THE NOTE INTEREST RATE AND THE RECEIVABLES INTEREST RATE MAY RE-SET AT DIFFERENT
TIMES, RESULTING IN REDUCED OR EARLY PAYMENTS TO YOU.
Some accounts may have finance charges set at a variable rate based on a
designated index (for example, the prime rate). A series of notes may bear
interest either at a fixed rate or at a floating rate based on a different
index. If the interest rate charged on the accounts declines, collections of
finance charge receivables may be reduced without a corresponding reduction in
the amounts of interest payable on your notes and other amounts required to be
paid out of collections of finance charge receivables. This could result in
delayed or reduced payments to you.
A decrease in the spread, or difference, between collections of finance charge
receivables and those collections allocated to make interest payments on your
notes could reduce the portfolio yield and increase the risk of early repayment
of your notes.
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SERIES BY THE TRUST MAY AFFECT THE TIMING OF PAYMENTS TO
YOU.
The trust is expected to issue additional series from time to time. The trust
may issue additional series with terms that are different from your series
without your prior review or consent. It is a condition to the issuance of each
new series that each rating agency that has rated an outstanding series confirm
in writing that the issuance of the new series will not result in a reduction or
withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any class of any outstanding series.
The rating agency confirmation primarily will be based on the trust's ability to
pay principal by the final maturity date and interest on each distribution date.
The rating agency confirmation will not consider how the terms of a new series
could affect the timing and amounts of payments on your series.
11
100
THE ISSUER
Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust is a statutory business trust
created under the laws of the State of Delaware. It is operated under a trust
agreement, dated as of April 1, 2000, between Associates Credit Card Receivables
Corp., as transferor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee. We refer
to Associates Credit Card Master Note Trust as the "ISSUER" or the "TRUST" and
Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as owner trustee of the issuer, as the
"OWNER TRUSTEE."
The activities of the issuer are limited to:
- acquiring, owning and managing the trust assets and the proceeds of those
assets;
- issuing and making payments on the notes; and
- engaging in related activities.
Associates National Bank (Delaware), in its capacity as "ADMINISTRATOR"
under the administration agreement, dated as of April 1, 2000, between the
administrator and the issuer, will provide the notices and perform on behalf of
the issuer certain other administrative obligations required by the transfer and
servicing agreement, the indenture and the indenture supplement for each series,
and will be compensated for acting as the administrator.
The issuer's principal offices are in Delaware, in care of Wilmington Trust
Company, as owner trustee, at the following address: Rodney Square North, 1100
Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust
Department.
The transferor will pay the fees of the owner trustee and will reimburse it
for certain liabilities and expenses.
THE BANK'S CREDIT CARD ACTIVITIES
GENERAL
The portfolio of credit card accounts owned by Associates National Bank
(Delaware) (the "BANK"), referred to as the "BANK PORTFOLIO," currently consists
of MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) credit card accounts. Some of these accounts are
designated as trust accounts. The receivables which will be included in the
trust have been and will be generated from transactions made by holders of these
trust accounts. Pursuant to the terms of a subservicing agreement, Associates
Credit Card Services, Inc. ("ACCS") performs the majority of the servicing of
the bank portfolio on behalf of the bank. Certain data processing and
administrative functions associated with this servicing are performed on behalf
of ACCS by First Data Resources, Inc. ("FDR"). See "-- Description of FDR" in
this prospectus. The bank is an account owner and transfers receivables to ACCS.
In the future, affiliates of the bank may enter into receivables purchase
agreements and transfer receivables to ACCS. We refer to each of the bank and
these affiliates in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement
as an "ACCOUNT OWNER."
ORIGINATION
The bank originates credit card accounts through several different
programs: (1) direct Associates National Bank brand products, (2) partnership
products such as agent bank relationships with financial institutions and
co-branded relationships with non-financial institutions and (3) the acquisition
of credit card portfolios from other financial institutions. These programs
(excluding portfolio acquisitions) emphasize segmentation and use direct mail,
telemarketing, take-one application displays, events, media and, to a small
extent, the Internet as channels to market the bank's products. The bank also
utilizes prospect lists obtained from its partnership relationships to originate
accounts.
The bank issues direct products to a broad credit segment of the general
population. These accounts are given a plastic card with Associates National
Bank identified on the front. This broad segment includes
12
101
the low risk segment such as the VISA Platinum Card(R), the middle market such
as the VISA(R) and MasterCard Classic Card(R) and the lower tier such as the
college and sub-prime segment. These programs are offered through direct mail,
telemarketing, take-one applications and event tabling offers.
The bank has numerous partnership relationships. These partnerships
generally can be categorized in two broad areas: (1) agent bank relationships
with other financial institutions, such as medium or small regional depository
banks, and (2) co-branding relationships. Through these programs, participating
institutions offer VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) products to their customers without
becoming primary issuers. Typically, the name of the participating institution
appears on the front of the plastic card. The typical partnership and/or
co-branding relationship is structured with some form of revenue sharing
agreement where both the bank and the partner share in the profits and losses of
the program.
The bank has made portfolio acquisitions in the past and additional
acquisitions are possible in the future. Prior to acquiring a portfolio, the
bank reviews the historical performance and seasoning of the portfolio and the
policies and practices of the selling institution. All individual accounts are
re-underwritten by the bank after acquisition. There can be no assurance that
accounts acquired by this means were originated in a manner consistent with the
bank's policies or that the underwriting and qualification of these accounts
conformed to any given standards. The accounts in the trust portfolio include
accounts previously acquired by the bank. Those accounts and any accounts
acquired in the future may become additional accounts if they constitute
eligible accounts when they are added.
UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES
Under the bank's application processing system, each application must pass
a first screen that includes name, address, phone numbers, date of birth and
social security number. For missing information, a "soft decline" is issued with
a letter to obtain the data. If the necessary information is not received within
ten days, a "hard decline" is made. The bank processes and underwrites various
income levels. An online credit report is obtained from one of three bureaus for
each applicant. The applicant will be declined for presence of bankruptcy,
foreclosure, tax lien or judgment on the bureau. Other policy declines include
having excessive revolving debt and having multiple bankcards that have a high
average balance. The bank strives for automated processing and keeps manual
intervention low.
The applicant will then undergo a second screening that may use a
combination of application data, bureau data and internally developed scoring
systems that will evaluate the probability of charge-off and/or delinquency over
the next 12 to 18 months. Credit lines are assigned by a combination of
self-reported income and risk level. The approval and credit line decisions are
made for each applicant on an individual basis to determine the anticipated
profitability of the account. The overall strategy is to maximize profitability
at the account level. A major focus in the underwriting process is appropriate
credit line assignment.
Approvals are sent through VISA's ICS (Issuer's Clearing Service) to check
for external application velocity, bankruptcy and fraud. ICS results are
manually reviewed, then declined or blocked, if appropriate. Most approvals
process through address verification, with failures manually reviewed against
online bureaus and then directory assistance. Address verification failures are
sent a "soft decline" requesting proof of address such as a utility bill. Some
high credit line accounts receive employment verification.
After origination, each account is monitored daily in order to properly
assess and adjust credit lines. Credit lines are actively increased and
decreased as a part of proper account management strategies and to maximize
profitability.
BILLING AND PAYMENTS
Each credit card account may have different billing and payment structures,
including different periodic finance charges and fees. The following information
reflects the typical billing and payment characteristics of the accounts.
13
102
Each cardholder is subject to an agreement with the bank governing the
terms and conditions of the cardholder's VISA(R) or MasterCard(R) account. Under
each of these agreements, the bank generally reserves the right, upon advance
notice to the cardholder, to add or to change any terms, conditions, services or
features of its VISA(R)and MasterCard(R) accounts at any time, including
increasing or decreasing periodic finance charges, other charges or minimum
payment terms. The agreement with each cardholder provides that, subject to the
requirements of applicable law, after notice to a cardholder of any new or
changed terms, those new or changed terms will become effective at the time
stated in the notice and will apply to all outstanding unpaid indebtedness as
well as new transactions.
A cardholder may use the credit card to purchase or lease goods or services
wherever the card is honored or to obtain cash advances from any financial
institution that accepts the card. Purchases and cash advances may also be
obtained through the use of "convenience checks" issued by the bank, which may
be completed and signed by the cardholder in the same manner as a regular
personal check.
ACCS, as subservicer for the bank, sends monthly billing statements to
cardholders with balances at the end of each billing period from its operational
facility located in South Bend, Indiana. Each month a MasterCard(R) or VISA(R)
cardholder is required to make at least one minimum payment. The credit terms of
each account vary, but the generic product requires a monthly minimum payment at
least equal to the greater of: (a) 2.0% of the outstanding balance plus any
amounts past due, or (b) $15 plus past due amounts. If an account is greater
than sixty days past due, the minimum payment may be increased to the greater
of: (i) 3.0% of the outstanding balance plus any amounts past due, or (ii) $25
plus past due amounts.
Finance charges, which are assessed monthly, are based on an account's
average daily balance. Finance charges on purchases are calculated by
multiplying the account's average daily purchase balance by the applicable daily
periodic rate, and multiplying the result by the number of days in the billing
cycle. The majority of accounts are given a 25-day grace period on all new
purchases. Finance charges are calculated from the date the account cycles after
the grace period ends. Cash advances are not given any grace period, and thus
are assessed finance charges from the date of the transaction.
Payments are processed at ACCS's operational facility in Des Moines, Iowa.
Payments are currently applied in the following order: (i) any outstanding
annual membership fees, (ii) any outstanding accrued finance charges and fees,
(iii) promotional offers in order of lowest to highest APR, (iv) revolving
regular balances in order of lowest to highest APR, and (v) any new balances.
The bank primarily offers variable rate credit card accounts. The periodic
finance charge assessed on balances in most credit card accounts from purchases
and cash advances is indexed to the prime rate plus an add-on percentage ranging
from 0.0% to 23.0%. The bank, from time to time, offers temporary promotional
rates. Sometimes a credit card account will have two separate variable rates,
one for purchases and one for cash advances. In some cases, the bank uses a form
of performance based pricing where the finance charge rate for an account which
is greater than sixty days delinquent will be increased up to 4.0% for up to six
or eight months after the delinquency status has been remedied by the customer.
The bank assesses annual membership fees on certain accounts. For most
credit card accounts, the bank also assesses late, overlimit and returned check
charges. The bank generally assesses a fee on cash advances, which normally is
in the range of 2.0% to 4.0% of the advance.
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS
An account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment is not
received by the appropriate due date indicated on the customer's statement.
Efforts to collect contractually delinquent credit card receivables currently
are made primarily at ACCS's main operational facility in Irving, Texas.
Collection activities include statement messages, telephone calls and formal
collection letters. ACCS divides collection efforts into two primary groups: (a)
"front end/early collections," which represents one or two cycle delinquent
accounts, and (b) "sixty plus day collections." At ninety days delinquent,
credit privileges are permanently revoked. The account is closed and the credit
relationship is permanently terminated. To
14
103
increase the likelihood that the customer fulfills its payment obligations,
customized payment programs may be used.
ACCS's aging and loss policy adheres to the standard set by the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency. The standard requires the following:
- aging accounts are charged-off at month end when they become 180
days-contractually delinquent;
- bankrupt accounts are manually charged-off daily upon receipt of official
notification;
- deceased status accounts are manually charged-off within ninety days of
receipt of the death certificate, if no payment arrangements were made or
if the account reaches 180 days contractual delinquency;
- fraud loss charge-offs occur ninety days after the account is blocked for
fraud; and
- settlement loss charge-offs are recognized based on the residual unpaid
balance and are charged-off thirty days after the agreed upon settlement
funds are received.
In February 1999, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
published a revised policy statement on the classification of consumer loans.
The revised policy establishes uniform guidelines for charge-off of loans to
delinquent, bankrupt and deceased borrowers, for charge-off of fraudulent
accounts, and for re-aging, extending, deferring or rewriting delinquent
accounts. The guidelines were required to be implemented by June 30, 1999,
unless programming resources are required, in which case they must be
implemented by December 31, 2000. The bank has been following the majority of
the guidelines for the past several years. However, the bank might accelerate
some charge-offs of some delinquent accounts when it fully implements the
guidelines, but does not expect implementation to have an effect upon the
payment of principal and interest on the notes. This statement is a
forward-looking statement, subject to certain risks and uncertainties. The
implementation of the guidelines could, in combination with other adverse
changes, such as a material increase in charge-off rates or in the rate of
interest payable to noteholders, have a material adverse effect upon the
payments of principal and interest on the notes.
DESCRIPTION OF FDR
With respect to the bank portfolio, certain data processing and
administrative functions associated with servicing the receivables are performed
by FDR.
FDR is located in Omaha, Nebraska and provides computer data processing
services primarily to the bankcard industry. FDR is a subsidiary of First Data
Corp.
ACCS utilizes a variety of services provided by FDR in servicing the bank
portfolio. These functions included transaction processing and data management
systems, fraud management and transaction level pricing. ACCS currently does not
employ any of FDR's direct customer service capabilities. All direct customer
service functions, such as collections and customer service inquiries are
handled directly by ACCS's facilities.
INTERCHANGE
Creditors participating in the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) associations
receive certain fees, called "INTERCHANGE," as partial compensation for taking
credit risk, absorbing fraud losses and funding receivables for a limited period
prior to initial billing. Under the VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) systems, a portion
of this Interchange in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services
is passed from banks which clear the transactions for merchants to credit card
issuing banks. MasterCard(R) and VISA(R) set Interchange fees annually based on
the number of credit card transactions and the amount charged per transaction.
The transferor may be required, as described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement, to transfer to the trust a percentage of the Interchange attributed
to cardholder charges for goods and services in the related accounts. If so,
Interchange arising under the accounts will be allocated to the related notes of
any series in the manner provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement,
and, if specified in the
15
104
accompanying prospectus supplement, may be treated as collections of finance
charge receivables and used to pay required monthly payments including interest
on the related series of notes, and, in some cases, to pay all or a portion of
the servicing fee paid to the servicer as servicing compensation.
COMPETITION IN THE CREDIT CARD INDUSTRY
The credit card industry is highly competitive. As new credit card
companies enter the market and all companies try to expand their market share,
effective advertising, target marketing and pricing strategies grow in
importance. The bank's ability to compete in this industry environment will
affect its ability to generate new receivables and might also affect payment
patterns on the receivables. If the rate at which the bank generates new
receivables declines significantly, the bank might be unable to transfer
additional receivables or designate additional accounts to the trust and a pay
out event could occur, resulting in payment of principal sooner than expected.
If the rate at which the bank generates new receivables decreases significantly
at a time when noteholders are scheduled to receive principal, noteholders might
receive principal more slowly than planned.
THE TRUST PORTFOLIO
The assets of the trust include receivables generated through accounts
designated as trust accounts, all of which are owned by the bank. These
designated accounts are referred to as the "TRUST PORTFOLIO." In addition to the
receivables in the trust portfolio, the trust assets include, to the extent
noted below:
- all monies due or to become due in payment of these receivables;
- all proceeds of these receivables;
- all proceeds of any credit insurance policies relating to these
receivables;
- Interchange, if the prospectus supplement for your series of notes so
indicates;
- any recoveries from defaulted receivables allocable to the trust because
of these receivables;
- all monies on deposit in specified trust accounts or investments made
with these monies, including any earned investment proceeds if the
prospectus supplement for your series of notes so indicates;
- proceeds of any credit enhancement, as described in the prospectus
supplement for your series of notes; and
- proceeds of any derivative contracts between the trust and a
counterparty, as described in the prospectus supplement for your series
of notes.
Receivables in the trust consist of:
- "PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES," which are amounts charged by trust account
cardholders for goods and services, cash advances and consolidation or
transfer of balances from other credit cards; and
- "FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES," which are periodic finance charges and
other amounts charged to trust accounts, including, but not limited to,
cash advance fees, late fees, overlimit fees and annual membership fees.
The trust considers collections of Interchange and recoveries as
collections of finance charge receivables. If the bank exercises the Discount
Option, an amount of monthly collections of principal receivables will be
considered finance charge collections. See "Description of the Notes -- Discount
Option" for a description of the manner of and the conditions to exercise of the
Discount Option.
Initially, a group of accounts were selected on April 5, 2000 (the "INITIAL
CUT-OFF DATE") and designated as trust accounts. On one or more future dates
(each, an "ADDITIONAL CUT-OFF DATE"), additional accounts may be designated for
inclusion in the trust as well as participations in lieu of, or in addition to,
16
105
additional accounts. Accounts initially designated as trust accounts and any
future accounts designated for inclusion in the trust must meet eligibility
criteria set forth in the transfer and servicing agreement. Receivables conveyed
to the trust must also meet eligibility criteria set forth in the transfer and
servicing agreement. If receivables conveyed to the trust are found to have been
ineligible when created or designated for inclusion, the transferor must accept
retransfer of these receivables. The initial cut-off date and each additional
cut-off date are referred to in this prospectus as "CUT-OFF DATES."
The transferor has the right, and may be required to, designate additional
accounts for inclusion in the trust portfolio, as described under "Description
of the Notes -- Addition of Trust Assets" in this prospectus.
The transferor also has the right to remove accounts from the trust
portfolio, as described under "Description of the Notes -- Removal of Accounts"
in this prospectus. If the transferor does so, the trust will reconvey all
receivables in these removed accounts, whether existing or to be created, to the
transferor.
When the trust issues a new series of notes, the transferor will represent
and warrant to the trust that, as of the closing date for the new series, the
accounts designated as trust accounts met the eligibility criteria set forth in
the transfer and servicing agreement at their time of designation. See
"Description of the Notes -- Representations and Warranties" in this prospectus
for more information on eligibility criteria for accounts and receivables.
The prospectus supplement relating to each series of notes will provide
certain information about the trust portfolio as of the date specified. This
information will include:
- the amount of principal receivables;
- the amount of finance charge receivables;
- the range and average of principal balances of the accounts;
- the range and average of credit limits of the accounts;
- the range and average of ages of the accounts;
- the geographic distribution of the accounts; and
- delinquency and loss statistics relating to the accounts.
MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
Following its revolving period, each series of notes is expected to begin
to accumulate principal or begin to distribute principal to noteholders. The
accompanying prospectus supplement describes the conditions under which an
accumulation or amortization period will begin for your class of notes.
Principal will accumulate in a principal funding account if your series
features controlled accumulation or early accumulation and one of these
accumulation periods begins. As described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement, during controlled accumulation on each distribution date an amount
of principal, up to the amount specified, will be set aside in the principal
funding account. If a pay out event occurs and your series features early
accumulation, the full amount of principal available to your series will be
deposited in the principal funding account, up to the amount specified in the
related prospectus supplement. This accumulated principal will be paid to you on
the expected principal payment date for your class of notes, or earlier if an
early amortization period begins before your expected principal payment date.
Note that although your series may feature an accumulation period, your class of
notes might not make use of it.
Principal will be paid to you in increments, up to the amount specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement, if your series features controlled
amortization and this period begins. Your class of notes might also begin to pay
principal to you if the accompanying prospectus supplement specifies that your
class will begin early amortization. Early amortization will begin for all
classes of your series when a
17
106
pay out event occurs. During any amortization period, principal will be paid to
you only on a distribution date.
If the series described in the accompanying prospectus supplement features
multiple classes, different classes of your series may have differing priorities
for the accumulation or payment of principal. This means that noteholders of
other classes could begin to receive payments of principal before you do.
We can give you no assurance that principal will be available when
expected, either to accumulate or to pay to you. The expected principal payment
date for your class of notes is based upon assumptions about payment rates on
the receivables, as detailed in the accompanying prospectus supplement. We can
give you no assurance that these payment rate assumptions will be correct.
Payment rates depend on collections of receivables. Collections can vary
seasonally and are also affected by general economic conditions and the payment
habits of individual cardholders. The accompanying prospectus supplement will
provide historical payment rates, delinquencies, total charge-offs and other
information relating to the trust portfolio and, for certain historical periods
prior to the availability of trust portfolio information, the bank portfolio. We
cannot assure you that future events will be consistent with this historical
performance. The life of your notes might be longer than expected if principal
is collected more slowly. The accompanying prospectus supplement may provide
that if the principal payment rate falls below a specified level, a pay out
event will occur. The occurrence of any pay out event may substantially shorten
the average life of your notes.
USE OF PROCEEDS
Net proceeds from the sale of each series of notes offered by this
prospectus will be paid to the transferor. Unless otherwise specified in the
related prospectus supplement, the transferor will use these net proceeds to
purchase additional receivables or for general corporate purposes, including the
repayment of intercompany loans from its affiliates.
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
The notes will be issued in series. Each series will represent an
obligation of the trust. Each series of notes will be issued pursuant to the
indenture, as supplemented by an indenture supplement, in each case entered into
by the trust and The Bank of New York, as the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE." The following
summaries describe certain provisions common to each series of notes. The
accompanying prospectus supplement gives you additional information specific to
the notes of your series. The summaries are not complete and are subject to, and
are qualified by, all of the provisions of the transfer and servicing agreement,
the indenture and the related indenture supplement.
GENERAL
The notes will be secured by and paid from the assets of the trust. Each
series will be allocated collections of principal receivables and finance charge
receivables based on a percentage called the "INVESTOR PERCENTAGE." The Investor
Percentage will be based on the Invested Amount for a series. The "INVESTED
AMOUNT" for a series on any date will be equal to:
- the initial outstanding principal amount of that series of notes as of
the related closing date for that series (increased by the principal
balance of any notes of that series issued after the closing date for
that series); minus
- the amount of principal paid to the related noteholders prior to that
date; minus
- the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs with respect to that
series prior to that date.
If so specified in the prospectus supplement relating to any series of notes,
under certain circumstances the Invested Amount may be further adjusted by the
amount of principal allocated to noteholders, the funds
18
107
on deposit in any specified account, and any other amount specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.
Each series of notes may consist of one or more classes, one or more of
which may be senior notes and one or more of which may be subordinated notes.
Each class of a series will evidence the right to receive a specified portion of
each distribution of principal or interest or both. Each class of a series may
differ from other classes in some aspects, including:
- amounts allocated to principal payments;
- maturity date;
- interest rate; and
- availability and amount of enhancement.
Payments and deposits of interest and principal will be made on
distribution dates to noteholders in whose names the notes were registered on
the record dates specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement. Interest
will be distributed to noteholders in the amounts, for the periods and on the
dates specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
The transferor initially will own the "TRANSFEROR INTEREST" which
represents the right to receive all cash flows from the trust assets not
required to make payments on the notes or to series enhancers. The holder of the
Transferor Interest, subject to certain limitations, will have the right to a
percentage, called the "TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE," of all cardholder payments from
the receivables in the trust. The Transferor Interest may be transferred, in
whole or in part, subject to certain limitations and conditions described in the
trust agreement, and, at the discretion of the transferor, the Transferor
Interest may be held either in an uncertificated form or in the form of a
certificate representing the Transferor Interest, called a "TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE." See "-- Certain Matters Regarding the Transferor and the Servicer"
in this prospectus.
During the revolving period, the Invested Amount of a series will remain
constant except under certain limited circumstances. See "-- Defaulted
Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges; Investor Charge-Offs" in this
prospectus. The amount of principal receivables in the trust, however, will vary
each day as new principal receivables are created and others are paid. The
amount of the Transferor Interest will fluctuate each day, therefore, to reflect
the changes in the amount of the principal receivables in the trust. When a
series is amortizing, the Invested Amount of that series will decline as
customer payments of principal receivables are collected and distributed, or
accumulated for distribution, to the noteholders. As a result, the Transferor
Interest will generally increase to reflect reductions in the Invested Amount
for that series and will also change to reflect the variations in the amount of
principal receivables in the trust. The Transferor Interest may also be reduced
as the result of new issuances. See "-- New Issuances" in this prospectus.
Generally, notes offered through the prospectus and the accompanying
prospectus supplement:
- will be represented by notes registered in the name of a DTC nominee;
- will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
multiples of $1,000 in excess of that amount; and
- will be available for purchase in book-entry form only.
The accompanying prospectus supplement will specify if your notes have
different characteristics from those listed above.
DTC has informed the transferor that its nominee will be Cede & Co.
Accordingly, Cede & Co. is expected to be the holder of record of each series of
notes. As an owner of beneficial interests in the notes, called a "NOTE OWNER,"
you will generally not be entitled to a definitive note representing your
interest in the issued notes because you will own notes through a book-entry
record maintained by DTC. References
19
108
in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement to distributions,
reports, notices and statements to noteholders refer to DTC or Cede & Co., as
registered holder of the notes, for distribution to you in accordance with DTC
procedures. All references in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus
supplement to actions by noteholders shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon
instructions from DTC Participants.
The accompanying prospectus supplement may state that application will be
made to list your series or class of notes on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or
another exchange.
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
Following is a description of the form your notes will take. We also
describe how your notes may be transferred and how payments will be made to you.
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been provided by DTC. The transferor has not independently verified the
accuracy of this information.
You may hold your notes through DTC in the U.S., Clearstream or Euroclear
in Europe or in any other manner described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement. You may hold your notes directly with one of these systems if you
are a participant in the system, or indirectly through organizations which are
participants.
Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, will hold the global notes. Clearstream and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Clearstream customers and
the Euroclear participants, respectively, through customers' securities accounts
in Clearstream's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective
depositaries collectively called the "DEPOSITARIES," which in turn will hold
such positions in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names on
the books of DTC.
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a
"clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. DTC was created to hold securities
for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers (who may
include the underwriters of any series), banks, trust companies and clearing
corporations and may include certain other organizations. Indirect access to the
DTC system also is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies, as indirect participants, that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.
Transfers between DTC participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants will occur in
the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating
procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream
customers or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected through DTC
in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by its depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its depositary to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream customers and Euroclear
participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries.
20
109
Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Clearstream or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a participant will be made during
the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day
following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant on such business day. Cash
received in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or
through a Clearstream customer or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in
the relevant Clearstream or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day
following settlement in DTC.
Note owners that are not participants or indirect participants but desire
to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interest in,
notes may do so only through participants and indirect participants. In
addition, note owners will receive all distributions of principal of and
interest on the notes from the indenture trustee through the participants who in
turn will receive them from DTC. Under a book-entry format, note owners may
experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be
forwarded by the indenture trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. DTC will
forward such payments to its participants, which thereafter will forward them to
indirect participants or note owners. It is anticipated that the only
"noteholder" will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Note owners will not be
recognized by the indenture trustee as noteholders, as such term is used in the
indenture, and note owners will only be permitted to exercise the rights of
noteholders indirectly through the participants who in turn will exercise the
rights of noteholders through DTC.
Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among participants
on whose behalf it acts with respect to the notes and is required to receive and
transmit distributions of principal and interest on the notes. Participants and
indirect participants with which note owners have accounts with respect to the
notes similarly are required to make book-entry transfers and receive and
transmit such payments on behalf of their respective note owners. Accordingly,
although note owners will not possess notes, note owners will receive payments
and will be able to transfer their interests.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of participants, who in turn act on
behalf of indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a note owner
to pledge notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of those notes, may be limited due
to the lack of a physical certificate for those notes.
DTC has advised the transferor that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a noteholder under the indenture only at the direction of one or more
participants to whose account with DTC the notes are credited. Additionally, DTC
has advised the transferor that it will take such actions with respect to
specified percentages of the Invested Amount only at the direction of and on
behalf of participants whose holdings include interests that satisfy such
specified percentages. DTC may take conflicting actions with respect to other
interests to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of participants
whose holdings include such interests.
Clearstream is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg. Clearstream holds
securities for its customers and facilitates the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions between Clearstream customers through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of Clearstream customers, thereby eliminating the
need for physical movement of notes. Transactions may be settled in Clearstream
in any of thirty-six currencies, including United States dollars. Clearstream
provides to its Clearstream customers, among other things, services for
safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream also deals with
domestic securities markets in over thirty countries through established
depository and custodial relationships. Clearstream is registered as a bank in
Luxembourg, and as such is subject to regulation by the Commission de
Surveillance du Secteur Financier, which supervises Luxembourg banks.
Clearstream's customers are world-wide financial institutions, including
underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations and may include the underwriters of
any series of notes. Clearstream's U.S. customers are limited to securities
brokers and dealers and banks.
21
110
Currently, Clearstream has approximately 2,000 customers located in over eighty
countries, including all major European countries, Canada and the United States.
Indirect access to Clearstream is also available to other institutions that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with an account holder of
Clearstream. Clearstream has established an electronic bridge with Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York as the operator of the Euroclear System in
Brussels to facilitate settlement of trades between Clearstream and Euroclear.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of the
Euroclear System and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear
participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against
payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of notes and any
risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Transactions
may now be settled in any of twenty-seven currencies, including United States
dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services, including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with
DTC described above. The Euroclear System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, Brussels, Belgium office as the Euroclear operator, under
contract with Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative
corporation. All operations are conducted by the Euroclear operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear operator, not the cooperative. The cooperative establishes
policy for the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear participants. Euroclear
participants include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and
dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the
underwriters of any series of notes. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law.
These rules and laws govern transfers of securities and cash within the
Euroclear System, withdrawal of securities and cash from the Euroclear System,
and receipts of payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All
securities in the Euroclear System are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The Euroclear operator acts under these rules and laws only on behalf of
Euroclear participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding
through Euroclear participants.
Distributions with respect to notes held through Clearstream or Euroclear
will be credited to the cash accounts of Clearstream customers or Euroclear
participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations.
See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in this prospectus. Clearstream or the
Euroclear operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a noteholder under the indenture on behalf of a Clearstream customer
or Euroclear participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and
procedures and subject to its depositary's ability to effect such actions on its
behalf through DTC.
Although DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of notes among participants of DTC,
Clearstream and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue
to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
22
111
DEFINITIVE NOTES
We refer to notes issued in fully registered, certificated form as
"DEFINITIVE NOTES." The notes of each series will be issued as definitive notes
to note owners or their nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if:
- the issuer advises the indenture trustee in writing that DTC is no longer
willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository
with respect to that series or class of notes, and the indenture trustee
or the issuer is unable to locate a qualified successor;
- the issuer, at its option, advises the indenture trustee in writing that
it elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC with respect to
that series or class of notes; or
- after the occurrence of a Servicer Default, note owners representing not
less than 50% (or another percentage specified in the accompanying
prospectus supplement) of the Invested Amount advise the indenture
trustee and DTC through participants in writing that the continuation of
a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) is no longer in
the best interest of the note owners.
If any of these events occur, DTC must notify all participants of the
availability through DTC of definitive notes. Upon surrender by DTC of the
definitive instrument representing the notes and instructions for
re-registration, the issuer will execute and the indenture trustee will
authenticate the notes as definitive notes, and thereafter the indenture trustee
will recognize the registered holders of those definitive notes as noteholders
under the indenture.
Distribution of principal and interest on the notes will be made by the
indenture trustee directly to holders of definitive notes in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this prospectus and in the indenture. Interest payments
and any principal payments on each distribution date will be made to holders in
whose names the definitive notes were registered at the close of business on the
related record date. Distributions will be made by check mailed to the address
of the noteholders as it appears on the register maintained by the indenture
trustee. The final payment on any note (whether definitive notes or the notes
registered in the name of Cede & Co. representing the notes), however, will be
made only upon presentation and surrender of that note at the office or agency
specified in the notice of final distribution to noteholders. The indenture
trustee will provide this notice to registered noteholders not later than the
fifth day of the month of the final distributions.
Definitive notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of
the transfer agent and registrar, which will initially be the indenture trustee.
No service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange,
but the issuer and transfer agent and registrar may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection
with the transfer or exchange. The transfer agent and registrar will not be
required to register the transfer or exchange of definitive notes for a period
of twenty days preceding the due date for any payment on those definitive notes.
INTEREST PAYMENTS
For each series of notes and each related class, interest will accrue from
the relevant closing date on the applicable outstanding principal balance at the
applicable interest rate. The interest rate on any note may be a fixed, floating
or any other type of rate as specified in the accompanying prospectus
supplement. Interest will be paid, or deposited for later payment, to
noteholders on the distribution dates.
Interest payments or deposits on any distribution date will be funded from:
- collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the Invested
Amount during the preceding monthly period or periods;
- investment earnings, if any, on any funds held in trust accounts;
- any credit enhancement, to the extent described in the accompanying
prospectus supplement;
23
112
- any derivative counterparty, to the extent described in the accompanying
prospectus supplement; and
- collections of principal receivables treated as collections of finance
charge receivables as described below under "-- Discount Option," to the
extent described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
If interest payments will be made less frequently than monthly, an interest
funding account may be established to accumulate the required interest amount.
If a series has more than one class of notes, that series may have more than one
interest funding account.
Your class of notes will pay interest on the dates and at the interest rate
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement. If your notes bear interest
at a floating or variable rate, the accompanying prospectus supplement will
describe how that rate is calculated.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
Generally, each series will begin with a revolving period, which begins on
the closing date relating to that series and ends on the day before an
amortization period or accumulation period begins, during which no principal
payments will be made to the noteholders of that series.
During the controlled amortization period, which will be scheduled to begin
on the date specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the
accompanying prospectus supplement, and during the early amortization period,
which will begin upon the occurrence of a pay out event, principal will be paid
to any class of the series in the amounts and on the dates specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.
During an accumulation period, principal will be accumulated in a trust
account, called a "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT," established for the benefit of
that class of noteholders for later distribution to noteholders on the expected
principal payment date or on another date, and in the amounts specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.
Principal payments for any series or related class will be funded from
collections of principal receivables received during the related monthly period
or periods as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement and allocated
to that series or class and from certain other sources specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. In the case of a series with more than one
class of notes, the noteholders of one or more classes may receive payments of
principal at different times. The accompanying prospectus supplement will
describe the manner, timing and priority of payments of principal to noteholders
of each class.
Funds on deposit in any principal funding account for a series may be
subject to a guaranteed rate agreement or guaranteed investment contract or
other arrangement specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement intended
to assure a minimum rate of return on the investment of such funds. In order to
enhance the likelihood of the payment in full of the principal amount of a
series or a related class of notes at the end of an accumulation period, that
series or class of notes may be subject to a principal guaranty or other similar
arrangement specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
The bank has transferred and assigned to ACCS, for transfer and assignment
by ACCS to the transferor, and for transfer and assignment by the transferor to
the trust, all of the bank's right, title and interest in and to the receivables
in the accounts designated as accounts of the trust and future receivables
created in these accounts.
Each of the bank, ACCS and the transferor has indicated and, in connection
with each future transfer of receivables to the trust, will indicate in its
computer files or books and records that the receivables have been conveyed to
the trust. In addition, each of the bank, ACCS and the transferor has provided
or caused to be provided, and will provide or cause to be provided, to the owner
trustee computer files or microfiche
24
113
lists, containing a true and complete list showing each account, identified by
account number and by total outstanding balance on the applicable cut-off date.
None of the bank, ACCS or the transferor will deliver to the owner trustee any
other records or agreements relating to the accounts or the receivables, except
in connection with additions or removals of accounts. Except as stated above,
the records and agreements relating to the accounts and the receivables
maintained by any of the bank, ACCS and the transferor are not and will not be
segregated from other documents and agreements relating to other credit card
accounts and receivables and are not and will not be stamped or marked to
reflect the transfers described above, but the computer records of each of the
bank, ACCS and the transferor are and will be required to be marked to evidence
these transfers. Each of the bank, ACCS and the transferor has filed in all
appropriate jurisdictions Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with
respect to the receivables meeting the requirements of applicable law. See "Risk
Factors -- Some liens would be given priority over your notes which could cause
delayed or reduced payments" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in
this prospectus.
NEW ISSUANCES
The indenture provides that, pursuant to any one or more indenture
supplements, the transferor may cause the owner trustee, on behalf of the trust,
to issue one or more new series of notes and may define all principal terms of
those series. Each series issued may have different terms and enhancements than
any other series. Upon the issuance of an additional series of notes, none of
the transferor, the servicer, the indenture trustee or the trust will be
required or will intend to obtain the consent of any noteholder of any other
series previously issued by the trust. However, as a condition of a new
issuance, the indenture trustee must receive written confirmation that the new
issuance will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating agency of
its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class. The trust may offer
any series under a prospectus or other disclosure document in offerings pursuant
to this prospectus or in transactions either registered or exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, through one or more
other underwriters or placement agents, in fixed-price offerings or in
negotiated transactions or otherwise.
A new issuance may only occur upon the satisfaction of certain conditions
provided in the indenture. Under the indenture, the transferor may cause the
owner trustee, on behalf of the trust, to issue new series of notes by notifying
the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, the servicer and each rating agency at
least five days in advance of the date upon which the new issuance is to occur.
Under the indenture, the notice will state the date upon which the new issuance
is to occur.
The owner trustee will execute, and the indenture trustee will
authenticate, the notes of any series only upon delivery to them of the
following items, or satisfaction of the following conditions, among others:
(1) written notice from the transferor of the series issuance date;
(2) an indenture supplement specifying the principal terms of the new
series;
(3) an opinion of counsel to the effect that, for federal income tax
purposes:
(a) the issuance will not adversely affect the tax
characterization as debt of notes of any outstanding series or
class that were characterized as debt at the time of their
issuance;
(b) the new issuance will not cause the trust to be deemed to be
an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation; and
(c) the new issuance will not cause or constitute an event in
which gain or loss would be recognized by any noteholder (an
opinion of counsel with respect to any matter to the effect
referred to in this paragraph (3) with respect to any action
is referred to in this prospectus as a "TAX OPINION");
(4) if required by the related indenture supplement, the form of
credit enhancement and an appropriate credit enhancement agreement
with respect to that credit enhancement executed by the transferor
and the issuer of the credit enhancement;
25
114
(5) written confirmation from each rating agency that the new issuance
will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing
rating of any outstanding series or class; and
(6)(a) the new issuance will not:
(i) cause a pay out event or an event of default; or
(ii) materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of
payments to be made to the noteholders of any series or
class (any such effect referred to in clause (i) or this
clause (ii) with respect to any action is referred to in
this prospectus as an "ADVERSE EFFECT"); and
(b) a certificate of an authorized officer of the transferor to the
effect that it reasonably believes the new issuance will not
have an adverse effect and all conditions precedent to the
execution, authentication and delivery have been satisfied; and
(7) after giving effect to the new issuance, the total amount of
principal receivables plus the principal amount of any
participation interests previously transferred to the trust
exceeds the Required Minimum Principal Balance and the Transferor
Interest exceeds the Required Transferor Interest.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
When the trust issues a new series of notes, the transferor will make
several representations and warranties to the trust in the transfer and
servicing agreement, including the following:
- the execution and delivery by the transferor of the transfer and
servicing agreement and each other document relating to the issuance to
which it is a party will not conflict with any law or any other agreement
to which the transferor is a party; and
- all required governmental approvals in connection with the execution and
delivery by the transferor of the transfer and servicing agreement and
each other document relating to the issuance have been obtained and
remain in force and effect.
If a representation or warranty made by the transferor is later found to be
materially incorrect when made, and:
- continues to be materially incorrect for sixty days after notice to the
transferor by the indenture trustee, or to the transferor and the
indenture trustee by any noteholder; and
- as a result, the interests of the noteholders are materially and
adversely affected, and continue to be materially and adversely affected
during the 60-day period,
then the indenture trustee or noteholders holding more than 50% of the
then-outstanding principal balance of the notes of the affected series may give
notice to the transferor and the servicer (and to the indenture trustee if given
by the noteholders) declaring that a pay out event has occurred. Declaring a pay
out event will automatically begin early amortization or, if specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement, early accumulation of principal.
The transferor will make other representations and warranties to the trust
in the transfer and servicing agreement, including the following:
- as of the closing date, the transferor is duly incorporated and in good
standing and has the authority to consummate the issuance;
- the transfer and servicing agreement and each other document relating to
the issuance to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation enforceable against the transferor; and
- the trust has all right, title and interest in the receivables in the
trust portfolio or has a first priority perfected security interest in
these receivables.
26
115
In the event:
- any representation or warranty described immediately above is breached;
and
- as a result, the interests of noteholders in the receivables in the trust
portfolio are materially and adversely affected;
then any of the owner trustee, the indenture trustee or noteholders representing
50% or more of the then-outstanding principal amount of all of the trust's
outstanding series may give notice to the transferor and the servicer (and to
the owner trustee and indenture trustee if given by the noteholders) directing
the transferor to accept reassignment of the receivables and to pay into the
trust's collection account a cash deposit equal to the sum of the amounts
specified with respect to each outstanding series in the related indenture
supplement. However, no reassignment will be required if:
- within sixty days, or up to 120 days if specified in the notice, the
transferor cures the breach and any material adverse effect caused by the
breach; or
- on any day within the applicable 60-day to 120-day period the relevant
representation and warranty is then true and correct in all material
respects and the transferor delivers to the owner trustee a certificate
of an authorized officer describing the nature of the breach and the
manner in which the relevant representation and warranty became true and
correct.
Reassignment of the receivables and the transferor's obligation to make the
cash deposit in the trust's collection account are the only remedies to any
breach of the representations and warranties described above.
The transferor makes representations and warranties in the transfer and
servicing agreement concerning the accounts and the receivables in the trust
portfolio. Only eligible accounts can be designated as accounts for the trust
portfolio. We can give you no assurance that eligible accounts will remain
eligible once added to the trust.
The transferor also represents that each receivable in the trust portfolio
is an eligible receivable when transferred or created. If a receivable in the
trust portfolio is found to be ineligible when transferred or created, and, as a
result, the interests of noteholders in any receivable in the trust portfolio
are materially and adversely affected, the transferor must accept reassignment
of the principal amount of this ineligible receivable. However, in many cases
the transferor will have sixty days, or up to 120 days if agreed to by the
indenture trustee and the servicer, from the earlier to occur of discovery of
the breach by the transferor or receipt by the transferor of written notice of
the breach given by the owner trustee, the indenture trustee or the servicer, to
cure the ineligibility before reassignment is required.
The transferor will accept reassignment by directing the servicer to deduct
the principal amount of the ineligible receivable from the Transferor Interest.
If this would reduce the Transferor Interest below the Required Transferor
Interest, the transferor will make a cash deposit in the trust's special funding
account in the amount by which the Transferor Interest would have been reduced
below the Required Transferor Interest. Any deduction or deposit is considered a
repayment in full of the ineligible receivable. The transferor's obligation to
accept reassignment of any ineligible receivable is the only remedy for any
breach of a representation concerning eligibility of receivables.
The accompanying prospectus supplement may specify additional
representations and warranties made by the transferor when your notes are
issued. The indenture trustee is not required to make periodic examinations of
receivables in the trust portfolio or any records relating to them. However, the
transferor will deliver to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee once each
year an opinion of counsel affirming, among other things, that no further action
is necessary to maintain the trust's perfected security interest in the
receivables.
27
116
With respect to each series of notes, an "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT" means, as of
the applicable cut-off date, each account owned by the bank or other account
owner:
- which is in existence and maintained by the bank or other account owner,
as applicable;
- which is payable in United States dollars;
- the cardholder of which has provided, as his or her most recent billing
address, an address located in the United States or its territories,
possessions or military bases;
- which, except as provided below, has a cardholder who has not been
identified by the servicer in its computer files as currently being
involved in a bankruptcy proceeding;
- which has not been classified as stolen or lost;
- which has not been sold or pledged to any other party except for any sale
to another account owner that has either entered into a receivables
purchase agreement or is an additional transferor;
- which does not have receivables which have been sold or pledged by the
bank or any other account owner, as the case may be, to any other party
other than the bank or ACCS pursuant to a receivables purchase agreement;
- which does not have any receivables that are defaulted receivables;
- which does not have any receivables that have been identified by the
servicer or the relevant cardholder as having been incurred as a result
of fraudulent use of any related credit card; and
- which, except as provided below, does not have any receivables that are
more than 180 days past due from the date of the initial billing
statement.
Eligible accounts may include accounts, the receivables of which have been
charged off, or with respect to which the servicer believes the related
cardholder is bankrupt, in each case as of the applicable cut-off date if:
- the balance of all receivables included in those accounts is reflected on
the books and records of the transferor as "zero"; and
- charging privileges for those accounts have been canceled in accordance
with the customary policies and procedures, as amended from time to time,
of the bank or other account owner, as applicable.
Under the transfer and servicing agreement, the definition of eligible
account may be changed by amendment to the agreement without the consent of the
noteholders if: (i) the transferor delivers to the owner trustee and the
indenture trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in
the reasonable belief of the transferor, the amendment will not as of the date
of the amendment have an adverse effect, and (ii) the amendment will not result
in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding series under the
trust.
With respect to each series of notes, an "ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE" means each
receivable:
- which has arisen in an eligible account;
- which was created in compliance, in all material respects, with all
requirements of law applicable to the institution that owned the
receivable at the time of its creation, and under the terms of a credit
card agreement which complies in all material respects with all
requirements of law applicable to the bank or other account owner, as
applicable;
- with respect to which all consents, licenses or authorizations of, or
registrations with, any governmental authority required to be obtained or
given in connection with the creation of the receivable or the execution,
delivery and performance by the bank or other account owner, as
applicable, of the related credit card agreement have been duly obtained
or given and are in full force and effect;
28
117
- as to which, at the time of its transfer to the trust, the transferor or
the trust has good title, free and clear of all liens and security
interests, other than some tax liens for taxes not then due or which the
transferor is contesting;
- which has been the subject of either a valid transfer and assignment from
the transferor to the trust of all of the transferor's right, title and
interest in the receivable (including any proceeds of the receivable), or
the grant of a first priority perfected security interest in the
receivable (and in the proceeds of the receivable), effective until the
termination of the trust;
- which is the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the
cardholder under the receivable, legally enforceable against that
cardholder in accordance with its terms, subject to some
bankruptcy-related exceptions and equitable considerations;
- which, at the time of transfer to the trust, has not been waived or
modified except as permitted under the customary policies and procedures,
as amended from time to time, of the bank or other account owner, as
applicable, and then only if the waiver or modification is reflected in
the servicer's computer file of revolving credit card accounts;
- which, at the time of transfer to the trust, is not subject to any right
of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other defense (including
defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of the cardholder,
other than defenses arising out of bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general;
- which, at the time of transfer to the trust, the bank or other account
owner, as applicable, has satisfied all of its obligations required to be
satisfied by that time;
- which, at the time of transfer to the trust, none of the transferor,
ACCS, the bank or any other account owner, as applicable, has taken any
action, or omitted to take any action, that would impair the rights of
the trust or the noteholders; and
- which constitutes an "account" or "general intangible" under Article 9 of
the Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") as then in effect in the State of
Delaware or any other state where the filing of a financing statement is
required to perfect the trust's interest in the receivables and the
proceeds thereof.
ADDITION OF TRUST ASSETS
Aggregate Addition Accounts
As described above under "The Trust Portfolio," the transferor will have
the right to designate, from time to time, additional eligible accounts to be
included as accounts for the trust ("AGGREGATE ADDITION ACCOUNTS"). In addition,
the transferor will be required to designate aggregate addition accounts under
the circumstances and in the amounts specified below. The transferor will convey
to the trust its interest in all receivables of those aggregate addition
accounts, whether the receivables are then existing or subsequently created.
Each aggregate addition account must be an eligible account at the time of
the applicable cut-off date. However, aggregate addition accounts may not be of
the same credit quality as the initial accounts. Aggregate addition accounts may
have been originated by the bank or other account owner, as applicable, using
credit criteria different from those which were applied by the bank to the
initial accounts or may have been acquired by the bank or other account owner,
as applicable, from an institution which may have had different credit criteria.
We refer to each date on which receivables in aggregate addition accounts or new
accounts (as defined below) are first transferred to the trust as the "ADDITION
DATE."
The transferor will be required to designate aggregate addition accounts,
to the extent available, (a) to maintain the Transferor Interest so that, during
any period of thirty consecutive days, the Transferor Interest averaged over
that period equals or exceeds the Required Transferor Interest for the same
period and (b) to maintain, for so long as notes of any series remain
outstanding, an aggregate amount of
29
118
principal receivables in the trust portfolio equal to or greater than the
Required Minimum Principal Balance.
The Transferor Interest on any date is equal to the difference between:
(a) the sum of
(i) the total amount of and (ii) the special funding
principal receivables in account balance on the
the trust portfolio on the immediately prior day
immediately prior day
minus
(b) the total invested amounts of all series of notes then
outstanding.
The "REQUIRED TRANSFEROR INTEREST" on any date will be calculated as
follows:
Required total amount of
Transferor X principal receivables
Percentage in the trust portfolio
The "REQUIRED TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE" initially is 7%, but may be reduced if
certain conditions set forth in the transfer and servicing agreement are
satisfied, including written confirmation that reducing the Required Transferor
Percentage will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating agency
of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class.
The "REQUIRED MINIMUM PRINCIPAL BALANCE" is, unless otherwise provided in
the related indenture supplement, as of any date of determination, an amount
equal to the sum of the numerators used in the calculation of the Investor
Percentages with respect to principal receivables for all outstanding series on
that date, except that with respect to any series in its early accumulation
period, or any other period designated in the related indenture supplement, with
an Invested Amount as of that date of determination equal to the principal
funding account balance relating to that series, taking into account any deposit
to be made to the principal funding account relating to that series on the
transfer date following that date of determination, the numerator used in the
calculation of the Investor Percentage with respect to principal receivables
relating to that series will, solely for the purpose of the definition of
Required Minimum Principal Balance, be deemed to equal zero.
The transferor is also permitted to add, from time to time, participations
and related collections to the trust. These "PARTICIPATIONS" must be undivided
interests in a pool of assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under
consumer revolving credit card accounts. Participations may be issued under
separate agreements that are similar to the agreements governing the issuance of
the notes and that entitle the holder of the participation to receive
percentages of collections generated by the pool of assets supporting the
participation. Participations may have their own credit enhancement, pay out
events, servicing obligations and servicer defaults, all of which are likely to
be enforceable by a separate trustee under these participation agreements and
may be different from those specified in this prospectus. The rights and
remedies of the trust as the holder of a participation (and, therefore, the
noteholders) will be subject to all the terms and provisions of those
participation agreements.
The transfer and servicing agreement may be amended to permit the addition
of a participation to the trust without noteholder consent if:
- the transferor delivers to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee a
certificate of an authorized officer to the effect that, in the
transferor's reasonable belief, adding the participation will not have an
adverse effect; and
- the amendment allowing the addition of the participation will not result
in a withdrawal or reduction of the then-existing rating of any
outstanding series or class.
30
119
When the transferor transfers receivables in aggregate addition accounts or
participations, it must satisfy several conditions, including, as applicable:
- notice to the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, the servicer and each
rating agency;
- delivery and acceptance by the owner trustee of a written assignment of
receivables in the aggregate addition accounts or participations to the
trust;
- delivery to the owner trustee of a computer file or microfiche list with
an accurate list of all aggregate addition accounts;
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a certificate
of an authorized officer to the effect that:
- as of the applicable cut-off date, each aggregate addition account is
an eligible account;
- any action necessary to perfect the trust's interest in the
receivables arising in the aggregate addition accounts has been taken;
- as of the applicable cut-off date and as of the addition date, none of
the bank (or any other account owner), ACCS or the transferor is
insolvent; and
- the transferor has deposited all required collections into the
collection account in accordance with the indenture;
- in circumstances where (a) the transferor, in its discretion, designates
aggregate addition accounts to be included as accounts for the trust or
adds participations to the trust or (b) the aggregate addition accounts
are not initially originated by the bank or other account owner, as
applicable, each rating agency shall have provided written confirmation
that the addition will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of its
then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class;
- in circumstances where the transferor is required to designate aggregate
addition accounts to be included as accounts for the trust, or to add
participations to the trust, each rating agency then rating any series of
notes outstanding under the trust shall have previously, or, in certain
limited circumstances, within a three-month period, consented to the
designation of the aggregate addition accounts or the addition of the
participations.
- in the transferor's reasonable belief, adding the receivables in
additional accounts or participations will not have an adverse effect;
and
- delivery of certain opinions of counsel with respect to the transfer of
the receivables in the additional accounts or the participations to the
trust.
New Accounts
The transferor also will have the right to designate, from time to time and
in its sole discretion, additional eligible accounts newly originated by the
bank or other account owner to be included as accounts for the trust ("NEW
ACCOUNTS"). In this prospectus and accompanying prospectus supplement, we refer
to aggregate addition accounts and new accounts together as the "ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS."
When the transferor transfers receivables in new accounts, it must satisfy
several conditions, including:
- delivery and acceptance by the owner trustee of a written assignment of
receivables in the new accounts to the trust;
- delivery to the owner trustee of a computer file or microfiche list with
an accurate list of all new accounts;
31
120
- delivery to the owner trustee of a certificate of an authorized officer
to the effect that:
- as of the applicable cut-off date, each new account is an eligible
account;
- any action necessary to perfect the trust's interest in the
receivables arising in the new accounts has been taken;
- the transferor has deposited all required collections into the
collection account in accordance with the indenture;
- as of the applicable cut-off date and the addition date, none of the
bank (or other account owner), ACCS or the transferor is insolvent;
and
- the transfer of the receivables in the new accounts to the trust will
not result in a pay out event or event of default;
- delivery of certain opinions of counsel with respect to the transfer of
the receivables in the new accounts; and
- each rating agency then rating any series of notes outstanding under the
trust shall have previously, or, in certain limited circumstances, within
a three-month period, consented to the designation of the new accounts.
In addition to the periodic reports otherwise required to be filed by the
servicer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the servicer intends to file, on
behalf of the trust, a Report on Form 8-K with respect to any addition to the
trust of receivables in additional accounts or participations that would have a
material effect on the composition of the assets of the trust.
The transferor may, from time to time, designate one or more of its
affiliates as additional transferors under the transfer and servicing agreement.
In connection with this designation, the transferor will exchange the transferor
certificate for a newly issued transferor certificate modified to reflect any
additional transferor's interest in the Transferor Interest. The transfer and
servicing agreement may be amended to permit the designation of these additional
transferors and the exchange of the transferor certificate without noteholder
consent upon:
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a tax opinion
regarding the exchange; and
- receipt of written confirmation from each rating agency that the exchange
will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating
of any outstanding series or class.
REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS
The transferor has the right to designate certain removed accounts and to
remove participations from the trust and to require the indenture trustee to
transfer all receivables in the removed accounts back to the transferor, whether
the receivables already exist or arise after the designation. Except as set
forth below, the transferor's rights to removal are subject to satisfaction of
several conditions, including:
- written notice to the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, the servicer,
each rating agency and each series enhancer;
- delivery to the owner trustee for execution on behalf of the trust a
written reassignment of receivables in the removed accounts and removed
participations to the transferor or its designee;
- delivery to the owner trustee of a computer file or microfiche list with
an accurate list of all removed accounts;
- written confirmation from each rating agency that the removal will not
result in the reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any
outstanding series or class;
32
121
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee a certificate of
an authorized officer to the effect that, in the transferor's reasonable
belief:
- the removal will not have a material adverse effect on the interests
of the noteholders;
- the removal will not cause a pay out event or event of default; and
- the accounts to be removed were not selected through a selection
process believed to be materially adverse to the interests of the
noteholders; and
- any other conditions specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
The conditions described above relating to rating agency confirmation and
the delivery of an officer's certificate will not apply if the transferor is
purchasing receivables in accounts designated for repurchase by a merchant or
co-branding participant upon termination of its affinity agreement with the bank
or other account owner, as applicable. See "Risk Factors -- Transferor's need to
remove accounts upon termination of affinity agreements would reduce principal
receivables and may require addition of new receivables" in this prospectus for
a discussion of the consequences to noteholders if a significant number of these
affinity agreements were terminated and the related credit card accounts were
repurchased.
In all cases of removal, the transferor will purchase the related
receivables by directing the servicer to deduct the principal amount of those
receivables from the Transferor Interest. If this would reduce the Transferor
Interest below the Required Transferor Interest, the transferor will make a cash
deposit in the trust's special funding account in the amount by which the
Transferor Interest would have been reduced below the Required Transferor
Interest. Any deduction or deposit is considered a payment in full for those
receivables.
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES
For each series of notes, the servicer will be responsible for servicing
and administering the receivables in accordance with the servicer's policies and
procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the receivables.
The servicer will be required to maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring
against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved
in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such
amounts as the servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.
With respect to the bank portfolio, certain data processing and
administrative functions associated with servicing the receivables are performed
by FDR. If FDR were to fail or become insolvent, delays in processing and
recovery of information with respect to charges incurred by the respective
cardholders could occur and the replacement of the services FDR currently
provides to ACCS could be time-consuming. As a result, delays in payments to
noteholders could occur.
DISCOUNT OPTION
The transferor has the option to reclassify a percentage, called the
"DISCOUNT PERCENTAGE," of collections of principal receivables in the trust
portfolio as collections of finance charge receivables. This option is referred
to as the "DISCOUNT OPTION." The transferor may use the Discount Option to
compensate for a decline in the portfolio yield, but only if there would be
sufficient principal receivables to allow for that discounting. Exercise of the
Discount Option would result in a larger amount of collections of finance charge
receivables and a smaller amount of collections of principal receivables. By
doing so, the transferor would reduce the likelihood that a pay out event would
occur as a result of a decreased portfolio yield and, at the same time, would
increase the likelihood that the transferor will have to add principal
receivables to the trust.
33
122
If the Discount Percentage is greater than zero, an amount of collections
of principal receivables in the trust portfolio for each monthly period equal to
the product of:
- the Discount Percentage times
- total collections of principal receivables in the trust portfolio
will be considered collections of finance charge receivables in the trust
portfolio and allocated with all other collections of finance charge receivables
in the trust portfolio.
To exercise the Discount Option, the transferor must satisfy the conditions
in the transfer and servicing agreement, including written confirmation from
each rating agency that use of the Discount Option will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or
class.
TRUST ACCOUNTS
The servicer will establish and maintain in the name of the indenture
trustee, for the benefit of noteholders of all series, a "COLLECTION ACCOUNT,"
which shall be either (a) a segregated trust account established with the
corporate trust department of a securities intermediary or (b) a segregated
account with a securities intermediary that is an eligible institution (a
"QUALIFIED ACCOUNT"). The servicer will also establish and maintain with a
securities intermediary in the name of the indenture trustee a "SPECIAL FUNDING
ACCOUNT," which also is required to be a qualified account. References to the
"SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY" shall refer to any entity which is a person, including
a bank or broker, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains
securities accounts for others and is acting in that capacity and which is also
a depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the United
States or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or
any domestic branch of a foreign bank), and having a credit rating from each
rating agency in one of its generic credit rating categories which signifies
investment grade. An "ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION" is defined as:
(1)(a) a depository institution, which may include the owner trustee
or the indenture trustee;
(b) organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the
states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any
domestic branch of a foreign bank); and
(c) which at all times (i) is a member of the FDIC and (ii) has
either a long-term unsecured debt rating or a certificate of
deposit rating acceptable to each rating agency selected by the
transferor to rate a series or class of notes; or
(2) any other institution acceptable to each rating agency selected by
the transferor to rate a series or class of notes, the selection
of which will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its
then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class.
Funds in the collection account and the special funding account will be
assets of the trust and will be invested, at the direction of the servicer, in
"ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" consisting of instruments, investment property or other
property (other than securities issued by, or obligations of, ACCS) which
evidence:
(1) direct obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to
timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States of
America;
(2) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit (having
original maturities of no more than 365 days) of depository
institutions or trust companies incorporated under the laws of the
United States of America or any state thereof, including the
District of Columbia (or domestic branches of foreign banks) and
subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking
or depository institution authorities; provided that at the time
of the trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest, the
short-term debt rating of that depository institution or trust
company shall be in the highest investment
34
123
category of Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("STANDARD &
POOR'S"), of Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("MOODY'S") and, if
rated by Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("FITCH"), of Fitch;
(3) commercial paper or other short-term obligations having original
or remaining maturities of no more than thirty days (including
short-term obligations of Associates First Capital Corporation and
Associates Corporation of North America) having, at the time of
the trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest, a
rating in the highest rating category of Standard & Poor's, of
Moody's and, if rated by Fitch, of Fitch;
(4) demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of deposit which
are fully insured by the FDIC having, at the time of the trust's
investment, a rating in the highest rating category of Standard &
Poor's, of Moody's and, if rated by Fitch, of Fitch;
(5) bankers' acceptances (having original maturities of no more than
365 days) issued by any depository institution or trust company
referred to in clause (2) above;
(6) money market funds having, at the time of the trust's investment,
a rating in the highest rating category of Standard & Poor's, of
Moody's and, if rated by Fitch, of Fitch (including funds for
which the indenture trustee or any of its affiliates is investment
manager or advisor);
(7) time deposits (having maturities not later than the next
distribution date) other than those referred to in clause (4)
above, with a person whose commercial paper has a credit rating
satisfactory to Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch; or
(8) any other investment upon receipt of written confirmation from
each rating agency that the additional form of investment will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of
any outstanding series or class.
The indenture trustee, acting as the initial paying agent (together with
any successor to the indenture trustee acting in that capacity, and any entity
specified in an indenture supplement to act in that capacity for the related
series, referred to collectively as the "PAYING AGENT"), will have the revocable
power to withdraw funds from the collection account for the purpose of making
payments to the noteholders of any series pursuant to the related indenture
supplement.
FUNDING PERIOD
For any series of notes, the total amount of principal receivables in the
trust available to that series may be less than the total principal amount of
the notes of that series. If this occurs, the initial Invested Amount for that
series of notes will be less than the principal amount of that series of notes.
In this case, the related prospectus supplement will set forth the terms of the
"FUNDING PERIOD," which is the period from that series' closing date to the
earlier of:
- the date that series' Invested Amount equals the principal amount of that
series of notes; and
- the date specified in the related prospectus supplement.
During the funding period, the portion of the series amount not invested in
receivables will be maintained in a "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT," which is a trust
account established with the indenture trustee for the benefit of the
noteholders of that series. On the closing date for that series of notes, this
amount may be up to 100% of the principal balance of that series of notes. The
Invested Amount for that series will increase as new receivables are transferred
to the trust or as the Invested Amounts of other outstanding series are reduced.
The Invested Amount may decrease due to charge-offs allocated to the series.
During the funding period, funds on deposit in the pre-funding account will
be paid to the transferor as the Invested Amount increases. If the Invested
Amount for that series is not increased so that it equals the principal balance
of the notes of that series by the end of the funding period, any amount
remaining in
35
124
the pre-funding account will be repaid to noteholders. This type of event may
also cause repayment of other amounts to noteholders, as set forth in the
related prospectus supplement.
The prospectus supplement for a series with a funding period will set
forth:
- the series' initial Invested Amount;
- the series' full Invested Amount, which is the initial principal balance
of the series of notes;
- the date on which the series' Invested Amount is expected to equal the
full Invested Amount;
- the date by which the funding period will end; and
- what other events, if any, will occur if the end of the funding period is
reached before the full Invested Amount is funded.
INVESTOR PERCENTAGE AND TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE
The servicer will allocate all collections of finance charge receivables,
all collections of principal receivables and all receivables in accounts which
were written off as uncollectible by the servicer, called "DEFAULTED ACCOUNTS,"
among:
- each series issued and outstanding;
- the Transferor Interest; and
- if the related prospectus supplement so states, to any series enhancers.
All allocations of these amounts will be made through the respective
Investor Percentages for each series, the Transferor Percentage and, where
applicable, the percentage interest of certain series enhancers, called the
"CREDIT ENHANCEMENT PERCENTAGE." The related prospectus supplements will set
forth how the Investor Percentages are calculated.
The Transferor Percentage is, in all cases, equal to 100% minus:
- the total Investor Percentages for all outstanding series; and, if
applicable, minus
- the total Credit Enhancement Percentages for all outstanding series.
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
Except in the circumstance described below, the servicer must deposit into
the collection account, no later than two business days after processing, all
payments made on receivables in the trust portfolio. The servicer must also
allocate these deposits between accounts and to various parties, as described
below. However, the servicer will be able to make these deposits on a monthly or
other periodic basis if one of the following is true:
(1)(a) the bank remains the servicer under the transfer and servicing
agreement;
(b) Associates First Capital Corporation guarantees the performance
of the servicer's obligations (unless each rating agency
consents to the removal of this guarantee) and maintains a
commercial paper rating of not less than A-1 by Standard &
Poor's, not less than P-1 by Moody's and, if rated by Fitch,
not less than F1 by Fitch; and
(c) the bank remains a wholly-owned subsidiary of Associates First
Capital Corporation (directly or indirectly) and, in the event
of a material change in the financial relationship between
them:
(i) the bank notifies each rating agency; and
(ii) written confirmation is received from each rating agency
that the material change will not result in a reduction
or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any
outstanding series or class; or
36
125
(2) any other arrangements are made and written confirmation is
received from each rating agency that the arrangements will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of
any outstanding series or class.
The servicer must make daily or periodic deposits to the collection account
only to the extent that the funds are needed for deposit into other trust
accounts or distribution to noteholders or other parties. If the collection
account balance ever exceeds this amount for deposit or distribution, the
servicer will be able to withdraw the excess and pay this amount in accordance
with the transaction documents. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence,
the servicer may retain its servicing fee with respect to any series and will
not be required to deposit it in the collection account.
Each time a collection account deposit is made, the servicer will withdraw
from, or retain in, the collection account, as applicable, the following amounts
and apply them as indicated:
(1) the Transferor Percentage of collections of finance charge
receivables and principal receivables in the trust portfolio will
be paid or held for payment to the holders of the transferor
certificates, provided that collections of principal receivables
allocable to the holders of the transferor certificates will be
paid to the holders of the transferor certificates only if the
Transferor Interest exceeds zero;
(2) for each series, the relevant Investor Percentage of collections
of finance charge receivables in the trust portfolio will be
retained in the collection account for allocation and payment as
set forth in the related prospectus supplement;
(3) if the series is in its revolving period, the applicable Investor
Percentage of collections of principal receivables in the trust
portfolio allocated to the series will be:
(a) first, if any other principal sharing series in the same group
is in its amortization period or accumulation period, retained
in the collection account to be applied as shared collections
to other series in that group on the related distribution
date; or
(b) second, paid to the holders of the transferor certificates
only if the Transferor Interest is greater than the Required
Transferor Interest and otherwise will be deposited in the
special funding account;
(4) if the series is in its controlled accumulation period, controlled
amortization period or early accumulation period, as applicable,
the applicable Investor Percentage of collections of principal
receivables in the trust portfolio allocated to the series up to
the amount, if any, specified in the accompanying prospectus
supplement will be retained in the collection account or deposited
in a principal funding account, as applicable, for allocation and
payment to noteholders as described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement; provided that if collections of principal receivables
exceed the principal payments which may be allocated or
distributed to noteholders, the excess will be applied as shared
principal collections or paid to the holders of the transferor
certificates, as described, and subject to the limitations, in
clause (3) above; and
(5) if the series is in its early amortization period, the applicable
Investor Percentage of collections of principal receivables in the
trust portfolio will be retained in the collection account for
application and payment as provided in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.
In the case of a series of notes having more than one class, the amounts in
the collection account will be allocated and applied to each class in the manner
and order of priority described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
Any amounts collected in respect of principal receivables and not paid to
the holders of the transferor certificates because the Transferor Interest is
less than the Required Transferor Interest as described in paragraph (3) above
(with respect to each series, "UNALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS"), together
with any adjustment payments as described below, will be paid to and held in the
special funding account and paid
37
126
to the holders of the transferor certificates if, and only to the extent that,
the Transferor Interest is greater than the Required Transferor Interest. If an
amortization period or accumulation period has commenced, unallocated principal
collections will be held for distribution to the noteholders on the dates
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement or accumulated for
distribution on the expected principal payment date, as applicable, and
distributed to the noteholders of each class or held for and distributed to the
noteholders of other series of notes issued by the trust in the manner and order
of priority specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
If a series is identified in the indenture supplement for that series as
included in a group, collections of finance charge receivables in the trust
portfolio allocated to the series in excess of the amount needed to make
deposits or payments with respect to that series may be treated as "EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" and may be shared with other series identified in
the indenture supplements for those other series as included in the same group
(each, an "EXCESS ALLOCATION SERIES"). If one series requires more collections
of finance charge receivables than allocated through its Investor Percentage, it
will have access to all of these shared excess finance charge collections in
other series in its group. If two or more series require more collections of
finance charge receivables, excess finance charge collections in the group will
be shared among the series in the manner and priority set forth in the related
indenture supplements.
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS AND TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
If a series is allocated principal in excess of the amount needed for
deposit or payment, this excess amount will be treated as "SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS" and will be available to make principal payments or deposits
required by other series identified in the indenture supplements for those
series as included in the same group (each, a "PRINCIPAL SHARING SERIES"). If
the aggregate of this excess amount for all principal sharing series exceeds the
aggregate of amounts needed for payment or deposit by other principal sharing
series, that excess will be paid to the holders of the transferor certificates.
However, if the Transferor Interest is less than the Required Transferor
Interest, the servicer will not pay this excess to the holders of the transferor
certificates but will instead deposit this excess in the special funding
account. If collections of principal receivables in the trust portfolio
allocated to a series are shared with another series, the Invested Amount for
the series from which collections were shared will not be reduced.
Collections of principal receivables in the trust portfolio allocated to
the Transferor Interest but not due to the holder of any participation in the
transferor certificates or the holder of any supplemental certificate, and other
amounts payable to the transferor with respect to collections of principal
receivables, regardless of whether those collections were initially allocated to
the transferor or any series, are treated as "SHARED TRANSFEROR PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS" and may be available to make principal payments or deposits
required by noteholders of one or more series identified in the indenture
supplements for those series as entitled to receive shared transferor principal
collections. Shared transferor principal collections will be applied only after
shared principal collections have been applied. We cannot assure you that there
will be any shared transferor principal collections for any monthly period.
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; REBATES AND FRAUDULENT CHARGES; INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS
Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, for
each series of notes, on the earlier of (a) the third business day and (b) the
fifth calendar day (or, if the fifth calendar day is not a business day, then
the preceding business day) preceding the seventeenth day of each calendar month
(the "DETERMINATION DATE"), the servicer will calculate the aggregate Investor
Default Amount for the preceding monthly period, which will be equal to the
aggregate amount of the Investor Percentage of principal receivables in
defaulted accounts; that is, accounts which in that monthly period were written
off as uncollectible in accordance with the servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the receivables. If so
provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement, an amount equal to the
Investor Default Amount for any monthly period may be paid from other amounts,
38
127
including from credit enhancement, and applied to pay principal to noteholders
or, subject to certain limitations, the holder of the Transferor Interest, as
appropriate.
With respect to each series of notes, the Invested Amount with respect to
that series will be reduced by the amount by which the Investor Default Amount
exceeds the amount of finance charge collections allocated to fund the Investor
Default Amount for that monthly period ("INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS"). In no event,
however, will the Invested Amount be reduced below zero for any monthly period.
Investor Charge-Offs will be reimbursed on any distribution date to the extent
amounts on deposit in the collection account and otherwise available exceed the
interest, fees and any aggregate Investor Default Amount payable on that date.
This reimbursement of Investor Charge-Offs will result in an increase in the
Invested Amount with respect to that series.
If the servicer adjusts the amount of any principal receivable because of
transactions occurring in respect of a rebate or refund to a cardholder, or
because that principal receivable was created in respect of merchandise which
was refused or returned by a cardholder, then the Transferor Interest will be
reduced, on a net basis, by the amount of the adjustment. In addition, the
Transferor Interest will be reduced, on a net basis, as a result of transactions
in respect of any principal receivable which was discovered as having been
created through a fraudulent or counterfeit charge. If reducing the Transferor
Interest would cause it to be less than the Required Transferor Interest, the
Transferor will be required to pay the deficient amount into the special funding
account.
The "INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" will be an amount calculated in accordance
with the related prospectus supplement.
DEFEASANCE
The trust may terminate its substantive obligations in respect of any
series or all outstanding series by depositing with the indenture trustee, from
amounts representing, or acquired with, collections of receivables, money or
eligible investments sufficient to make all remaining scheduled interest and
principal payments on that series or all outstanding series of notes of the
trust, as the case may be, on the dates scheduled for those payments and to pay
all amounts owing to any series enhancer with respect to that series or all
outstanding series, as the case may be, if certain conditions are satisfied,
including (i) the action would not result in a pay out event for any series and
(ii) receipt by the indenture trustee and the servicer of written confirmation
that the action will not result in the reduction or withdrawal by any rating
agency of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class. Prior to
its first exercise of its right to substitute money or eligible investments for
receivables, the trust will deliver to the indenture trustee an opinion of
counsel to the effect that:
- for federal income tax purposes, the deposit and termination of
obligations will not cause the trust, or any portion of the trust, to be
deemed to be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation; and
- the deposit and termination of obligations will not result in the trust
being required to register as an "investment company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
FINAL PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL; TERMINATION
For each series, the servicer has the option to repurchase the notes at any
time after the remaining outstanding principal amount of that series is 5% or
less of the initial principal amount of that series (as increased by the
principal balance of any notes of that series issued after the related closing
date) if certain conditions set forth in the related indenture supplement are
met. The repurchase price will equal:
- the outstanding principal amount of the notes of that series, plus
- any accrued and unpaid interest through the day preceding the
distribution date on which the repurchase occurs or, if the repurchase
occurs on any other date, through the day preceding the distribution date
immediately following the repurchase date.
39
128
For any series of notes, the related prospectus supplement may specify
different conditions to the servicer's repurchase option and a different method
for determining the repurchase price.
The notes of each series will be retired on the day following the date on
which the final payment of principal is made to the noteholders, whether as a
result of optional reassignment to the transferor or otherwise. Each prospectus
supplement will specify the series final maturity date with respect to the
related series of notes. However, the notes may be subject to prior termination
as provided above. For any series the failure to pay principal of the related
notes on the series final maturity date will be an event of default and the
indenture trustee or holders of a specified percentage of the notes of that
series will have certain rights described under "The Indenture -- Events of
Default; Rights upon Event of Default" in this prospectus.
Unless the servicer and the holder of the Transferor Interest instruct the
indenture trustee otherwise, the trust will terminate on the earlier of the day
on which (i) the rights of all series of notes to receive payments from the
trust have terminated and (ii) the trust is legally dissolved. Upon the
termination of the trust and the surrender of the transferor certificates, the
indenture trustee shall convey to the holders of the transferor certificates all
right, title and interest of the trust in and to the receivables and other funds
of the trust.
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL NOTES
If specified in the prospectus supplement for any series of notes, from
time to time during the revolving period for that series, the transferor may,
subject to certain conditions described in the applicable prospectus supplement,
cause the trust to issue additional notes of the same series (each issuance, an
"ADDITIONAL ISSUANCE"). When issued, the additional notes of each class of that
series will be identical in all respects to the other outstanding notes of that
class and will be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the transfer
and servicing agreement, the indenture and the applicable indenture supplement
without preference, priority or distinction.
In connection with each additional issuance, the outstanding principal
amounts of each class of notes and the series enhancement will be increased
proportionately and the Invested Amount will be increased to reflect the initial
principal balance of the additional notes of each class. The additional series
enhancement provided in connection with an additional issuance may take the form
of a letter of credit, the establishment of a cash collateral account, the
purchase of interest rate caps or swaps and/or another form of series
enhancement as described under "Credit Enhancement" in this prospectus, provided
that the form and amount of additional series enhancement will not cause a
reduction or withdrawal by any rating agency of its then-current rating of any
outstanding series or class.
PAIRED SERIES
The prospectus supplement for a series of notes will specify whether that
series may be paired with a previously or later issued series so that a decrease
in the Invested Amount of the previously issued series results in a
corresponding increase in the Invested Amount of the later issued series. We
call each of these series a "PAIRED SERIES." In general, a series may be issued
as a paired series so the trust can fund the amount by which the previously
issued series has amortized and will amortize in the future.
If a pay out event occurs for the previously issued series or its paired
series when the previously issued series is amortizing, the Investor Percentage
for the allocation of collections of principal receivables for the previously
issued series may be reset to a lower percentage as described in the prospectus
supplement for that series and the period over which it will amortize may be
lengthened as a result. The extent to which the period over which it amortizes
is lengthened will depend on many factors, only one of which is the reduction of
its Investor Percentage. For a discussion of these factors, see "Risk Factors --
Issuance of additional series by the trust may affect the timing of payments to
you" in this prospectus and "Maturity Considerations" in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.
40
129
PAY OUT EVENTS
Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, as
described above, the revolving period will continue through the date specified
in the accompanying prospectus supplement unless a pay out event occurs prior to
that date. A "PAY OUT EVENT" occurs with respect to all series issued by the
trust upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) certain bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship,
receivership or similar events relating to the transferor, ACCS or
the bank, unless written confirmation is received from each rating
agency that the removal of the bank from this pay out event will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of
any outstanding series or class;
(b) the transferor is unable for any reason to transfer receivables to
the trust in accordance with the provisions of the transfer and
servicing agreement; or
(c) the trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
In addition, a pay out event may occur with respect to any series upon the
occurrence of any other event specified in the accompanying prospectus
supplement. On the date on which a pay out event is deemed to have occurred, the
early amortization period or, if so specified in the accompanying prospectus
supplement, the early accumulation period will commence. If, because of the
occurrence of a pay out event, the early amortization period begins earlier than
the scheduled commencement of an amortization period or prior to an expected
principal payment date, noteholders will begin receiving distributions of
principal earlier than they otherwise would have, which may shorten the average
life of the notes.
In addition to the consequences of a pay out event discussed above, unless
otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, if certain
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or
similar laws occur with respect to the transferor, on the day of that event the
transferor will immediately cease to transfer principal receivables to the trust
and promptly give notice to the indenture trustee and the owner trustee of this
event. Any principal receivables transferred to the trust prior to the event, as
well as collections on those principal receivables and finance charge
receivables accrued at any time with respect to those principal receivables,
will continue to be part of the trust assets and will be applied as specified
above in "-- Application of Collections" and in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.
If the only pay out event to occur is either the insolvency of the
transferor or the commencement of a bankruptcy case by or against the
transferor, the bankruptcy court may have the power to require the continued
transfer of principal receivables to the trust. See "Risk Factors -- If a
conservator or receiver were appointed for Associates National Bank (Delaware),
or if Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. or Associates Credit Card
Receivables Corp. became a debtor in a bankruptcy case, delays or reductions in
payment of your notes could occur" in this prospectus.
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
The servicer receives a fee for its servicing activities and reimbursement
of expenses incurred in administering the trust. This servicing fee accrues for
each outstanding series in the amounts and calculated on the balances set forth
in the related prospectus supplement. Each series' servicing fee is payable each
period from collections of finance charge receivables allocated to the series;
some series, however, may direct all or a portion of the Interchange arising
from the accounts toward paying the servicing fee. Neither the trust nor the
noteholders are responsible for any servicing fee allocable to the Transferor
Interest.
41
130
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE TRANSFEROR AND THE SERVICER
The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the
transfer and servicing agreement, except:
- upon a determination that performance of its duties is no longer
permissible under applicable law; or
- upon assumption of its obligations and duties by one of its affiliates
that is a wholly owned subsidiary of Associates First Capital Corporation
or by appointment of any other eligible successor if written confirmation
is received from each rating agency that the appointment will not result
in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any
outstanding series or class.
If within 120 days of the determination that the servicer is no longer
permitted to act as servicer, the indenture trustee is unable to appoint a
successor, then the indenture trustee will act as servicer. If the indenture
trustee is unable to act as servicer, it will petition an appropriate court to
appoint an eligible successor.
The servicer may not resign until the indenture trustee or another
successor has assumed the servicer's obligations and duties. The bank is
permitted to assign part or all of its obligations and duties as servicer to one
of its affiliates if it guarantees its affiliate's performance.
The servicer will indemnify the trust, the owner trustee and the indenture
trustee for any losses suffered as a result of (a) its actions or omissions as
servicer or (b) the administration by the owner trustee of the trust, except in
each case, for losses resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the
owner trustee or the indenture trustee, as applicable.
Neither the servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or
agents will be under any other liability to the trust, the owner trustee, the
indenture trustee, the noteholders, any series enhancer or any other person for
any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action, in good faith under
the transfer and servicing agreement. However, none of them will be protected
against any liability resulting from willful wrongdoing, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of reckless disregard
of obligations and duties under the transfer and servicing agreement. In
addition, the transfer and servicing agreement provides that the servicer is not
under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is
not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the transfer and
servicing agreement and which in its opinion may expose it to any expense or
liability.
Each transferor will be severally, but not jointly, liable for all of its
obligations, covenants, representations and warranties under the transfer and
servicing agreement. No transferor nor any of its directors, officers,
employees, incorporators or agents will be liable to the trust, the owner
trustee, the indenture trustee, the noteholders, any series enhancer or any
other person for any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action, in
good faith under the transfer and servicing agreement. However, none of them
will be protected against any liability resulting from willful wrongdoing, bad
faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the transfer and servicing
agreement.
The trust agreement provides that the transferor may transfer its interest
in all or a portion of the transferor certificate by exchanging its transferor
certificate for a newly issued transferor certificate and a second certificate,
called a "SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE." The terms of the supplemental certificate
must be defined in a supplement to the trust agreement. Before a supplemental
certificate is issued, the following must occur:
- notice of the exchange to the owner trustee, the indenture trustee, the
servicer and each rating agency;
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of an executed
supplement to the trust agreement;
42
131
- written confirmation from each rating agency that the exchange will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any
outstanding series or class;
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a certificate
of an authorized officer of the transferor to the effect that it
reasonably believes the exchange will not have an adverse effect;
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a tax opinion
regarding the exchange; and
- the total amount of principal receivables in the trust portfolio, plus
the principal amount of any participations transferred to the trust must
exceed the Required Minimum Principal Balance on the date of the
exchange.
No supplemental certificate may be transferred or exchanged unless a tax
opinion is delivered to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee regarding
the exchange.
The transferor or the servicer may consolidate with, merge into, or sell
its business to, another entity, in accordance with the transfer and servicing
agreement on the following conditions:
- if the transferor or the servicer, as the case may be, is not the
surviving entity, execution of an agreement relating to the succession
that supplements the transfer and servicing agreement;
- in the case of a transaction relating to the transferor, (i) delivery to
the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a certificate of an
authorized officer of the transferor and an opinion of counsel, each
addressing compliance with the applicable provisions of the transfer and
servicing agreement and the validity and enforceability of the
supplemental agreement and (ii) written confirmation from each rating
agency that the succession will not result in a reduction or withdrawal
of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class; and
- in the case of a transaction relating to the servicer, (i) delivery to
the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a certificate of an
authorized officer of the servicer and an opinion of counsel, each
addressing compliance with the applicable provisions of the transfer and
servicing agreement, (ii) notification of the succession to each rating
agency and (iii) that the successor is eligible to act as servicer.
SERVICER DEFAULT
The transfer and servicing agreement specifies the duties and obligations
of the servicer. A failure by the servicer to perform its duties or fulfill its
obligations can result in a Servicer Default.
A "SERVICER DEFAULT" includes each of the following:
(1) failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit, or
to give instructions or to give notice to the indenture trustee to
do so, within five business days of the required date under the
transfer and servicing agreement, the indenture or any indenture
supplement;
(2) failure on the part of the servicer to observe or perform any of its
other covenants or agreements if the failure:
(a) has an adverse effect;
(b) continues unremedied for a period of sixty days after notice to
(i) the servicer by the owner trustee or the indenture trustee,
or (ii) the servicer, the owner trustee and the indenture
trustee by noteholders of 10% or more of the then-outstanding
principal amount of all of the trust's outstanding series (or,
where the servicer's failure does not relate to all series, 10%
or more of the then-outstanding principal amount of all series
affected); or
(c) the servicer assigns or delegates its duties, except as
specifically permitted under the transfer and servicing
agreement;
43
132
(3) any representation, warranty or certification made by the servicer
in the transfer and servicing agreement, or in any certificate
delivered pursuant to the transfer and servicing agreement, proves
to have been incorrect when made if it:
(a) has an adverse effect on the rights of the noteholders of any
series; and
(b) continues to have an adverse effect on those noteholders for a
period of sixty days after notice to (i) the servicer by the
owner trustee or the indenture trustee, or (ii) the servicer,
the owner trustee and the indenture trustee by noteholders of
10% or more of the then-outstanding principal amount of all of
the trust's outstanding series (or, where the servicer's
inaccuracy does not relate to all series, 10% or more of the
then- outstanding principal amount of all series affected);
(4) specific bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship,
receivership or similar events relating to the servicer; or
(5) any other event specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance
referred to in clause (1) above for a period of ten business days after the
applicable grace period, or referred to under clause (2) or (3) for a period of
sixty business days after the applicable grace period, will not constitute a
Servicer Default if the delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise
of reasonable diligence by the servicer and the delay or failure was caused by
an act of God or other similar occurrence. Upon the occurrence of any of these
events, the servicer will not be relieved from using all commercially reasonable
efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the
terms of the transfer and servicing agreement and the servicer must provide the
indenture trustee, the owner trustee, each transferor and any provider of
enhancement and/or any issuer of any third-party credit enhancement (a "SERIES
ENHANCER") with an officer's certificate giving prompt notice of its failure or
delay, together with a description of its efforts to perform its obligations.
If a Servicer Default occurs, for as long as it has not been remedied, the
indenture trustee or noteholders representing a majority of the then-outstanding
principal amount of all of the trust's outstanding series may give notice to the
servicer and the owner trustee (and to the indenture trustee if given by the
noteholders) terminating all of the rights and obligations of the servicer under
the transfer and servicing agreement and the indenture trustee may appoint a new
servicer. The indenture trustee will as promptly as possible appoint an eligible
successor to the servicer. If no successor has been appointed or has accepted
the appointment by the time the servicer ceases to act as servicer, the
indenture trustee will automatically become the successor. If the indenture
trustee is unable to obtain bids from eligible servicers within sixty days of
notice of termination of the servicer and the servicer delivers a certificate of
an authorized officer to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the
Servicer Default which gave rise to a transfer of servicing, and if the
indenture trustee is legally unable to act as successor, then the indenture
trustee will give the transferor a right of first refusal to purchase the
interests of the noteholders in the trust on the distribution date in the next
calendar month at a price equal to the sum of the amounts specified for each
series outstanding in the related indenture supplement.
The rights and obligations of the transferor under the transfer and
servicing agreement will be unaffected by any change in servicer.
In the event that a conservator or receiver is appointed for the servicer
or a bankruptcy case is commenced by or against the subservicer, the conservator
or receiver or the bankruptcy court may have the power to prevent either the
indenture trustee or the noteholders from appointing a successor servicer.
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
Noteholders of each series issued by the trust will receive reports with
information on the series and the trust. The paying agent will forward to each
noteholder of record a report, prepared by the servicer, for its series on the
distribution dates for that series. The report will set forth information as
specified in the
44
133
related prospectus supplement. If a series has multiple classes, information
will be provided for each class, as specified in the related prospectus
supplement.
Periodic information to noteholders generally will include:
- the total amount distributed;
- the amount of principal and interest for distribution;
- collections of principal receivables and finance charge receivables
allocated to the series;
- the aggregate amount of principal receivables, the Invested Amount and
the Invested Amount as a percentage of the aggregate amount of the
principal receivables in the trust portfolio;
- the aggregate outstanding balance of accounts broken out by delinquency
status;
- the aggregate defaults allocated to the series;
- Investor Charge-Offs for the series and any reimbursements of previous
Investor Charge-Offs;
- the monthly servicing fee for that series;
- the amount available under any enhancement and credit enhancement, if
any, for the series or each class of the series;
- the Base Rate and Portfolio Yield (each as defined in the accompanying
prospectus supplement) for the series; and
- if the series or a class of the series bears interest at a floating or
variable rate, information relating to that rate.
By January 31 of each calendar year, the paying agent will also provide to
each person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a noteholder
of record a statement, prepared by the servicer, containing the type of
information presented in the periodic reports, aggregated for that calendar year
or the portion of that calendar year that the person was a noteholder, together
with other information that is customarily provided to holders of debt, to
assist noteholders in preparing their United States tax returns.
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
The transfer and servicing agreement provides that on or before April 30 of
each calendar year, the servicer will have a firm of independent certified
public accountants furnish a report showing that, for the prior calendar year:
- the accounting firm has issued a SAS 70 report on certain aspects of the
servicer's internal controls and that, in the accounting firm's opinion,
based on their examination, as noted in their report, the controls that
were tested were operating with sufficient effectiveness to provide
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that the control objectives
described were achieved, and
- the accounting firm has compared certain amounts set forth in the
periodic reports prepared by the servicer for the prior calendar year
with the servicer's computer reports and that the amounts are in
agreement, except for any discrepancies noted in the accounting firm's
report.
The transfer and servicing agreement also provides that by April 30 of each
calendar year, the servicer will deliver to the owner trustee, the indenture
trustee and each rating agency a certificate of an authorized officer to the
effect that the servicer has fully performed its obligations under the transfer
and servicing agreement during the preceding year, or, if there has been a
default in the performance of any of its obligations, specifying the nature and
status of default.
45
134
AMENDMENTS
The transfer and servicing agreement may be amended by the transferor, the
servicer and the issuer, without the consent of the indenture trustee or the
noteholders of any series, on the following conditions:
- the transferor delivers to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee a
certificate of an authorized officer stating that, in the transferor's
reasonable belief, the amendment will not have an adverse effect; and
- written confirmation from each rating agency that the amendment will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any
outstanding series or class.
The transfer and servicing agreement may also be amended by the servicer
and the issuer at the direction of the transferor, without the consent of the
indenture trustee, the noteholders of any series or the series enhancers for any
series to add, modify or eliminate any provisions necessary or advisable in
order to enable the trust or any portion of the trust to (i) qualify as, and to
permit an election to be made for the trust to be treated as, a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" under the Code and (ii) avoid the imposition of
state or local income or franchise taxes on the trust's property or its income.
The following conditions apply for the amendments described in this paragraph:
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a certificate
of an authorized officer of the transferor to the effect that the
requirements under the transfer and servicing agreement applicable to the
proposed amendments have been met;
- receipt of written confirmation from each rating agency that the
amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its
then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class; and
- the amendment must not affect the rights, duties or obligations of the
indenture trustee or the owner trustee under the transfer and servicing
agreement.
The amendments which the transferor may make without the consent of the
noteholders of any series or the series enhancers for any series in accordance
with the preceding paragraph may include, without limitation, the addition of a
sale of receivables in the trust portfolio.
The transfer and servicing agreement may also be amended by the transferor,
the servicer and the issuer with the consent of noteholders representing at
least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding principal balance of the notes of all
series adversely affected by the amendment. Even with consent, no amendment may
occur if it:
(1) reduces the amount of, or delays the timing of:
(a) any distributions to be made to noteholders of any series
(changes in pay out events or events of default that decrease
the likelihood of the occurrence of those events will not be
considered delays in the timing of distributions for purposes of
this clause) or deposits of amounts to be distributed; or
(b) the amount available under any series enhancement, in each case,
without the consent of each affected noteholder;
(2) changes the manner of calculating the interests of any noteholder,
without the consent of each affected noteholder;
(3) reduces the percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the
notes required to consent to any amendment, without the consent of
each affected noteholder; or
(4) adversely affects the rating of any series or class by each rating
agency, without the consent of noteholders representing at least
66 2/3% of the then-outstanding principal balance of the notes of
each affected series or class.
46
135
THE INDENTURE
The following summarizes certain terms of the indenture and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the indenture.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
With respect to the notes of any series, an "EVENT OF DEFAULT" under the
indenture will be any of the following:
(1) the trust fails to pay principal when it becomes due and payable;
(2) the trust fails to pay interest when it becomes due and payable and
the default continues for a period of thirty-five days;
(3) the trust fails to observe or perform covenants or agreements made
in the indenture, and:
(a) the failure continues, or is not cured, for sixty days after
notice to the trust by the indenture trustee or to the trust and
the indenture trustee by noteholders representing 50% or more of
the then-outstanding principal amount of all of the trust's
outstanding series; and
(b) as a result, the interests of the noteholders are materially and
adversely affected, and continue to be materially and adversely
affected during the 60-day period; or
(4) certain bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship, receivership,
liquidation or similar events relating to the trust.
Failure to pay the full principal amount of a note on its expected
principal payment date will not constitute an event of default.
An event of default with respect to one series of notes will not
necessarily be an event of default with respect to any other series of notes.
If an event of default referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) above should
occur and be continuing with respect to the notes, the indenture trustee or
noteholders holding more than 50% of the then-outstanding principal balance of
the notes of the affected series may declare the principal of the notes of that
series to be immediately due and payable. If an event of default referred to in
clause (4) above should occur and be continuing with respect to the notes, the
unpaid principal and interest due on the notes automatically will be deemed to
be declared due and payable. These declarations may, under certain
circumstances, be rescinded by noteholders holding more than 50% of the
then-outstanding principal balance of the notes of that series.
Generally, in the case of any event of default, the indenture trustee will
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the
indenture if requested or directed by any of the holders of the notes of the
affected series if the indenture trustee reasonably believes it will not be
adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in complying with that request. Subject to those provisions
for indemnification and certain limitations contained in the indenture,
noteholders holding more than 50% (if an event of default has occurred and is
continuing) of the then-outstanding principal balance of the notes of the
affected series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the indenture trustee, and
noteholders holding more than 50% of the then-outstanding principal balance of
the notes of the affected series may, in certain cases, waive any default with
respect to the notes, except a default in the payment of principal or interest
or a default relating to a covenant or provision of the indenture that cannot be
modified without the waiver or consent of all noteholders of the affected
series.
After acceleration of a series of notes, principal collections and finance
charge collections allocated to those notes will be applied to make monthly
principal and interest payments on the notes until the earlier
47
136
of the date the notes are paid in full or the final maturity date of the notes.
Funds in the collection account, the special funding account and other trust
accounts for an accelerated series of notes will be applied immediately to pay
principal of and interest on those notes.
Upon acceleration of the maturity of a series of notes following an event
of default, the indenture trustee will have a lien on the collateral for those
notes for its unpaid fees and expenses that ranks senior to the lien of those
notes on the collateral.
In general, the indenture trustee will enforce the rights and remedies of
the holders of accelerated notes. However, noteholders will have the right to
institute any proceeding with respect to the indenture if the following
conditions are met:
- the noteholder gives the indenture trustee written notice of a continuing
event of default;
- the noteholders of at least 25% of the then-outstanding principal balance
of the affected series make a written request of the indenture trustee to
institute a proceeding as indenture trustee;
- the noteholders offer reasonable indemnification to the indenture trustee
against the costs, expenses and liabilities of instituting a proceeding;
- the indenture trustee has not instituted a proceeding within sixty days
after receipt of the request and offer of indemnification; and
- the indenture trustee has not received from noteholders holding more than
50% of the then-outstanding principal balance of the notes of that series
a direction inconsistent with the request.
If any series of notes has been accelerated following an event of default,
and the indenture trustee has not received any valid directions from those
noteholders, the indenture trustee may elect to continue to hold the portions of
the trust assets that secures those notes and apply distributions on the trust
assets to make payments on those notes to the extent funds are available.
Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the
indenture trustee, if any series of notes has been accelerated following an
event of default, the indenture trustee may:
- institute proceedings in its own name for the collection of all amounts
then payable on the notes of the affected series; or
- take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and
remedies of the indenture trustee and the noteholders of the affected
series.
Subject to the conditions described below, the indenture trustee also may,
at the direction of noteholders holding more than 50% of the then-outstanding
principal balance of the series of accelerated notes, cause the trust to sell
principal receivables in an amount equal to the product of (a) the Invested
Amount for the series of accelerated notes and (b) a fraction, the numerator of
which is one and the denominator of which is equal to the excess of one over the
Discount Percentage, and the related finance charge receivables, in accordance
with the indenture.
One of the following conditions that must be satisfied for the indenture
trustee to exercise this remedy:
- the indenture trustee receives the consent of all noteholders of the
affected series;
- the indenture trustee determines that any proceeds from exercising this
remedy will be sufficient to discharge in full all principal and interest
due on the accelerated notes; or
- the indenture trustee determines that the trust assets may not continue
to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest
on those notes as they would have become due if the notes had not been
accelerated, and the indenture trustee obtains the consent of noteholders
holding at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding principal balance of
each class of the notes of the affected series.
48
137
The indenture trustee and the noteholders will covenant that they will not
at any time institute against the trust or the transferor any bankruptcy,
reorganization or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or
similar law.
The remedies described above are the exclusive remedies available to the
noteholders with respect to an event of default. The indenture trustee and each
noteholder, by its acceptance of an interest in any note, waive any other remedy
that may be available under the UCC as then in effect in any applicable
jurisdiction.
None of the transferor, the administrator, the owner trustee, the indenture
trustee, the servicer, the bank or the trust, in its individual capacity, nor
any holder of an ownership interest in the trust, nor any of their respective
owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, successors or
assigns shall, in the absence of an express agreement to the contrary, be
personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest on the notes
or for the agreements of the trust contained in the indenture. The notes will
represent obligations solely of the trust, and the notes will not be insured or
guaranteed by the transferor, the servicer, the administrator, the owner
trustee, the indenture trustee, the bank or any other person or entity.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The indenture provides that the trust may not consolidate with, merge into
or sell its business to, another entity, unless certain conditions are
satisfied, including:
- (a) in the case of a consolidation or merger, the entity (if other than
the trust) formed by or surviving the consolidation or merger, or (b) in
the case of a sale of its business, the entity that acquires the trust's
business
- is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia;
- is not subject to regulation as an "investment company" under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and
- expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, the trust's obligation
to make due and punctual payments upon the notes and the performance
of every covenant of the trust under the indenture;
- no pay out event or event of default shall have occurred and be
continuing immediately after the merger, consolidation or sale;
- written confirmation is received from each rating agency that the
transaction will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its
then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class;
- the trust has received a tax opinion and an opinion of counsel to the
effect that the consolidation, merger or sale would have no material
adverse federal income tax consequence to any noteholder;
- any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest
created by the indenture shall have been taken; and
- the trust has delivered to the indenture trustee an opinion of counsel
and officer's certificate each stating that the consolidation, merger or
sale satisfies all requirements under the indenture and that the
supplemental indenture is duly authorized, executed and delivered and is
valid, binding and enforceable.
As long as the notes are outstanding, the trust will not:
- except as expressly permitted by the indenture, the transfer and
servicing agreement or certain related documents, sell, transfer,
exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the trust that
secure the notes;
49
138
- claim any credit on or make any deduction from payments in respect of the
principal of and interest on the notes (other than amounts withheld under
the Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present
or former noteholders because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed
upon the assets of the trust that secure the notes;
- voluntarily dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part; or
- permit (A) the validity or effectiveness of the indenture to be impaired,
or permit the lien under the indenture to be amended, hypothecated,
subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any person to be
released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the notes
under the indenture except as may be expressly permitted by the
indenture, (B) any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest,
mortgage or other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise
arise upon or burden the assets of the trust or any part thereof, except
as may be created by the terms of the indenture; or (C) the lien of the
indenture not to constitute a valid first priority perfected security
interest in the assets of the trust that secure the notes.
The trust may not engage in any activity other than as specified under "The
Issuer" in this prospectus. The trust will not incur, assume or guarantee any
indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred pursuant to the notes and the
indenture.
MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE
The trust and the indenture trustee may, without the consent of any
noteholders but with prior written notice to each rating agency, enter into one
or more supplemental indentures for any of the following purposes:
- to correct or enhance the description of any property subject to the lien
of the indenture, or to take any action that will enhance the indenture
trustee's lien under the indenture, or to add to the property pledged to
secure the notes;
- to reflect the agreement of another person to assume the role of the
trust;
- to add to the covenants of the trust, for the benefit of the noteholders,
or to surrender any right or power of the trust;
- to transfer or pledge any property to the indenture trustee;
- to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision in the
indenture or in any supplemental indenture that may be inconsistent with
any other provision in the indenture or in any supplemental indenture as
long as that action would not adversely affect the interests of the
noteholders;
- to appoint a successor to the indenture trustee with respect to the notes
and to add to or change any of the provisions of the indenture to allow
more than one indenture trustee to act under the indenture;
- to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the indenture as
necessary to qualify the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended, or any similar federal statute later enacted;
- to permit the issuance of one or more new series of notes in accordance
with the indenture; or
- to terminate any interest rate swap agreement or other credit enhancement
in accordance with the related indenture supplement.
50
139
The trust and the indenture trustee may also, without the consent of any
noteholders, enter into one or more supplemental indentures to add provisions
to, change in any manner or eliminate any provision of the indenture, or to
change the rights of the noteholders under the indenture, upon:
- receipt of written confirmation from each rating agency that the action
will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating
of any outstanding series or class;
- receipt of a certificate of an authorized officer of the transferor to
the effect that, in the transferor's reasonable belief, the action will
not have an adverse effect on the interests of the noteholders of any
outstanding series; and
- delivery of a tax opinion to each rating agency.
The trust and the indenture trustee may also, without the consent of the
noteholders of any series or the series enhancers for any series, enter into one
or more supplemental indentures to add, modify or eliminate any provisions
necessary or advisable in order to enable the trust or any portion of the trust
to (i) qualify as, and to permit an election to be made for the trust to be
treated as, a "financial asset securitization investment trust" under the Code
and (ii) to avoid the imposition of state or local income or franchise taxes on
the trust's property or its income. The following conditions apply for the
amendments described in this paragraph:
- delivery to the owner trustee and the indenture trustee of a certificate
of an authorized officer of the transferor to the effect that the
requirements under the indenture applicable to the proposed amendments
have been met;
- receipt of written confirmation from each rating agency that the action
will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating
of any outstanding series or class; and
- the amendment must not affect the rights, duties or obligations of the
indenture trustee or the owner trustee under the indenture.
The trust and the indenture trustee will not, without prior notice to each
rating agency and without the consent of each noteholder affected, enter into
any supplemental indenture to:
- change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest
on any note or reduce the principal amount of a note, the note interest
rate or the redemption price of the note or change any place of payment
where, or the currency in which, any note is payable;
- impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of specified
payment provisions of the indenture;
- reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the notes of
any series, whose consent is required (a) for execution of any
supplemental indenture or (b) for any waiver of compliance with specified
provisions of the indenture or of some defaults under the indenture and
their consequences provided in the indenture;
- reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount of the notes
required to direct the indenture trustee to sell or liquidate the trust
assets if the proceeds of the sale would be insufficient to pay the
principal amount and interest due on those notes;
- decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the notes
required to amend the sections of the indenture that specify the
percentage of the principal amount of the notes of a series necessary to
amend the indenture or other related agreements;
- modify provisions of the indenture prohibiting the voting of notes held
by the trust, any other party obligated on the notes, or ACCS, the bank,
any other account owner or any of their affiliates; or
- permit the creation of any lien superior or equal to the lien of the
indenture with respect to any of the collateral for any notes or, except
as otherwise permitted or contemplated in the indenture,
51
140
terminate the lien of the indenture on the collateral or deprive any
noteholder of the security provided by the lien of the indenture.
The trust and the indenture trustee may otherwise, with receipt of written
confirmation from each rating agency that the action will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any outstanding series or
class and with the consent of noteholders holding more than 50% of the then-
outstanding principal balance of the notes of each series adversely affected,
enter into one or more supplemental indentures to add provisions to, change in
any manner or eliminate any provision of the indenture, or to change the rights
of the noteholders under the indenture.
ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
The trust will be required to present to the indenture trustee each year a
written statement as to the performance of its obligations under the indenture.
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT
The indenture trustee will be required to mail to the noteholders each year
a brief report relating to its eligibility and qualification to continue as
indenture trustee under the indenture, the property and funds physically held by
the indenture trustee and any action it took that materially affects the notes
and that has not been previously reported.
LIST OF NOTEHOLDERS
Upon the issuance of definitive notes, three or more holders of the notes
who have each owned a note for at least six months may obtain access to the list
of noteholders the indenture trustee maintains for the purpose of communicating
with other noteholders. The indenture trustee may elect not to allow the
requesting noteholders access to the list of noteholders if it agrees to mail
the requested communication or proxy, on behalf and at the expense of the
requesting noteholders, to all noteholders of record.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
An indenture will be discharged with respect to the notes upon the delivery
to the indenture trustee for cancellation of all the notes or, with specific
limitations, upon deposit with the indenture trustee of funds sufficient for the
payment in full of all the notes.
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
The indenture trustee may resign at any time, in which event your
administrator will appoint a successor indenture trustee for your series. The
administrator may also remove the indenture trustee if it ceases to be eligible
to continue as an indenture trustee under the indenture, if the indenture
trustee becomes insolvent or otherwise becomes legally unable to act as
indenture trustee. The administrator will then be obligated to appoint a
successor indenture trustee for your series. If an event of default occurs under
the indenture, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the indenture
trustee may be deemed to have a conflict of interest and be required to resign
as indenture trustee for one or more classes of each series of notes. In that
case, a successor indenture trustee will be appointed for one or more of those
classes of notes and may provide for rights of senior noteholders to consent to
or direct actions by the indenture trustee which are different from those of
subordinated noteholders. Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee
and appointment of a successor indenture trustee for any class or series of
notes will not become effective until the successor indenture trustee accepts
its appointment.
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATOR
The administrator will, to the extent provided in the administration
agreement, provide the notices and perform on behalf of the trust other
administrative obligations required by the indenture.
52
141
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
GENERAL
For any series, credit enhancement may be provided with respect to one or
more of the related classes. Credit enhancement may be in the form of the
subordination of one or more classes of the notes of that series, a letter of
credit, the establishment of a cash collateral guaranty or account, a surety
bond, an insurance policy, a spread account, a reserve account, the use of cross
support features or another method of credit enhancement described in the
accompanying prospectus supplement, or any combination of these. If so specified
in the accompanying prospectus supplement, any form of credit enhancement may be
structured so as to be drawn upon by more than one class to the extent described
in that accompanying prospectus supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement for a
series, the credit enhancement will not provide protection against all risks of
loss and will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance of the
notes and interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by
the credit enhancement or which are not covered by the credit enhancement,
noteholders will bear their allocable share of deficiencies.
If credit enhancement is provided with respect to a series, the
accompanying prospectus supplement will include a description of:
- the amount payable under that credit enhancement;
- any conditions to payment not described here;
- the conditions, if any, under which the amount payable under that credit
enhancement may be reduced and under which that credit enhancement may be
terminated or replaced; and
- any material provision of any agreement relating to that credit
enhancement.
Additionally, the accompanying prospectus supplement may set forth certain
information with respect to any series enhancer, including:
- a brief description of its principal business activities;
- its principal place of business, place of incorporation and the
jurisdiction under which it is chartered or licensed to do business;
- if applicable, the identity of regulatory agencies which exercise primary
jurisdiction over the conduct of its business; and
- its total assets, and its stockholders' or policy holders' surplus, if
applicable, and other appropriate financial information as of the date
specified in the prospectus supplement.
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, credit
enhancement with respect to a series may be available to pay principal of the
notes of that series following the occurrence of certain pay out events with
respect to that series. In this event, the series enhancer will have an interest
in certain cash flows in respect of the receivables to the extent described in
that prospectus supplement called the "ENHANCEMENT INVESTED AMOUNT").
SUBORDINATION
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, one or more
classes of any series will be subordinated as described in the accompanying
prospectus supplement to the extent necessary to fund payments with respect to
the senior notes. The rights of the holders of these subordinated notes to
receive distributions of principal and/or interest on any distribution date for
that series will be subordinate in right and priority to the rights of the
holders of senior notes, but only to the extent set forth in the
53
142
accompanying prospectus supplement. If so specified in the accompanying
prospectus supplement, subordination may apply only in the event of certain
types of losses not covered by another credit enhancement.
The accompanying prospectus supplement will also set forth information
concerning:
- the amount of subordination of a class or classes of subordinated notes
in a series;
- the circumstances in which that subordination will be applicable;
- the manner, if any, in which the amount of subordination will decrease
over time; and
- the conditions under which amounts available from payments that would
otherwise be made to holders of those subordinated notes will be
distributed to holders of senior notes.
If collections of receivables otherwise distributable to holders of a
subordinated class of a series will be used as support for a class of another
series, the accompanying prospectus supplement will specify the manner and
conditions for applying that cross-support feature.
LETTER OF CREDIT
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, support for a
series or one or more of the related classes will be provided by one or more
letters of credit. A letter of credit may provide limited protection against
certain losses in addition to or in lieu of other credit enhancement. The issuer
of the letter of credit, referred to as the "L/C BANK," will be obligated to
honor demands with respect to that letter of credit, to the extent of the amount
available thereunder, to provide funds under the circumstances and subject to
any conditions as are specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
The maximum liability of an L/C bank under its letter of credit will
generally be an amount equal to a percentage specified in the accompanying
prospectus supplement of the initial Investor Amount of a series or a class of
that series. The maximum amount available at any time to be paid under a letter
of credit will be set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY OR ACCOUNT
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, support for a
series or one or more of the related classes will be provided by a guaranty,
referred to as the "CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY" secured by the deposit of cash or
certain permitted investments in an account, referred to as the "CASH COLLATERAL
ACCOUNT," reserved for the beneficiaries of the cash collateral guaranty or by a
cash collateral account alone. The amount available pursuant to the cash
collateral guaranty or the cash collateral account will be the lesser of amounts
on deposit in the cash collateral account and an amount specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The accompanying prospectus supplement will
set forth the circumstances under which payments are made to beneficiaries of
the cash collateral guaranty from the cash collateral account or from the cash
collateral account directly.
SURETY BOND OR INSURANCE POLICY
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, insurance with
respect to a series or one or more of the related classes will be provided by
one or more insurance companies. Such insurance will guarantee, with respect to
one or more classes of the related series, distributions of interest or
principal in the manner and amount specified in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, a surety bond
will be purchased for the benefit of the holders of any series or class of that
series to assure distributions of interest or principal with respect to that
series or class of notes in the manner and amount specified in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.
54
143
SPREAD ACCOUNT
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, support for a
series or one or more of the related classes will be provided by the periodic
deposit of certain available excess cash flow from the trust assets into an
account, referred to as the "SPREAD ACCOUNT," intended to assist with subsequent
distribution of interest and principal on the notes of that class or series in
the manner specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
RESERVE ACCOUNT
If so specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, support for a
series or one or more of the related classes or any related enhancement will be
provided by the establishment of an account, referred to as the "RESERVE
ACCOUNT." The reserve account may be funded, to the extent provided in the
accompanying prospectus supplement, by an initial cash deposit, the retention of
certain periodic distributions of principal or interest or both otherwise
payable to one or more classes of notes, including the subordinated notes, or
the provision of a letter of credit, guarantee, insurance policy or other form
of credit or any combination of these arrangements. The reserve account will be
established to assist with the subsequent distribution of principal or interest
on the notes of that series or the related class or any other amount owing on
any related enhancement in the manner provided in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the receivables
purchase agreement entered into by the bank and ACCS (the "RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT") and the receivables purchase agreement entered into by ACCS and the
transferor (the "ACCS RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT" and, together with the
receivables purchase agreement, the "PURCHASE AGREEMENTS"). Each of the bank and
ACCS, in its capacity as a seller of receivables under a purchase agreement, is
referred to as a "SELLER." Forms of these agreements are filed as exhibits to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Sale of Receivables. Pursuant to the ACCS receivables purchase agreement,
ACCS sold and, in the future, may sell to the transferor all of its right, title
and interest in and to (i) all of the receivables existing in the initial
accounts as of the cut-off date and in additional accounts as of the applicable
cut-off date and (ii) recoveries allocable to those receivables and certain
other property.
Pursuant to the receivables purchase agreement, the bank sold and, in the
future, may sell to ACCS all of its right, title and interest in and to (i) all
of the receivables existing in the initial accounts as of the cut-off date and
in additional accounts as of the applicable cut-off date and (ii) recoveries
allocable to those receivables and certain other property.
In connection with this sale of receivables under each purchase agreement,
each seller will indicate in its files that those receivables have been sold by
the seller for ultimate transfer to the trust. The records and agreements
relating to the accounts and receivables for the trust portfolio may not be
segregated by the sellers from other documents and agreements relating to other
credit accounts and receivables. Each seller will file UCC financing statements
meeting the requirements of applicable law in each of the jurisdictions
necessary to perfect the ownership or security interest of each purchaser in
those receivables. See "Risk Factors -- Some liens would be given priority over
your notes which could cause delayed or reduced payments" and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in this prospectus.
Representations and Warranties. In each purchase agreement, the seller
represents and warrants to the transferor to the effect that, among other
things, as of the date of the purchase agreement and, with respect to any
receivables in any designated additional accounts, as of the date of designation
of those additional accounts, it is duly organized and in good standing and has
the authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by the purchase
agreement. In each purchase agreement, the seller additionally represents and
warrants that as of the initial cut-off date and, with respect to any
receivables in any designated additional accounts, as of the additional cut-off
date, each receivable transferred thereunder is
55
144
an eligible receivable. In the event of a breach of any representation and
warranty set forth in a purchase agreement which results in the requirement that
the transferor accept retransfer of an ineligible receivable under the transfer
and servicing agreement, then the seller will repurchase that ineligible
receivable on the date of the retransfer. The purchase price for the ineligible
receivables will be the principal amount of those receivables plus applicable
finance charges.
In each purchase agreement, each seller also represents and warrants that,
among other things, as of the date of the purchase agreement and, with respect
to any receivables in any designated additional accounts, as of each date of
designation of those additional accounts (a) the purchase agreement constitutes
a valid and binding obligation of the seller and (b) the purchase agreement
constitutes a valid sale to the transferor of all right, title and interest of
the seller in and to the receivables existing in the accounts as of the initial
cut-off date and, with respect to any receivables in any designated additional
accounts, as of the additional cut-off date and in the proceeds thereof. If the
breach of any of the representations or warranties described in this paragraph
results in the obligation of the transferor under the transfer and servicing
agreement to accept retransfer of the receivables, ACCS will repurchase the
receivables retransferred to the transferor and the bank will repurchase the
receivables transferred to ACCS, for an amount of cash at least equal to the
amount of cash the transferor is required to deposit under the transfer and
servicing agreement in connection with the retransfer.
Amendments. Each purchase agreement may be amended without the consent of
the noteholders. No amendment, however, may have a materially adverse effect on
the interest of the noteholders, may change the purchase price for the
receivables or may change, modify, delete or add any other obligation under a
purchase agreement unless written confirmation is received from each rating
agency that the amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its
then-existing rating of any outstanding series or class.
Termination. Each purchase agreement will terminate immediately after the
trust terminates. In addition, if a receiver or conservator is appointed for the
bank or ACCS becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy case or certain other liquidation,
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar events occur, ACCS will immediately cease to
sell receivables to the transferor and promptly give notice of that event to the
transferor and the indenture trustee, unless the bankruptcy court, receiver or
conservator instructs otherwise.
NOTE RATINGS
Any rating of the notes by a rating agency will indicate:
- its view on the likelihood that noteholders will receive required
interest and principal payments; and
- its evaluation of the receivables and the availability of any credit
enhancement for the notes.
Among the things a rating will not indicate are:
- the likelihood that interest or principal payments will be paid on a
scheduled date;
- the likelihood that a pay out event will occur;
- the likelihood that a U.S. withholding tax will be imposed on non-U.S.
noteholders;
- the marketability of the notes;
- the market price of the notes; or
- whether the notes are an appropriate investment for any purchaser.
A rating will not be a recommendation to buy, sell or hold the notes. A
rating may be lowered or withdrawn at any time by a rating agency.
The transferor will request a rating of the notes offered by this
prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement from at least one rating
agency. Rating agencies other than those requested could
56
145
assign a rating to the notes and, if so, that a rating could be lower than any
rating assigned by a rating agency chosen by the transferor. Except as otherwise
expressly stated, any reference in this prospectus or the accompanying
prospectus supplement to a "RATING AGENCY" refers to a rating agency selected by
the transferor to rate the notes of a series or class issued by the trust.
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES
Each of ACCS in the ACCS receivables purchase agreement and the bank in the
receivables purchase agreement will represent and warrant that its respective
transfer of receivables constitutes a valid sale and assignment of all of its
right, title and interest in and to the receivables. In the transfer and
servicing agreement, the transferor will represent and warrant that its transfer
of receivables constitutes a valid sale and assignment of all of its right,
title and interest in and to the receivables, except for its interest as the
holder of the transferor certificate, or creates in favor of the trust a valid
first-priority perfected security interest in the transferor's rights in the
receivables in existence at the time that the trust is formed or at the time
that receivables in additional accounts are transferred, as the case may be, and
a valid first-priority perfected security interest in the transferor's rights in
the receivables arising in accounts already designated for the trust on and
after their creation, in each case until termination of the trust. For a
discussion of the trust's rights arising from these representations and
warranties not being satisfied, see "Description of the Notes -- Representations
and Warranties" in this prospectus.
Each of the transferor in the transfer and servicing agreement, ACCS in the
ACCS receivables purchase agreement and the bank in the receivables purchase
agreement will represent that the receivables are "accounts" or "general
intangibles" for purposes of the UCC. Both the sale of accounts and the transfer
of accounts as security for an obligation are subject to the provisions of
Article 9 of the UCC. In addition, a transfer of general intangibles as security
for an obligation is subject to the provisions of Article 9 of the UCC.
Therefore, the bank, ACCS and the transferor will file appropriate UCC financing
statements to perfect the respective transferee's security interest in the
receivables. Article 9 of the UCC, however, does not apply to the sale of
general intangibles. As a consequence, some other action under applicable state
law may be required in order to perfect such a sale against the interests of
third parties.
There are certain limited circumstances in which prior or subsequent
transferees of receivables coming into existence after a series closing date
could have an interest in such receivables with priority over the trust's
interest. Under the receivables purchase agreement, however, the bank will
represent and warrant that it has transferred the receivables to ACCS free and
clear of the lien of any third party (other than the indenture trustee). In
addition, the bank will covenant that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer
or grant any lien on any receivable (or any interest in any receivable) other
than to ACCS or the indenture trustee. Under the ACCS receivables purchase
agreement, ACCS will represent and warrant that it has transferred the
receivables to the transferor free and clear of the lien of any third party
(other than the indenture trustee). In addition, ACCS will covenant that it will
not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on any receivable (or any
interest in any receivables) other than to the transferor. Similarly, under the
transfer and servicing agreement, the transferor will represent and warrant that
it has transferred the receivables to the trust free and clear of the lien of
any third party (other than the indenture trustee), and the transferor will
covenant that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer, or grant any lien on
any receivable (or any interest in any receivable) other than to the trust.
Nevertheless, a tax, governmental or other nonconsensual lien on property of the
transferor, ACCS or the bank arising prior to the time a receivable comes into
existence may have priority over the interest of the trust in such receivable.
Furthermore, if the FDIC were appointed as a receiver or conservator of the
bank, certain administrative expenses of the receiver or conservator may have
priority over the interest of the trust in the receivables.
57
146
For as long as:
(1)(a) the bank remains the servicer under the transfer and servicing
agreement;
(b) Associates First Capital Corporation guarantees the performance
of the servicer's obligations and maintains a commercial paper
rating of not less than A-1 by Standard & Poor's, not less than
P-1 by Moody's and, if rated by Fitch, not less than F1 by Fitch;
and
(c) the bank remains a wholly-owned subsidiary of Associates First
Capital Corporation (directly or indirectly) and, in the event of
a material change in the financial relationship between them:
(i) the bank notifies each rating agency; and
(ii) written confirmation is received from each rating agency
that the material change will not result in a reduction or
withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any outstanding
series or class; or
(2) any other arrangements are made and written confirmation is received
from each rating agency that the arrangements will not result in a
reduction or withdrawal of its then-existing rating of any
outstanding series or class,
cash collections held by the servicer may be commingled and used for the benefit
of the servicer prior to each distribution date and, in the event of the
insolvency of the servicer or, in certain circumstances, the lapse of certain
time periods, the trust may not have a first-priority perfected security
interest in such collections. In such an event, the amount payable to you could
be lower than the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus
resulting in losses to you. However, if the conditions specified in (1) or (2)
above are not satisfied, the servicer will begin within five business days to
deposit collections directly into the collection account within two business
days of each date of processing.
CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO CONSERVATORSHIP, RECEIVERSHIP AND BANKRUPTCY
The bank is chartered as a national banking association and is regulated
and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which is
authorized to appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for the bank if
certain events occur relating to the bank's financial condition or the propriety
of its actions. In addition, the FDIC could appoint itself as conservator or
receiver for the bank.
To the extent that (i) the receivables purchase agreement complies with the
regulatory requirements of the FDIA, (ii) the security interest granted under
the receivables purchase agreement was perfected before the FDIC is appointed as
conservator or receiver for the bank, and (iii) the security interest was not
taken in contemplation of the bank's insolvency or with the intent to hinder,
delay or defraud the bank or its creditors, the FDIA provides that the security
interest should be respected. In addition, opinions and policy statements issued
by the FDIC suggest that, because of the manner in which these transactions are
structured, the FDIC would respect the security interest granted by the bank in
the receivables. Nevertheless, if the FDIC were to assert a contrary position,
or were to require the indenture trustee to go through the administrative claims
procedure established by the FDIC in order to obtain payments on the notes, or
were to request a stay of any actions by the indenture trustee to enforce the
receivables purchase agreement or the notes against the bank, delays in payments
on outstanding series of notes and possible reductions in the amount of those
payments could occur.
In addition, the FDIC as conservator or receiver for the bank could
repudiate the receivables purchase agreement. The FDIA would limit the damages
for any such repudiation to the trust's "actual direct compensatory damages"
determined as of the date that the FDIC were appointed as conservator or
receiver for the bank. The FDIC, moreover, could delay its decision whether to
repudiate the receivables purchase agreement for a reasonable period following
its appointment as conservator or receiver for the bank. Therefore, if the FDIC
as conservator or receiver for the bank were to repudiate the receivables
58
147
purchase agreement, the amount payable to you could be lower than the
outstanding principal and accrued interest on the notes, thus resulting in
losses to you.
In addition, regardless of the terms of the indenture, the FDIC as
conservator or receiver for the bank may have the power to prevent the
commencement of an early amortization period, to prevent or limit the early
liquidation of the receivables and termination of the trust, or to require the
continued transfer of new principal receivables. Regardless of the instructions
of those authorized to direct the indenture trustee's action, moreover, the FDIC
as conservator or receiver for the bank may have the power to require the early
liquidation of the receivables, to require the early termination of the trust
and the retirement of the notes, or to prohibit or limit the continued transfer
of new principal receivables.
If ACCS were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a creditor or
bankruptcy trustee of ACCS or ACCS as a debtor-in-possession were to take the
position that the sale of receivables from ACCS to the transferor should be
recharacterized as a pledge of such receivables to secure a borrowing by ACCS,
then delays in remitting collections of receivables to the transferor (and
therefore to the trust and the noteholders) could occur and possible reductions
in the amount of such payments could result.
In the event of the conservatorship or receivership of the servicer or the
bankruptcy of the subservicer, the conservator or receiver or the bankruptcy
court may have the power to prevent either the indenture trustee or the
noteholders from appointing a successor servicer or subservicer. In addition, if
the subservicer becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy case, the subservicer's rights
under the subservicing agreement (including the right to subservice the
receivables) would be property of the estate of the subservicer and, under the
Bankruptcy Code, subject to the subservicer's right to assume or reject such
agreement. See "Description of the Notes -- Servicer Default" in this
prospectus.
The transferor has been structured such that (i) the filing of a voluntary
or involuntary petition for relief by or against the transferor under the
Bankruptcy Code and (ii) the substantive consolidation of the assets and
liabilities of the transferor with those of ACCS is unlikely. The transferor is
a separate, limited purpose corporation, and its certificate of incorporation
contains limitations on the nature of its business and restrictions on its
ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or
similar laws without the prior unanimous consent of all of its directors. In
addition, the indenture trustee will covenant in the indenture that it will not
at any time institute against the transferor any bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or similar laws. Nevertheless, if
the transferor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and if a bankruptcy
trustee or creditor of the transferor or the transferor as debtor-in-possession
were to take the position that the transfer of the receivables by the transferor
to the trust should be characterized as a pledge of those receivables, or if the
assets and liabilities of the transferor were substantively consolidated with
those of an entity in bankruptcy, then delays in payments on the notes and
possible reductions in the amount of those payments could result.
If bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code
or similar laws occur with respect to the transferor, the transferor will
promptly notify the indenture trustee and a pay out event will occur with
respect to each series. Pursuant to the transfer and servicing agreement, newly
created receivables will not be transferred to the trust on and after any such
event. Any principal receivables transferred to the trust prior to the event, as
well as collections on those principal receivables and finance charge
receivables accrued at any time with respect to those principal receivables,
will continue to be part of the trust assets and will be applied as specified
above in "Description of the Notes -- Application of Collections" and in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.
A conservator or receiver or a bankruptcy court, however, may have the
power to delay any such procedure or to require the continued transfer of
principal receivables to the trust. See "Risk Factors -- If a conservator or
receiver were appointed for Associates National Bank (Delaware), or if
Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. or Associates Credit Card Receivables
Corp. became a debtor in a bankruptcy case, delays or reductions in payment of
your notes could occur" in this prospectus.
59
148
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
The relationship of the consumer and the provider of consumer credit is
extensively regulated by federal and state consumer protection laws. With
respect to credit accounts issued by the bank, the most significant federal laws
include the Federal Truth-in-Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Credit
Reporting and Fair Debt Collection Practices Acts. These statutes impose various
disclosure requirements either before or when an account is opened, or both, and
at the end of monthly billing cycles, and, in addition, limit account holder
liability for unauthorized use prohibit certain discriminatory practices in
extending credit, and regulate practices followed in collections. In addition,
account holders are entitled under these laws to have payments and credits
applied to the revolving credit account promptly and to request prompt
resolution of billing errors. Congress and the states may enact new laws and
amendments to existing laws to regulate further the consumer revolving credit
industry. The trust may be liable for certain violations of consumer protection
laws that apply to the receivables, either as assignee from the transferor with
respect to obligations arising before transfer of the receivables to the trust
or as the party directly responsible for obligations arising after the transfer.
In addition, an account holder may be entitled to assert such violations by way
of set-off against the obligation to pay the amount of receivables owing. All
receivables that were not created in compliance in all material respects with
the requirements of such laws (if such noncompliance has a material adverse
effect on the noteholders' interest therein) will be reassigned to the
transferor. For a discussion of the trust's rights if the receivables were not
created in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws, see
"Description of the Notes -- Representations and Warranties" in this prospectus.
Application of federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws would
affect the interests of the noteholders if such laws result in any receivables
being charged-off as uncollectible. See "Description of the Notes -- Defaulted
Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges; Investor Charge-Offs" in this
prospectus.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
GENERAL
The following summary describes generally the material United States
federal income tax consequences of an investment in the notes. Additional
federal income tax considerations relevant to a particular series may be set
forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement. The following summary has been
prepared and reviewed by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP as special tax
counsel to the Issuer ("SPECIAL TAX COUNSEL"). The summary is based on the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE") as of the date hereof,
and existing final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, revenue rulings
and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to prospective and retroactive
changes. The summary is addressed only to original purchasers of the notes,
deals only with notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221
of the Code and, except as specifically set forth below, does not address tax
consequences of holding notes that may be relevant to investors in light of
their own investment circumstances or their special tax situations, such as
certain financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, life insurance
companies, dealers in securities, non-U.S. persons, or investors holding the
notes as part of a conversion transaction, as part of a hedge or hedging
transaction, or as a position in a straddle for tax purposes. Further, this
discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or any tax
consequences to holders of interests in a noteholder. Special tax counsel is of
the opinion that the following summary of federal income tax consequences is
correct in all material respects. An opinion of special tax counsel, however, is
not binding on the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or the courts, and no ruling
on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the IRS. Moreover,
there are no authorities on similar transactions involving interests issued by
an entity with terms similar to those of the notes described in this prospectus.
Accordingly, persons considering the purchase of notes should consult their own
tax advisors with regard to the United States federal income tax consequences of
an investment
60
149
in the notes and the application of United States federal income tax laws, as
well as the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdictions, to their
particular situations.
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AND THE NOTES
Treatment of the Trust as an Entity Not Subject to Tax. Special tax counsel
is of the opinion that, although no transaction closely comparable to that
contemplated herein has been the subject of any Treasury Regulation, revenue
ruling or judicial decision, the trust will not be classified as an association
or as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income
tax purposes. As a result, the trust will not be subject to federal income tax.
However, as discussed above, this opinion is not binding on the IRS and no
assurance can be given that this characterization will prevail.
The precise tax characterization of the trust for federal income tax
purposes is not certain. It might be viewed as merely holding assets on behalf
of the transferor as collateral for notes issued by the transferor. On the other
hand, the trust could be viewed as a separate entity for tax purposes issuing
its own notes. This distinction, however, should not have a significant tax
effect on noteholders except as stated below under "Possible Alternative
Characterizations."
Treatment of the Notes as Debt. Special tax counsel is of the opinion that,
although no transaction closely comparable to that contemplated herein has been
the subject of any Treasury regulation, revenue ruling or judicial decision, the
notes will be characterized as debt for United States federal income tax
purposes. Additionally, the trust will agree by entering into the Indenture, and
the noteholders will agree by their purchase and holding of notes, to treat the
notes as debt for United States federal income tax purposes.
Possible Alternative Characterizations. If, contrary to the opinion of
special tax counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that a series or class of
notes did not represent debt for United States federal income tax purposes,
those notes might be treated as equity interests in the trust or some other
entity for such purposes. If so treated, investors could be treated for such
purposes either as partners in a partnership or, alternatively, as shareholders
in a taxable corporation. Treatment of a noteholder as a partner could have
adverse tax consequences to certain holders; for example, income to foreign
persons generally would be subject to United States tax and United States tax
return filing and withholding requirements, and individual holders might be
subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct their share of
partnership expenses. If notes instead were treated as corporate stock, the
taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its taxable income by deductions
for interest expense on notes recharacterized as equity, and any increase in the
corporate tax imposed with respect to such corporation could materially reduce
cash available to make payments on the notes; further, noteholders might not be
entitled to any dividends received deduction in respect of payments of interest
on notes treated as dividends. In addition, even if the notes are treated as
debt, the trust is also able to issue other securities which may be treated as
debt or as equity interests in the trust. The issuance of such securities
requires the delivery of a new opinion of counsel generally to the effect that
such issuance will not cause the trust to become taxable as a separate entity
for federal income tax purposes; however, any such new opinion would not bind
the IRS, and the trust could become taxable as a corporation as a result of such
issuance, potentially diminishing cash available to make payments on the notes.
Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors with regard to
the consequences of each such possible alternative characterization to them in
their particular circumstances; the following discussion assumes that the
characterization of the notes as debt is correct.
CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE OFFERED NOTES
Interest and Original Issue Discount. In general, stated interest on a note
will be includible in gross income as it accrues or is received in accordance
with an noteholder's usual method of tax accounting. If a class of notes is
issued with original issue discount ("OID"), the provisions of Sections 1271
through 1273 and 1275 of the Code will apply to those notes. Under those
provisions, a holder of such a note (including a cash basis holder) generally
would be required to include the OID on a note in income for federal
61
150
income tax purposes on a constant yield basis, resulting in the inclusion of OID
in income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income. In
general, a note will be treated as having OID to the extent that its "stated
redemption price" exceeds its "issue price," if such excess equals or exceeds
0.25 percent multiplied by the weighted average life of the note (determined by
taking into account the number of complete years following issuance until
payment is made for each partial principal payment). Under Section 1272(a)(6) of
the Code, special provisions apply to debt instruments on which payments may be
accelerated due to prepayments of other obligations securing those debt
instruments. However, no regulations have been issued interpreting those
provisions, and the manner in which those provisions would apply to the notes is
unclear, but the application of Section 1272(a)(6) could affect the rate of
accrual of OID and could have other consequences to holders of the notes.
Additionally, the IRS could take the position based on Treasury regulations that
none of the interest payable on a note is "unconditionally payable" and hence
that all of such interest should be included in the note's stated redemption
price at maturity. If sustained, such treatment should not significantly affect
tax liabilities for most holders of the notes, but prospective noteholders
should consult their own tax advisors concerning the impact to them in their
particular circumstances. The trust intends to take the position that interest
on the notes constitutes "qualified stated interest" and that the above
consequences do not apply.
Market Discount. A holder of a note who purchases an interest in a note at
a discount that exceeds any OID not previously includible in income may be
subject to the "market discount" rules of Sections 1276 through 1278 of the
Code. These rules provide, in part, that gain on the sale or other disposition
of a note and partial principal payments on a note are treated as ordinary
income to the extent of accrued market discount. The market discount rules also
provide for deferral of interest deductions with respect to debt incurred to
purchase or carry a note that has market discount.
Market Premium. A holder of a note who purchases an interest in a note at a
premium may elect to amortize the premium against interest income over the
remaining term of the note in accordance with the provisions of Section 171 of
the Code.
Disposition of the Notes; Defeasance. Upon the sale, exchange or retirement
of a note, the holder of the note generally will recognize taxable gain or loss
in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the
disposition (other than amounts attributable to accrued interest) and the
holder's adjusted tax basis in the note. A taxable exchange of a note could also
occur as a result of the transferor's substitution of money or investments for
the receivables in the trust portfolio. See "Description of the
Notes -- Defeasance" in this prospectus. The holder's adjusted tax basis in the
note generally will equal the cost of the note to such holder, increased by any
market or original issue discount previously included in income by such holder
with respect to the note, and decreased by the amount of any bond premium
previously amortized and any payments of principal or OID previously received by
such holder with respect to such note. Any such gain or loss generally will be
capital gain or loss, except to the extent of accrued market discount not
previously included in income, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at
the time of sale the note has been held for more than one year.
Foreign Holders. Under United States federal income tax law now in effect,
payments of interest by the trust to a holder of a note who, as to the United
States, is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a "foreign
person") generally will be considered "portfolio interest," and generally will
not be subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, provided
the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States by the foreign person and the foreign person
(i) is not for United States federal income tax purposes (a) actually or
constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the transferor or the trust, (b) a
"controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the transferor or the
trust is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code, or (c) a bank
extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary
course of its trade or business, and (ii) provides the person who is otherwise
required to withhold United States tax with respect to the notes with an
appropriate statement (on IRS Form W-8BEN or a substitute form), signed under
penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of the note is a
foreign person and providing the foreign person's name, address and certain
additional information. If a note is held through a securities clearing
organization or certain other financial institutions (as is expected to be the
case unless definitive notes are
62
151
issued), the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed
statement generally to the withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed
statement generally must be accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form
provided by the foreign person that owns the note. If such interest is not
portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States federal income and
withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an
applicable tax treaty or such interest is effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States and, in either case, the
appropriate statement has been provided. The U.S. Treasury Department recently
issued final Treasury regulations which will revise some of the foregoing
procedures whereby a foreign person may establish an exemption from withholding
generally beginning January 1, 2001; foreign persons should consult their tax
advisors concerning the impact to them, if any, of such revised procedures.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income tax and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is
not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign person, and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign
person, such individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more
in the taxable year.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting. Payments of principal and
interest, as well as payments of proceeds from the sale, retirement or
disposition of a note, may be subject to "backup withholding" tax under Section
3406 of the Code at a rate of 31% if a recipient of such payments fails to
furnish to the payor certain identifying information. Any amounts deducted and
withheld would be allowed as a credit against such recipient's United States
federal income tax, provided appropriate proof is provided under rules
established by the IRS. Furthermore, certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS
on a recipient of payments that is required to supply information but that does
not do so in the proper manner. Backup withholding will not apply with respect
to payments made to certain exempt recipients, such as corporations and
financial institutions. Information may also be required to be provided to the
IRS concerning payments, unless an exemption applies. Holders of the notes
should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for exemption
from backup withholding and information reporting and the procedure for
obtaining such an exemption.
THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE IS INCLUDED
FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY, MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A HOLDER'S
PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION, AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO ADDRESS THE ISSUES DESCRIBED
WITH THE DEGREE OF SPECIFICITY THAT WOULD BE PROVIDED BY A TAXPAYER'S OWN TAX
ADVISOR. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND
DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL TAX
LAWS.
STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
The discussion above does not address the taxation of the trust or the tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of an interest in the
notes under any state or local tax law. Each investor should consult its own tax
adviser regarding state and local tax consequences.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Subject to the considerations described below and in the accompanying
prospectus supplement, the notes may be purchased by, on behalf of, or with
"plan assets" of any employee benefit or other plan that is subject to the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or
Section 4975 of the Code (each, a "PLAN"). Any Plan fiduciary that proposes to
cause a Plan to acquire any of the notes should consult with its counsel with
respect to the potential consequences under ERISA and the Code of the Plan's
acquisition and ownership of such Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit Plans from
engaging in certain transactions involving "plan assets" with persons that are
"parties in interest" under ERISA or
63
152
"disqualified persons" under the Code (collectively, "PARTIES IN INTEREST") with
respect to the Plan. A violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may
generate excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and Section 4975 of the
Code for such persons, unless a statutory, regulatory or administrative
exemption is available.
Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of
ERISA), are not subject to the requirements of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Code. Accordingly, assets of such plans may be invested in the notes without
regard to the ERISA considerations described herein, subject to the provisions
or other applicable federal and state law. However, any such plan that is
qualified and exempt from taxation under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code
is subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in Section 503 of the
Code.
Fiduciaries or other persons contemplating purchasing the notes on behalf
or with "plan assets" of any Plan should consult their own counsel regarding
whether the trust assets represented by the notes would be considered "plan
assets," the consequences that would apply if the trust's assets were considered
"plan assets," and the availability of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules.
Finally, Plan fiduciaries and other persons using "plan assets" of Plans to
purchase the notes should consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA or other
applicable law in the context of the Plan's particular circumstances before
authorizing an investment of a portion of the Plan's assets in the notes.
Accordingly, among other factors, Plan fiduciaries and other Plan investors
should consider whether the investment (i) satisfies the diversification
requirement of ERISA or other applicable law, (ii) is in accordance with the
Plan's governing instruments, and (iii) is prudent in light of the "Risk
Factors" discussed in this prospectus and other factors discussed in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
to be entered into with respect to each series of notes, the transferor will
cause the notes to be sold by the trust to each of the underwriters named in
that underwriting agreement and in the accompanying prospectus supplement, and
each of those underwriters will severally agree to purchase from the trust, the
principal amount of notes set forth in that underwriting agreement and in the
accompanying prospectus supplement (subject to proportional adjustment on the
terms and conditions set forth in the related underwriting agreement in the
event of an increase or decrease in the aggregate amount of notes offered by
this prospectus and by the accompanying prospectus supplement).
In each underwriting agreement, the several underwriters will agree,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in that underwriting agreement, to
purchase all the notes offered by this prospectus and by the accompanying
prospectus supplement if any of those notes are purchased. In the event of a
default by any underwriter, each underwriting agreement will provide that, in
certain circumstances, purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters
may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
Each prospectus supplement will set forth the price at which each series of
notes or class being offered initially will be offered to the public and any
concessions that may be offered to certain dealers participating in the offering
of those notes. After the initial public offering, the public offering price and
such concessions may be changed.
Each underwriting agreement will provide that the transferor will indemnify
the related underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The place and time of delivery for any series of notes in respect of which
this prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.
64
153
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
The servicer will prepare monthly and annual reports that will contain
information about the trust. The financial information contained in the reports
will not be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. Unless and until definitive notes are issued, the reports will be
sent to Cede & Co. which is the nominee of DTC and the registered holder of the
notes. No financial reports will be sent to you. See "Description of the
Notes -- Book-Entry Registration," "-- Reports to Noteholders" and "-- Evidence
as to Compliance" in this prospectus.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We filed a registration statement relating to the notes with the SEC. This
prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the registration statement
includes additional information.
The servicer will file with the SEC all required annual, monthly and
special SEC reports and other information about the trust.
You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file
at the SEC's public reference room in Washington, D.C. You can request copies of
these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC.
Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operation
of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public
on the SEC Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).
The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information we file with
it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring
you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered
to be part of this prospectus. Information that we file later with the SEC will
automatically update the information in this prospectus. In all cases, you
should rely on the later information over different information included in this
prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement. We incorporate by
reference any future annual, monthly and special SEC reports and proxy materials
filed by or on behalf of the trust until we terminate our offering of the notes.
As a recipient of this prospectus, you may request a copy of any document
we incorporate by reference, except exhibits to the documents (unless the
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference), at no cost, by writing or
calling us at: Associates Credit Card Services, Inc., P.O. Box 660237, Dallas,
Texas 75266-0237, Attention: Secretary, Telephone: (972) 652-4000.
65
154
INDEX OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS
TERM PAGE
---- ----
account owner......................... 12
ACCS.................................. 12
ACCS receivables purchase agreement... 55
addition date......................... 29
additional accounts................... 31
additional cut-off date............... 16
additional issuance................... 40
administrator......................... 12
adverse effect........................ 26
aggregate addition accounts........... 29
bank.................................. 12
bank portfolio........................ 12
cash collateral account............... 54
cash collateral guaranty.............. 54
Code.................................. 60
collection account.................... 34
controlled accumulation period........ 2
controlled amortization period........ 2
Credit Enhancement Percentage......... 36
cut-off dates......................... 17
defaulted accounts.................... 36
definitive notes...................... 23
depositaries.......................... 20
determination date.................... 38
Discount Option....................... 33
Discount Percentage................... 33
early accumulation period............. 2
early amortization period............. 2
eligible account...................... 28
eligible institution.................. 34
eligible investments.................. 34
eligible receivable................... 28
Enhancement Invested Amount........... 53
ERISA................................. 63
event of default...................... 47
excess allocation series.............. 38
excess finance charge collections..... 38
expected principal payment date....... 3
FDIA.................................. 6
FDIC.................................. 7
FDR................................... 12
finance charge receivables............ 16
Fitch................................. 35
funding period........................ 35
indenture trustee..................... 18
initial cut-off date.................. 16
Interchange........................... 15
Invested Amount....................... 18
Investor Charge-Offs.................. 39
Investor Default Amount............... 39
Investor Percentage................... 18
TERM PAGE
---- ----
IRS................................... 60
issuer................................ 12
L/C bank.............................. 54
Moody's............................... 35
new accounts.......................... 31
note owner............................ 19
OID................................... 61
owner trustee......................... 12
paired series......................... 40
participations........................ 30
Parties in Interest................... 64
pay out event......................... 41
paying agent.......................... 35
Plan.................................. 63
pre-funding account................... 35
principal funding account............. 24
principal receivables................. 16
principal sharing series.............. 38
purchase agreements................... 55
qualified account..................... 34
rating agency......................... 57
receivables purchase agreement........ 55
Required Minimum Principal Balance.... 30
Required Transferor Interest.......... 30
Required Transferor Percentage........ 30
reserve account....................... 55
revolving period...................... 2
SEC................................... 32
securities intermediary............... 34
seller................................ 55
series enhancer....................... 44
series final maturity date............ 3
servicer.............................. 1
Servicer Default...................... 43
shared principal collections.......... 38
shared transferor principal
collections......................... 38
special funding account............... 34
special tax counsel................... 60
spread account........................ 55
Standard & Poor's..................... 35
supplemental certificate.............. 42
tax opinion........................... 25
transferor............................ 1
transferor certificate................ 19
Transferor Interest................... 19
Transferor Percentage................. 19
trust................................. 12
trust portfolio....................... 16
UCC................................... 29
unallocated principal collections..... 37
66
155
ANNEX I
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Associates
Credit Card Master Note Trust Asset Backed Notes (the "global securities") to be
issued in series from time to time (each, a "series") will be available only in
book-entry form. Investors in the global securities may hold those global
securities through any of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), Clearstream or
Euroclear. The global securities will be tradable as home market instruments in
both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all
secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding global securities
through Clearstream and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in
accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance
with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding global securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.
Secondary cross-market trading between Clearstream or Euroclear and DTC
participants holding notes will be effected on a delivery-against-payment basis
through the respective depositaries of Clearstream and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as DTC participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of global securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
All global securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the global securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect participants in DTC. As a result, Clearstream and Euroclear will
hold positions on behalf of their participants through their respective
depositaries, which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC
participants.
Investors electing to hold their global securities through DTC (other than
through accounts at Clearstream or Euroclear) will follow the settlement
practices applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations. Investor securities
custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their global securities through Clearstream or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds in registered form. Global securities will be credited to
the securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment for value
on the settlement date.
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
Because the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
participants (other than Citibank, N.A. ("Citibank") and Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York ("Morgan") as depositories for Clearstream and Euroclear,
respectively) will be settled using the procedures applicable to U.S. corporate
debt obligations in same-day funds.
A-1
156
Trading between Clearstream customers and/or Euroclear
participants. Secondary market trading between Clearstream customers or
Euroclear participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC seller and Clearstream customer or Euroclear
purchaser. When global securities are to be transferred from the account of a
DTC participant (other than Citibank and Morgan as depositories for Clearstream
and Euroclear, respectively) to the account of a Clearstream customer or a
Euroclear participant, the purchaser must send instructions to Clearstream prior
to settlement date 12:30. Clearstream or Euroclear, as the case may be, will
instruct Citibank or Morgan, respectively, to receive the global securities for
payment. Payment will then be made by Citibank or Morgan, as the case may be, to
the DTC participant's account against delivery of the global securities. After
settlement has been completed, the global securities will be credited to the
respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its
usual procedures, to the Clearstream customer's or Euroclear participant's
account. Credit for the global securities will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the global
securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day
when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Clearstream or Euroclear cash
debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants will need to make
available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process
same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position
funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as
they would for any settlement occurring within Clearstream or Euroclear. Under
this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Clearstream or Euroclear
until the global securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
As an alternative, if Clearstream or Euroclear has extended a line of
credit to them, Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants can elect not to
pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance
settlement. Under this procedure, Clearstream customers or Euroclear
participants purchasing global securities would incur overdraft charges for one
day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the global securities were
credited to their accounts. However, interest on the global securities would
accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on
the global securities earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce
or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend
on each Clearstream customer's or Euroclear participant's particular cost of
funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
participants can employ their usual procedures for sending global securities to
Citibank or Morgan for the benefit of Clearstream customers or Euroclear
participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC participant a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently from a trade between two DTC participants.
Trading between Clearstream or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser. Due to
time zone differences in their favor, Clearstream customers and Euroclear
participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which
global securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,
through Citibank or Morgan, to another DTC participant. The seller will send
instructions to Clearstream before settlement date 12:30. In these cases,
Clearstream or Euroclear will instruct Citibank or Morgan, as appropriate, to
credit the global securities to the DTC participant's account against payment.
The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Clearstream customer or
Euroclear participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
Clearstream customer's or Euroclear participant's account would be back-valued
to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in
New York). If the Clearstream customer or Euroclear participant has a line of
credit with its respective clearing system and elects to draw on such line of
credit in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the
back-valuation may substantially reduce or offset any overdraft charges incurred
over that one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value
date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of
A-2
157
the cash proceeds in the Clearstream customer's or Euroclear participant's
account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
A beneficial owner of global securities holding securities through
Clearstream or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside
the U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies
to payments of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification
requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes appropriate steps to obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
prospectus.
A-3
158
================================================================================
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST
Issuer
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES CORP.
Transferor
[AIC TRIANGLE LOGO] ASSOCIATES NATIONAL BANK (DELAWARE)
Servicer
Series 2000-1
$760,000,000
Class A Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
$102,500,000
Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
------------
UNDERWRITERS OF THE CLASS A NOTES
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
DEUTSCHE BANC ALEX. BROWN
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
UNDERWRITER OF THE CLASS B NOTES
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT
AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION.
WE ARE NOT OFFERING THE NOTES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER IS NOT PERMITTED.
WE DO NOT CLAIM THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS AS OF ANY DATE OTHER THAN THE DATES STATED ON
THEIR RESPECTIVE COVERS.
DEALERS WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS OF THE NOTES AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS. IN ADDITION, ALL DEALERS SELLING THE NOTES WILL DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS UNTIL , 2000.
================================================================================
159
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the offering of the securities being offered hereunder, other
than underwriting discounts and commissions.
Registration Fee............................................ $1,056,000*
Printing and Engraving Expenses............................. 300,000**
Trustee's Fees and Expenses................................. 75,000**
Legal Fees and Expenses..................................... 1,750,000**
Accountants' Fees and Expenses.............................. 125,000**
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses.................................. 20,000**
Rating Agency Fees.......................................... 1,250,000**
Miscellaneous Expenses...................................... 75,000**
----------
Total............................................. $4,651,000**
==========
- ---------------
* Actual
** Estimated
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Delaware Law") empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any persons who
are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or
completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such
corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer or director
of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The
indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such officer or
director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests, and, for criminal
proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was illegal.
A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) in connection with the defense or settlement of an
action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except
that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or
director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or
director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the
expenses which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.
In accordance with the Delaware Law, the Certificate of Incorporation of
Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp. ("ACCR") contains a provision to limit
the personal liability of the directors of ACCR for violations of their
fiduciary duty. This provision eliminates each director's liability to ACCR or
its stockholders for monetary damages except (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Law providing for
liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock
purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director
derived an improper personal benefit. The effect of this provision is to
eliminate the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions
involving a breach of their fiduciary duty of care, including any such actions
involving gross negligence.
Pursuant to underwriting agreements filed as exhibits to registration
statements relating to underwritten offerings of securities, the underwriters
parties thereto have agreed to indemnify each officer
II-1
160
and director of ACCR and each person, if any, who controls ACCR within the
meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under said Act.
The directors and officers of ACCR are covered by directors' and officers'
insurance policies relating to Associates First Capital Corporation and its
subsidiaries.
The Certificate of Incorporation of ACCR provides for indemnification of
the officers and directors of ACCR to the full extent permitted by applicable
law.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
(a) Exhibits.
1.1 -- Form of Underwriting Agreement
4.1 -- Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of April
1, 2000
4.2 -- Form of Indenture Supplement, including form of Notes
4.3 -- Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 1,
2000
4.4 -- Certificate of Trust of Associates Credit Card Master
Note Trust
4.5 -- Trust Agreement of Associates Credit Card Master Note
Trust, dated as of April 1, 2000
4.6 -- Administration Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2000
4.7 -- Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement,
dated as of April 1, 2000, between Associates National
Bank (Delaware) and Associates Credit Card Services, Inc.
4.8 -- Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement,
dated as of April 1, 2000, between Associates Credit Card
Services, Inc. and Associates Credit Card Receivables
Corp.
5.1 -- Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP with
respect to legality
8.1 -- Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP with
respect to tax matters
23.1 -- Consents of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (included
in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
24.1 -- Powers of Attorney*
25.1 -- Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of The Bank
of New York, as indenture trustee under the Indenture
- ---------------
* Previously filed.
(b) Financial Statements
All financial statements, schedules and historical information have been
omitted as they are not applicable.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(a)(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually
II-2
161
or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information
set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if,
in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than
20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
registration statement; and
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement
or any material change to such information in this registration
statement;
provided, however, that (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) will not apply if the
information required to be included in a post-effective amendment thereby is
contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the
registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
to be the initial bona fide offering hereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
(b) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual
report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(c) That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described
under Item 15 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in
the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to
a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of each issue.
(d)(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as
part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3
162
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-3, has reasonable grounds to believe
that the security rating requirement contained in Transaction Requirement B.5.
of Form S-3 will be met by the time of the sale of the securities registered
hereunder and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
city of Irving, state of Texas, on May 31, 2000.
ASSOCIATES CREDIT CARD
RECEIVABLES CORP.,
as originator of the Trust and
Co-Registrant
and on behalf of the Trust as
Co-Registrant
By: /s/ STEPHEN R. JOHNSTON
----------------------------------
Name: Stephen R. Johnston
Title: Senior Vice President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed on May 31, 2000 by the
following persons in the capacities indicated.
SIGNATURE TITLE
--------- -----
/s/ JOSEPH N. SCARPINATO* President, Director
- ----------------------------------------------------- (Principal Executive Officer)
Joseph N. Scarpinato
/s/ JOSEPH A. BENEDETTO* Executive Vice President, Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Joseph A. Benedetto
/s/ STEPHEN R. JOHNSTON* Senior Vice President, Controller, Director
- ----------------------------------------------------- (Principal Financial Officer and Controller)
Stephen R. Johnston
/s/ JAMES W. PARKER* Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
James W. Parker
/s/ LAWRENCE F. PITTROFF* Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Lawrence F. Pittroff
/s/ JOSEPH E. THEIS* Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Joseph E. Theis
*By: /s/ STEPHEN R. JOHNSTON
-------------------------------
Name: Stephen R. Johnston
Title: Attorney-In-Fact
- ---------------
* Note: Powers of Attorney appointing Stephen R. Johnston, Chester D.
Longenecker and Michael J. Forde, or any of them acting singly, to execute the
Registration Statement, any amendments thereto and any registration statement
for additional Asset Backed Notes that is to be effective on filing pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 on behalf of the above-named
individuals, were previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
II-4
163
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION
------- -----------
1.1 -- Form of Underwriting Agreement
4.1 -- Amended and Restated Master Indenture, dated as of April
1, 2000
4.2 -- Form of Indenture Supplement, including form of Notes
4.3 -- Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 1,
2000
4.4 -- Certificate of Trust of Associates Credit Card Master
Note Trust
4.5 -- Trust Agreement of Associates Credit Card Master Note
Trust, dated as of April 1, 2000
4.6 -- Administration Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2000
4.7 -- Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement,
dated as of April 1, 2000, between Associates National
Bank (Delaware) and Associates Credit Card Service, Inc.
4.8 -- Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement
between Associates Credit Card Services, Inc. and
Associates Credit Card Receivables Corp.
5.1 -- Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP with
respect to legality
8.1 -- Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP with
respect to tax matters
23.1 -- Consents of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (included
in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
24.1 -- Powers of Attorney*
25.1 -- Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of The Bank
of New York, as indenture trustee under the Indenture
- ---------------
* Previously filed.